AGENDA
REGULAR MEETING
OF THE ADELANTO CITY COUNCIL,
ADELANTO PUBLIC FINANCING AUTHORITY,
ADELANTO PUBLIC UTILITY AUTHORITY,
ADELANTO COMMUNITY BENEFIT CORPORATION,
AND THE SUCCESSOR AGENCY BOARD
March 26, 2025
City Council
Gabriel Reyes, Mayor
Daniel Ramos, Mayor Pro Tem
Stevevonna Evans, Councilor
Angelo Meza, Councilor
Amanda Uptergrove, Councilor
City Manager
Jessie Flores
City Attorney
Todd Litfin
Meetings held:
2 nd & 4th Wednesday
Adelanto Governmental Center
City Council Chambers
11600 Air Expressway, Adelanto
Closed Session: 10:00 a.m.
Open Session: 11:00 a.m.
NOTE: PLEASE TURN CELL PHONES OFF OR PLACE THEM ON VIBRATE DURING THE CITY COUNCIL MEETING AS A COURTESY TO OTHERS. Thank you, Administrative Staff The City Council Agenda packet may be reviewed by the public at the reception counter in City Hall. Any writings or documents pertaining to an open session item, provided to a majority of the City Council within 72 hours of a regular meeting, shall be made available for public inspection at the reception counter in City Hall at 11600 Air Expressway, Adelanto, CA 92301, during normal business hours. Members of the public can view the agenda or download any staff reports in advance by accessing the City website at www.ci.adelanto.ca.us on Thursday the week before the scheduled meeting.
The public may view the meeting or participate / comment remotely as follows:
• All of our meetings are streamed live at
https://adelanto.granicus.com/ViewPublisher.php?view_id=1 and are also available for playback after the meeting.
• Participate via zoom please log in using any of the options below:
• Teleconference
https://zoom.us/j/93146444676?pwd=YVU5anBFak1xSFZ4emNnNW9FNExiQT09 Or Telephone:
1-669-900-6833
Webinar ID: 931 4644 4676
Passcode: 7601
Submit written comments:
We encourage submittal of written comments supporting, opposing, or otherwise commenting on an agenda item, for distribution to the City Council prior to the meeting. Send emails to [email protected]; written correspondence may be sent to Brenda Lopez, 11600 Air Expressway Adelanto CA 92301.
1 REGULAR MEETING
MARCH 26, 2025
11600 Air Expressway • Adelanto, CA 92301 • (760) 246-2300 • www.ci.adelanto.ca.us Rules of Decorum
“Members of the Public are advised that all PAGERS, CELLULAR TELEPHONES and any OTHER COMMUNICATION DEVICES are to be turned off upon entering the City Council Chambers.” If you need to have a discussion with someone in the audience, kindly step out into the lobby. Under the Government Code, the City Council may regulate disruptive behavior that impedes the City Council Meeting.
Disruptive conduct may include, but is not limited to:
• Screaming or yelling during another audience member’s public comments period; • Profane language directed at individuals in the meeting room; • Throwing objects at other individuals in the meeting room; • Physical or verbal altercations with other individuals in the meeting room; and • Going beyond the allotted three-minute public comment period granted.
When a person’s or group’s conduct disrupts the meeting, the Mayor or presiding officer will request that the person or group stop the disruptive behavior, and WARN the person or group that they will be asked to leave the meeting room if the behavior continues.
If the person or group refuses to stop the disruptive behavior, the Mayor or presiding officer may order the person or group to leave the meeting room, and may request that those persons be escorted from the meeting room. Any person who, without authority of law, willfully disturbs or breaks up a City Council meeting is guilty of a misdemeanor. (Pen. Code, § 403.) It should also be noted that any person who WILLFULLY disturbs or breaks up the City Council meeting may be arrested for a misdemeanor offense. (Penal Code, § 403.)
MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC WISHING TO ADDRESS THE CITY COUNCIL MEMBERS
ARE REQUIRED TO FILL OUT A SPEAKER REQUEST FORM AND PLACE IT IN THE TRAY ON THE PODIUM PRIOR TO MEETING. Thank you, Administrative Staff The City Council packet may be reviewed by the public at the reception counter in City Hall. Any writings or documents pertaining to an open session item, provided to a majority of the City Council Members within seventy-two (72) hours of a Regular Meeting and twenty-four (24) hours of a Special Meeting. Members of the public can view the agenda or download any staff reports in advance by accessing the City’s website at www.ci.adelanto.ca.us on the Thursday of the week before the scheduled meeting.
AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT: In compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act, if you need special assistance to participate in this meeting, please contact the City Clerk at (760) 246-2300, ext. 11123, no later than seventy-two (72) hours prior to the meeting per 28 CFR
34.102.104.
2 REGULAR MEETING
MARCH 26, 2025
11600 Air Expressway • Adelanto, CA 92301 • (760) 246-2300 • www.ci.adelanto.ca.us TIME: _____________
ROLL CALL: Councilor Evans ________
Councilor Meza ________
Councilor Uptergrove ________
Mayor Pro Tem Ramos ________
Mayor Reyes ________
1. City Manager to announce if there is any addition/removal of items from the agenda.
C. APPROVAL OF AGENDA
M__________________S__________________ACTION___________ D. ANNOUNCEMENT OF CLOSED SESSION ITEMS
1. CONFERENCE WITH REAL PROPERTY NEGOTIATORS PURSUANT TO GOVERNMENT CODE SECTION 54956.8:
Property: 11200 Stadium Way, Adelanto CA 92301 APN: 3128-221-26 Agency Negotiator: Todd Litfin, City Attorney
Negotiating Parties: Adelanto Rancho Management Inc. and Stadium Management LLC.
Under Negotiation: Price, and terms of payment
E. PUBLIC COMMUNICATION ON CLOSED SESSION ITEMS
A. CALL TO ORDER—CLOSED SESSION
B. DELETIONS/ADDITIONS TO AGENDA
3 REGULAR MEETING
MARCH 26, 2025
11600 Air Expressway • Adelanto, CA 92301 • (760) 246-2300 • www.ci.adelanto.ca.us F. CONVENE INTO CLOSED SESSION
TIME: _____________
1. Motion to go into Closed Session.
M__________________S__________________ACTION_________________ TIME: _____________
ROLL CALL: Councilor Evans ________
Councilor Meza ________
Councilor Uptergrove ________
Mayor Pro Tem Ramos ________
Mayor Reyes ________
INVOCATION:
FLAG SALUTE: ______________________
H. CLOSED SESSION REPORT
I. CITY MANAGERS ANNOUNCEMENTS AND REPORT
J. CITY COUNCIL ANNOUNCEMENTS AND REPORTS
G. CALL TO ORDER—REGULAR MEETING
4 REGULAR MEETING
MARCH 26, 2025
11600 Air Expressway • Adelanto, CA 92301 • (760) 246-2300 • www.ci.adelanto.ca.us K. PRESENTATIONS
1. Presentation to Mrs. Pinkerton.
2. Presentation of 11351 Chamberlaine Way 143 Unit Homekey+ Housing Project.
K. PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS
PUBLIC COMMENT: OPEN: CLOSED:
This is the time and place for members of the public to comment on any matter within the jurisdiction of the City Council. Members of the public wishing to address the City Council Members on items not on the agenda can push *9 on their telephones to raise their hands. The City Clerk will call on you in the order received. You will be asked to un-mute - to do so you must push *6. Please state your name for the record. There is a time limit of three (3) minutes.
Members of the audience may address the City Council on non-agenda items; however, in accordance with Government Code section 54954.2, the City Council may not take action on an item not appearing on the agenda
L. CONSENT CALENDAR
Items on the Consent Calendar are considered routine in nature and non-controversial and require no further discussion by the City Council. They may be acted on in one motion unless a member of the City Council requests a separate discussion on an item.
MOTION APPROVING THE CONSENT CALENDAR AS PRESENTED
1. Waiver of Full Reading of Ordinances. Proposed action to waive full reading (except title) of all ordinances appearing on this City Council agenda as authorized by Government Code Section 36934, unless otherwise directed by the City Council.
2. Receive and File Business License Department Report.
3. Approval of Amendment No.1 with KEC Engineers for Plan Check Services.
4. Approval of Warrant Demand Schedule 24/25-25-09-02:
a. City of Adelanto Check Warrant No. 151019 through 151043 in the total amount of $274,342.48
b. City of Adelanto EFT No. 3492 through 3564 in the total amount of $922,178.14 M__________________S__________________ACTION________________ 5 REGULAR MEETING
MARCH 26, 2025
11600 Air Expressway • Adelanto, CA 92301 • (760) 246-2300 • www.ci.adelanto.ca.us M. ADELANTO PUBLIC UTILITY AUTHORITY CONSENT CALENDAR
Items on the Consent Calendar are considered routine in nature and non-controversial, and require no further discussion by the City Council. They may be acted on in one motion unless a member of the City Council requests a separate discussion on an item.
PUBLIC COMMENT: OPEN: CLOSED:
1. Waiver of Full Reading of Ordinances. Proposed action to waive full reading (except title) of all ordinances appearing on this APUA agenda as authorized by Government Code Section 36934, unless otherwise directed by the APUA.
2. Approval of Water Department Report.
3. Approval of Sewer Department Report.
4. Approval of Amendment No.1 with KEC Engineers for plan check services.
M__________________S__________________ACTION________________ N. APUA NEW BUSINESS
PUBLIC COMMENT: OPEN: CLOSED:
1. ADELANTO WWTP PROCESS IMPROVEMENT PLAN CM/INSPECTIONS. (KAVOUSE/RICHARD).
RECOMMENDATION: Staff recommends that Adelanto Public Utility Authority approves the Request for Services to KEC Engineers, Inc. who will provide Construction Management/Inspection services for the Adelanto WWTP Process Improvement Plan.
M__________________S__________________ACTION____________________ 6 REGULAR MEETING
March 26, 2025
11600 Air Expressway • Adelanto, CA 92301 • (760) 246-2300 • www.ci.adelanto.ca.us O. NEW BUSINESS
PUBLIC COMMENT: OPEN: CLOSED:
1. ORDINANCE AMENDING SECTIONS 2.04.010 AND 2.04.020 OF THE ADELANTO
MUNICIPAL CODE REGARDING REGULARLY SCHEDULED CITY COUNCIL MEETINGS.
RECOMMENDATION: It is recommended that the City Council adopt an ordinance amending Sections 2.04.010 and 2.04.020 of the Adelanto Municipal Code to reflect the changes in the schedule of regularly scheduled City Council meetings as outlined in the City Council resolutions dated September 14, 2022 and August 28, 2024.
ORDINANCE NO. 655
AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ADELANTO,
COUNTY OF SAN BERNARDINO, AMENDING ADELANTO MUNICIPAL
CODE SECTIONS 2.04.010 AND 2.04.020 REGARDING REGULARLY
SCHEDULED CITY COUNCIL MEETINGS
M__________________S__________________ACTION____________________ PUBLIC COMMENT: OPEN: CLOSED:
2. DISCUSSION ITEM - STATE OF THE CITY. (MAYOR REYES AND MAYOR PRO TEM RAMOS)
RECOMMENDATION: Staff recommends that the City Council discuss and provide feedback to City Staff.
M__________________S__________________ACTION____________________ PUBLIC COMMENT: OPEN: CLOSED:
3. DISCUSSION ITEM - UTILITY BOX ART PROGRAM. (MAYOR PRO TEM RAMOS) RECOMMENDATION: Staff recommends that the City Council discuss and provide feedback to City Staff.
M__________________S__________________ACTION____________________ 7 REGULAR MEETING
March 26, 2025
11600 Air Expressway • Adelanto, CA 92301 • (760) 246-2300 • www.ci.adelanto.ca.us PUBLIC COMMENT: OPEN: CLOSED:
4. DISCUSSION ITEM - COMMUNITY EVENTS. (MAYOR PRO TEM RAMOS) RECOMMENDATION: Staff recommends that the City Council discuss and provide feedback to City Staff.
M__________________S__________________ACTION____________________ PUBLIC COMMENT: OPEN: CLOSED:
5. DISCUSSION ITEM - SPONSORSHIP FOR BLACK GRADS. (COUNCIL MEMBER EVANS) RECOMMENDATION: Staff recommends that the City Council discuss and provide feedback to City Staff.
M__________________S__________________ACTION____________________ PUBLIC COMMENT: OPEN: CLOSED:
6. DISCUSSION ITEM - COMMUNITY GARDEN – FRUIT TREES. (COUNCIL MEMBER EVANS) RECOMMENDATION: Staff recommends that the City Council discuss and provide feedback to City Staff.
M__________________S__________________ACTION____________________ P. ITEMS REMOVED FROM THE CONSENT CALENDAR
8 REGULAR MEETING
March 26, 2025
11600 Air Expressway • Adelanto, CA 92301 • (760) 246-2300 • www.ci.adelanto.ca.us Q. FUTURE AGENDA ITEMS
City Councilmembers may request to receive a report, schedule a study session, or to place an item on a future City Council agenda regarding matters within the jurisdiction of the City Council. Requests require a motion, a second, and a majority vote of the City Council. Individual requests should be voted on separately. The City Manager shall work with City staff to respond to inquiries and requests as soon as practicable in an appropriate manner R. PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS
This is the time and place for members of the public to comment on any matter within the jurisdiction of the City Council. Members of the public wishing to address the City Council Members on items not on the agenda can push *9 on their telephones to raise their hands. The City Clerk will call on you in the order received. You will be asked to un-mute - to do so you must push *6. Please state your name for the record. There is a time limit of three (3) minutes.
Members of the audience may address the City Council on non-agenda items; however, in accordance with Government Code section 54954.2, the City Council may not take action on an item not appearing on
S. ADJOURNMENT
The next Regular Meeting of the City Council will be held on April 9, 2025 at 11:00 a.m.
TIME OUT: ______________
M__________________S__________________ACTION____________________
I, BRENDA LOPEZ, CITY CLERK OF THE CITY OF ADELANTO, OR MY DESIGNEE,
HEREBY CERTIFY THAT A TRUE, ACCURATE COPY OF THE FOREGOING AGENDA WAS POSTED ON MARCH 20, 2025, SEVENTY-TWO (72) HOURS PRIOR TO THE MEETING PER GOVERNMENT CODE 54954.2 IN THE GOVERNMENTAL CENTER’S DISPLAY CASE, 11600 AIR EXPRESSWAY, THE ADELANTO POST OFFICE, AND ADELANTO LIBRARY IN ADELANTO, CALIFORNIA.
Brenda Lopez, City Clerk, CMC
YOUR CITY GOVERNMENT
T. DECLARATION OF POSTING
9 REGULAR MEETING
March 26, 2025
11600 Air Expressway • Adelanto, CA 92301 • (760) 246-2300 • www.ci.adelanto.ca.us CHARTER CITY: Ratified by the electors of the City at an election on November 3, 1992. “A Charter City can do what the Charter permits it to do, so long as there is not direct violation of the State Constitution.”
CITY COUNCIL: The City Council is the legislative and policy-making body of the City. The City Council is composed of one elected Mayor and four Council Members, elected at large (to represent the entire City), to serve four (4) year, staggered terms.
CITY MANAGER: The City Manager is the chief executive officer responsible for the day-to-day administration of City affairs.
CITY COUNCIL MEETING: The regular meeting of your City Council is a vital part of the democratic process in the conduct of the City’s affairs. These meetings are open to the public and conducted by your elected representatives who are responsible, as a body, for the operation of Adelanto’s City government. The City Council appreciates your interest and urges citizen participation in government matters.
LEGISLATIVE TERMS
ORDINANCES: Ordinances are the means by which the City enacts its local laws. Unless an urgent situation exists, ordinances will first be presented at a City Council meeting as a “first reading.” At a subsequent City Council meeting, there will be a “second reading” and vote for or against adoption. Ordinances go into effect after a waiting period of thirty (30) days, in most cases, during which time the summary of the ordinance is published in a local newspaper approved for this purpose.
RESOLUTIONS: Resolutions and minute orders are the means by which the City Council formally adopts policies and/or approves specific actions. These go into effect upon adoption 10 Adelanto City Hall ~ 11600 Air Expressway, Adelanto, CA 92301 ~ (760) 246-2300 ~ Fax (442) 249-1121
REGULAR MEETING
OF THE ADELANTO CITY COUNCIL
ADELANTO PUBLIC FINANCING AUTHORITY,
ADELANTO PUBLIC UTILITY AUTHORITY,
ADELANTO COMMUNITY BENEFIT CORPORATION,
AND THE SUCCESSOR AGENCY BOARD
MARCH 26, 2025
All of our meetings are streamed live at https://adelanto.granicus.com/ViewPublisher.php?view_id=1 and are also available for playback after the meeting.
Participate via zoom please log in using any of the options below:
Teleconference https://us06web.zoom.us/j/93146444676?pwd=YVU5anBFak1xSFZ4emNnNW9FNExiQT09
TIME TELECONFERENCE
To Participate and and Call in for public
comments:
Closed Session – 10:00 a.m. Please call 1-669-900-6833 along with conference code 931 4644 4676
Open Session – 11:00 a.m. Passcode: 7601
Dated: March 20, 2025 Brenda Lopez, City Clerk, CMC
11 CITY COUNCIL
AGENDA REPORT
1 | P a g e
STAFF RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommend that the City Council accept the monthly Business License Division report for the period ending February 2025.
BACKGROUND:
The New Business Activity Listing exhibits all the new business licenses processed during the month.
The report includes new applicants and businesses that renewed their annual license with the City.
Anyone doing business within the City must obtain a business license.
The Cash Receipt Listing exhibit lists all money the Business License Division received for issuing new business licenses, business license renewals, or a temporary business license.
FISCAL IMPACT:
A total of $151,161 was processed in February 2025.
ATTACHMENTS:
1. Monthly New Business Activity Listing for February 2025.
2. Monthly Cash Receipt List for February 2025.
DATE: Thursday, March 6, 2025
TO: Honorable Mayor and City Council Members
FROM: Jessie Flores, City Manager
BY: HdL Companies / Via: Brenda Lopez, City Clerk
SUBJECT: BUSINESS LICENSE REPORT – FEBRUARY 2025
12 CITY COUNCIL
AGENDA REPORT
2 | P a g e
JANUARY SUMMARY:
34%
7%
16%
11%
32%
Contractors (19) Professional (4) General Service (9) General Retail (6) Rental Property (18) 0 25
50 75
100
125
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025
Business License Accounts Processed by Rate Category
(Total Record Count = 56)
45%
55%
Based Outside the City = 25 Based Inside the City = 31
TOTAL NUMBER OF ACCOUNTS PROCESSED BUSINESS LICENSES ISSUED BY LOCATION 13 Monthly Business Activity Listing
Firm Name Firm Address Business Description Located Inside Adelanto License Type Issue Date Amount 15860 HORIZON WAY 15860 HORIZON WAY 3: Group 3: Rental Properties Yes New Application 2025-02-01 $46.60 ACTION DOOR 22640 LAUREL ST 5: Group 5: Contractors No Renewal 2025-02-11 $29.00 ADELANTO MEDICAL CLINIC 11678 RANCHO RD 2: Group 2: Professional Yes Renewal 2025-02-02 $7,331.16 AGILITY TRANSPORT GROUP 10315 SADDLEBACK DR 4: Group 4: Services Yes First Renewal 2025-02-09 $29.00 ALEXANDRIA 15280 ALEXANDRIA ST 3: Group 3: Rental Properties Yes Renewal 2025-02-10 $29.00 AMERICANO ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS LLC 44623 DRIFTWOOD ST 5: Group 5: Contractors No New Application 2025-02-25 $29.00 AMH CA PROPERTIES, LP 11690 DURANGO DR 3: Group 3: Rental Properties Yes Renewal 2025-02-28 $29.00 AUSMUS INC 12330 ORANGEMONT LN 5: Group 5: Contractors No Renewal 2025-02-27 $29.00 B & B AUTO WHOLESALE 15160 ALEXANDRIA ST 4: Group 4: Services Yes Renewal 2025-02-07 $29.00 BD SNACK SHACK 15373 MAUNA LOA ST 4: Group 4: Services No Renewal 2025-02-18 $29.00 BEST FLOW PLUMBING 571 HARGRAVE ST 5: Group 5: Contractors No New Application 2025-02-06 $29.00 BRIGHT PLANET 103 A MILLBURY ST 5: Group 5: Contractors No Renewal 2025-02-28 $116.50 BUENA VISTA OPTOMETRIC EYECARE 12100 PALMDALE RD STE B-10 2: Group 2: Professional Yes Renewal 2025-02-07 $360.01 CANNAGAS SUPPLY LLC 17909 ADELANTO RD 4: Group 4: Services Yes Renewal 2025-02-02 $271.74 CHERIMOYA APARTMENTS LLC 11336 CHAMBERLAINE WAY 3: Group 3: Rental Properties Yes Renewal 2025-02-28 $29.00 CODDINGTON CONST 9977 ARIZONA AVE 5: Group 5: Contractors No New Application 2025-02-03 $29.00 DIAMOND W EXCAVATING, INC 34545 WOODS LN 5: Group 5: Contractors No First Renewal 2025-02-09 $29.00 DONALD BARRE 14643 PALMYRA CT 3: Group 3: Rental Properties Yes New Application 2025-02-25 $29.00 DOUGLAS PIPELINE, INC 18451 COLLIER AVE STE G 5: Group 5: Contractors No Renewal 2025-02-28 $29.00 ELLIOTTS PROPERTY MANAGEMENT 10745 WAKEFIELD ST E 3: Group 3: Rental Properties Yes Renewal 2025-02-02 $29.00 ELNABBOUT SAADALLAH 10757 PERSHING ST 3: Group 3: Rental Properties Yes New Application 2025-02-27 $29.00 ENERGIZED ELECTRIC 6321 CLOVERHILL DR 5: Group 5: Contractors No New Application 2025-02-20 $29.00 F D H MACHINERY AND PUMP INSTALLATIONS, INC 10976 WILLOW WAY 4: Group 4: Services Yes Renewal 2025-02-08 $29.00 FACILITIES PROTECTION SYSTEMS 1150 W CENTRAL AVE STE D 5: Group 5: Contractors No First Renewal 2025-02-06 $42.94 GARY L DIMOND 11582 MIRANDA DR 4: Group 4: Services Yes First Renewal 2025-02-13 $25.00 GENERAL PUMP COMPANY INC 159 N ACACIA ST 5: Group 5: Contractors No New Application 2025-02-20 $291.50 GM PRECISION METAL SPINNING 17592 ADELANTO RD 1: Group 1: General/Retail Yes Renewal 2025-02-12 $29.00 HAGOP ODABACHIAN LIDIA CALIX 10834 PEMBERTON ST 3: Group 3: Rental Properties Yes Renewal 2025-02-26 $63.00 HIGH CALIBER ORGANICS 16176 BEAVER RD 1: Group 1: General/Retail Yes Renewal 2025-02-14 $264.97 HIGH CALIBER ORGANICS 16176 BEAVER RD 1: Group 1: General/Retail Yes Renewal 2025-02-15 $8,265.65 Process Summary:
New Accounts: 10
Renewal Accounts: 45
Reinstated Accounts: 1 Attachment No. 1
Reporting Period: February 2025
Total Licenses Processed: 56
14 Monthly Business Activity Listing
Firm Name Firm Address Business Description Located Inside Adelanto License Type Issue Date Amount HIGH CALIBER ORGANICS 16176 BEAVER RD 1: Group 1: General/Retail Yes Renewal 2025-02-15 $29.00 HORN'S BACKFLOW AND PLUMBING SERVICE 27823 SMYTH DR 5: Group 5: Contractors No Renewal 2025-02-26 $29.00 INTERIOR LOGIC GROUP PROPERTY SERVICES 14830 DESMAN RD 5: Group 5: Contractors No Renewal 2025-02-02 $216.35 JAVIER GUTIERREZ 10020 S FREEMAN AVE 3: Group 3: Rental Properties No Renewal 2025-02-02 $29.00 KAREN LINDLEY 14706 JESSICA WAY 3: Group 3: Rental Properties Yes Renewal 2025-02-18 $29.00 MARTIN GUEVARA 14513 OAKDALE CIR 3: Group 3: Rental Properties Yes Renewal 2025-02-02 $29.00 MARY P. HAMILTON 10787 BONANZA RD 3: Group 3: Rental Properties Yes Renewal 2025-02-02 $64.80 MEL BRONSON 15206 PEARMAIN 3: Group 3: Rental Properties Yes Renewal 2025-02-02 $29.00 MERRELL JOHNSON COMPANIES 22221 US HIGHWAY 18 2: Group 2: Professional No Renewal 2025-02-28 $29.00 MURO CONCRETE, INC. 13478 BUFFALO RD 5: Group 5: Contractors No Renewal 2025-02-05 $121.75 NORTHWEST PIPE COMPANY 12351 RANCHO RD 1: Group 1: General/Retail Yes Renewal 2025-02-01 $122,375.97 PACIFIC UTILITY INSTALLATION, INC. 510 MALLOY CT 5: Group 5: Contractors No Renewal 2025-02-02 $291.50 PAM'S WORKS OF ART 12036 BARTLETT AVENUE A 4: Group 4: Services Yes Renewal 2025-02-03 $29.00 PERC WATER CORPORATION 17520 NEWHOPE ST STE 180 5: Group 5: Contractors No Renewal 2025-02-01 $7,086.95 SALAZAR CONSTRUCTION CO, INC 26306 DIAMOND PL STE 100 5: Group 5: Contractors No Reinstated 2025-02-20 $1,044.00 SHOBHNA K. PANCHANI 11062 DESERT ROSE DR 3: Group 3: Rental Properties Yes Renewal 2025-02-03 $29.00 SM MINI LLC 15038 INDIGO ST 3: Group 3: Rental Properties Yes Renewal 2025-02-02 $29.00 SMART HOME PROS, INC. 491 S 1325 W UNIT 3-4 4: Group 4: Services No Renewal 2025-02-14 $29.00 SOLAR OPTIMUM 614 W COLORADO ST 5: Group 5: Contractors No Renewal 2025-02-23 $221.50 TERRACON CONSULTANTS, INC. 2817 MCGAW 2: Group 2: Professional No Renewal 2025-02-23 $192.96 THANH DUONG 11818 DESERT GLEN ST 3: Group 3: Rental Properties Yes Renewal 2025-02-02 $29.00 THE ARTISAN WOODFIRED PIZZA 16532 WINONA ST 4: Group 4: Services No New Application 2025-02-14 $50.00 THE KEVIN D. AND ARACELI WELLS FAMILY TRUST 17882 KENDALL CIR 3: Group 3: Rental Properties Yes New Application 2025-02-05 $29.00 TRENCHERS WEST CONSTRUCTION CO. INC. 520 S CLAUDINA ST UNIT A 5: Group 5: Contractors No Renewal 2025-02-28 $29.00 USA CHECKS CASHED 11600 BARTLETT AVE UNIT #2 1: Group 1: General/Retail Yes Renewal 2025-02-02 $182.20 V2 INTERNATIONAL LLC 11610 CHAMBERLAINE WAY 3: Group 3: Rental Properties Yes Renewal 2025-02-21 $1,277.00 Process Summary:
New Accounts: 10
Renewal Accounts: 45
Reinstated Accounts: 1 Attachment No. 1
Reporting Period: February 2025
Total Licenses Processed: 56
15 Totals for New Receipts
Summary by GL Account #
Paid to Client
100-0000-43035 $46.00
SB-1186 Fees - City Portion $3.60
SB-1186 Fees - State Portion $0.40
Total: $50.00
Paid to HdL
Unknown $1.00
100-0000-43035 $279,739.54
Business License Tax - G/L #100-0000-43035 $1,742.13
Penalties - G/L #100-0000-43035 $494.02
SB-1186 Fees - City Portion $460.80
SB-1186 Fees - State Portion $51.20
Total: $282,488.69
Summary by Payment Type
17 Check 87,000.00
1 Credit Balance -
70 Credit Card 147,279.22
21 eCheck 48,209.47
2 Paid at City 50.00
111 Grand Total: $282,538.69
Summary by Geo Area
111 282,538.69
111 Grand Total $282,538.69
City of Adelanto
Business License Division
Cash Receipts Summary
02/01/2025 to 02/28/2025
Attachment 2
16 CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT
| A D E L A N T O , C A L I F O R N I A 9 2 3 0 1
DATE: March 26, 2025
TO: Honorable Mayor and City Council Members
FROM: Jessie Flores, City Manager
BY: Richard Burgess, Engineering Services Manager
SUBJECT: Engineering Plan Check Services Professional Services Agreement STAFF RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommend the City Council and the Adelanto Public Utility Authority approves KEC Engineering, Inc. professional services agreement amendment to perform plan engineering plan check services.
BACKGROUND:
The City of Adelanto Engineering Department performs approximately 30 plan checks a week that the developers pay in advance for (street improvement, water and sewer, lot line adjustments, lot splits, lot mergers, tract maps, final maps, feasibility studies, traffic studies, hydrology studies, soils reports, and grading plan checks).
With the professional services agreement, KEC Engineering Inc. staff will be performing all above plan checks.
FISCAL IMPACT:
There will be no Fiscal impact to the General Fund. All funds are generated prior to performing any plan checks paid for by the developer. Due to prior billing to the developers before starting any plan checks, the funding is secured prior to paying KEC monthly for plan check services.
ATTACHMENTS:
Attachment: Amended Contract
17 2512/026150-0001
19522363.1 a03/20/25
ADELANTO PUBLIC UTILITY AUTHORITY
CITY OF ADELANTO
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
Engineering Plan Checking Services
This is Amendment No. 1 (“Amendment No. 1”) to that certain Engineering Plan Checking Services (“Agreement”) made on November 7,2024 between the City of Adelanto (“City”) and KEC Engineers Inc. (“Consultant/Contractor”), which this Amendment No. [1] is made and entered into on March 30, 2025, to extend for 1 year.
1. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment No. 1 shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.
2. Section 1.1 “Term of Services” is amended to read as follows:
1.1 Term of Services. The term of this Agreement shall begin on 3/30/2025 and shall end on 3/30/2026 unless the term of the Agreement is otherwise terminated or extended as provided for in Section 8. The time provided to KEC Engineers Inc. to complete the services required by this Agreement shall not affect the City's right to terminate the Agreement, as provided for in Section 8.
SECTION 2, “Compensation” is amended to read as follows, increasing the contract amount by: SEVEN HUNDRED THOUSAND WITH ZERO DOLLARS ($700,000) SECTION 2. COMPENSATION.
City hereby agrees to pay KEC Engineers Inc. a sum not to exceed $700,000 notwithstanding any contrary indications that may be contained in KEC Engineers Inc. proposal, for the Services to be performed and reimbursable costs incurred under this Agreement. In the event of a conflict between this Agreement and Exhibit A, regarding the amount of compensation, this Agreement shall prevail. City shall pay KEC Engineers Inc. For the Services rendered pursuant to this Agreement at the time and in the manner set forth herein. The payments specified below shall be the only payments from City to KEC Engineers Inc. For the Services rendered pursuant to this Agreement. Contractor shall submit all invoices to City in the manner specified herein. Except as specifically authorized in advance by City, KEC Engineers Inc. shall not bill City for duplicate services performed by more than one person.
Exhibit A, “Scope of Services” is supplemented to include the supplement attached as Exhibit A hereto. The supplement to the “Scope of Services” is not intended to replace the original Exhibit A to the Agreement, but instead to augment and increase the scope of work listed in the original Exhibit A to the Agreement. The initial paragraph of the original Exhibit A, “Scope of Services”, to the Agreement is amended to read as follows:
EXHIBIT A
Commented [SJ1]: Use the term in the underlying Agreement ie: “Consultant” for Professional Services Agreements, and “Contractor” for Contract Services Agreements.
18 2512/026150-0001
19522363.1 a03/20/25 -2-
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Contractor shall provide Engineering Plan Check services in the amount not to exceed SEVEN HUNDRED THOUSAND WITH ZERO DOLLARS ($700,000) as further detailed in the following page(s).
3. All other terms and conditions of the Agreement remain in full force and effect.
4. This Amendment No. 1 may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one agreement. (Signatures on Following Page)
19 2512/026150-0001
19522363.1 a03/20/25 -3-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed and entered into this Agreement as of the Effective Date.
CITY OF ADELANTO
Jessie Flores, City Manager
Attest:
Brenda Lopez, City Clerk
Approved as to Form:
Todd Litfin, City Attorney
CONSULTANT
«Consultant_Signature_1»
«Consultant_Signature_2»
[Note: 2 officer’s signatures required if
Consultant is a corporation, unless provided
with a certificate of secretary in-lieu]
20 21
AMENDMENT NO. [X]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed and entered into this Agreement as of the Effective Date.
ADELANTO PUPLIC
UTILITY AUTHORITY
Jessie Flores, Executive Director
Attest:
Brenda Lopez, City Clerk
Approved as to Form:
Todd Litfin, City Attorney
CONSULTANT
«Consultant_Signature_1»
«Consultant_Signature_2»
[Note: 2 officer’s signatures required if
Consultant is a corporation, unless provided
with a certificate of secretary in-lieu]
22 23
24 25
26 27
28 29
30 31
32 33
34 35
36 37
38 39
40 41
42 43
CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT
| A D E L A N T O , C A L I F O R N I A 9 2 3 0 1
STAFF RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommends that City Council review and ratify Warrant Demand Schedule 24/25-09-01.
1. City of Adelanto Check Warrant No. 151019 through 151043 in the total amount of $274,342.48.
2. City of Adelanto EFT No. 3492 through 3564 in the total amount of $922,178.14 BACKGROUND:
All payments have been reviewed in accordance with policies for processing payments and expenditures.
FISCAL IMPACT:
Summary of Payments issued:
Total Number of Payments: 98
Total Amount of Payments: $1,196,520.62
ATTACHMENTS:
1. Payment Check Register – Check No. 151019 through 151043
2. Payment EFT Register – EFT No. 3492 through 3564
DATE: March 26, 2025
TO: Honorable Mayor and City Council Members
FROM: Jessie Flores, City Manager
BY: Finance Department
SUBJECT: WARRANT DEMAND SCHEDULE 24/25-09-02
44 Payment Register
City of Adelanto
From Payment Date: 3/21/2000 - To Payment Date: 3/20/2025 Number Date Status Void Reason
Reconciled/
Voided Date Source Payee Name
Transaction
Amount
Reconciled
Amount Difference
04000013-01 - CITY OF ADELANTO GENERAL CHKG
Check
151019 03/06/2025 Open Accounts Payable HIGH DESERT OUTREACH CENTER
$1,600.00
Invoice Date Description Amount
60 03/05/2025 Food Distribution Reimbursement: January 2025 $800.00 61 03/05/2025 Food Distribution Reimbursement: February 2025 $800.00 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
223 - Community Devlp Block Grant_CDBG 223-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $1,600.00 151020 03/06/2025 Open Accounts Payable JAMES C HIRSCH AICP, ASSOC AIA CORP
$25,500.00
Invoice Date Description Amount
2025-2 02/28/2025 Professional Services Rendered through February 2025
$25,500.00
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $25,500.00 151021 03/06/2025 Open Accounts Payable MANUFACTURING ALL DREAMS
STUDIOS, ARLEY ARSINEDA
$3,000.00
Invoice Date Description Amount
596 02/01/2025 Professional Services Rendered through February 2025
$3,000.00
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $3,000.00 151022 03/06/2025 Open Accounts Payable RAMOS, DANIEL $301.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
03062025 03/06/2025 Per Diem: Civic Well Conference in Yosemite $301.00 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $301.00 151023 03/13/2025 Open Accounts Payable HIGH DESERT KEEPERS
ORGANIZATION
$240,000.00
Invoice Date Description Amount
03102025 03/10/2025 Pass-through Entity for High Desert Keepers $240,000.00 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
222 - State/County Grants 222-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $240,000.00 151024 03/17/2025 Open Utility Management
Refund
CLEARVIEW REAL ESTATE
HOLDINGS LLC
$109.75
Account Type Account Number Description Transaction Date Transaction Type R1NG 50011551-004 DEPOSIT REFUND FOR
CLOSED ACCOUNT
03/05/2025 REFUND ADJUSTMENT
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $13.98 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $95.77 151025 03/17/2025 Open Utility Management
Refund
HALL, CARMITA $180.48
Account Type Account Number Description Transaction Date Transaction Type R1NG 00013189-002 EARLY DEPOSIT REFUND
FOR 12 CONSECUTIVE ON
TIME PAYMENTS
03/03/2025 REFUND ADJUSTMENT
user: AP Pages: 1 of 5 Thursday, March 20, 2025
45 Payment Register
City of Adelanto
From Payment Date: 3/21/2000 - To Payment Date: 3/20/2025 Number Date Status Void Reason
Reconciled/
Voided Date Source Payee Name
Transaction
Amount
Reconciled
Amount Difference
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $58.37 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $122.11 151026 03/17/2025 Open Utility Management
Refund
SOLID ROCK PROP VENTURES
LLC
$271.07
Account Type Account Number Description Transaction Date Transaction Type RESIDENTIAL 50015088-003 DEPOSIT REFUND FOR
INACTIVE ACCOUNT
03/03/2025 MISC
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $87.89 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $183.18 151027 03/17/2025 Open Utility Management
Refund
BECERRA ALBUREZ, BRYAN
JONATAN
$128.33
Account Type Account Number Description Transaction Date Transaction Type R1NG 00001161-004 DEPOSIT REFUND FOR
CLOSED ACCOUNT
03/12/2025 MISC
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $128.33 151028 03/17/2025 Open Utility Management
Refund
DALLIN LLC $165.07
Account Type Account Number Description Transaction Date Transaction Type R1NG 20013998-002 DEPOSIT REFUND FOR
CLOSED ACCT
03/13/2025 MISC
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $42.95 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $122.12 151029 03/17/2025 Open Utility Management
Refund
MOORE, CLENNON $107.89
Account Type Account Number Description Transaction Date Transaction Type RESIDENTIAL 70012972-003 OVER PAYMENT FOR
CLOSED ACCOUNT
03/11/2025 REFUND ADJUSTMENT
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $107.89 151030 03/17/2025 Open Utility Management
Refund
MORALES, JOSE $308.40
Account Type Account Number Description Transaction Date Transaction Type R1NG 20011089-005 DEPOSIT REFUND FOR
INACTIVE ACCOUNT
03/14/2025 MISC
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $125.22 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $183.18 151031 03/17/2025 Open Utility Management
Refund
RAMIREZ, BRENDA $269.53
Account Type Account Number Description Transaction Date Transaction Type RESIDENTIAL 60016860-003 DEPOSIT REFUND FOR
INACTIVE ACCOUNT
03/14/2025 MISC
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $92.46 user: AP Pages: 2 of 5 Thursday, March 20, 2025
46 Payment Register
City of Adelanto
From Payment Date: 3/21/2000 - To Payment Date: 3/20/2025 Number Date Status Void Reason
Reconciled/
Voided Date Source Payee Name
Transaction
Amount
Reconciled
Amount Difference
360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $177.07 151032 03/17/2025 Open Utility Management
Refund
SANTOS, PAUL JESSE GUERRERO $233.99
Account Type Account Number Description Transaction Date Transaction Type SLING 20003572-002 DEPOSIT REFUND FOR
INACTIVE ACCOUNT
03/14/2025 MISC
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $50.81 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $183.18 151033 03/17/2025 Open Utility Management
Refund
SHAO, MING $227.21
Account Type Account Number Description Transaction Date Transaction Type RESIDENTIAL 80003223-003 DEPOSIT REFUND FOR
INACTIVE ACCOUNT
03/14/2025 MISC
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $105.09 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $122.12 151034 03/17/2025 Open Utility Management
Refund
TOKHI, HAMIDAH $148.34
Account Type Account Number Description Transaction Date Transaction Type R1NG 70011673-003 DEPOSIT REFUND FOR
INACTIVE ACCOUNT
03/14/2025 MISC
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $2.05 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $146.29 151035 03/17/2025 Open Utility Management
Refund
ZODAK PROPERTIES LLC $268.16
Account Type Account Number Description Transaction Date Transaction Type R1NG 14003658-003 DEPOSIT REFUND FOR
INACTIVE ACCOUNT
03/14/2025 MISC
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $84.98 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $183.18 151036 03/19/2025 Open Utility Management
Refund
GOLD STONE INVESTMENT LLC $32.17
Account Type Account Number Description Transaction Date Transaction Type R1NG 10012513-007 DEPOSIT REFUND FOR
INACTIVE ACCOUNT
03/19/2025 MISC
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $32.17 151037 03/19/2025 Open Utility Management
Refund
GOVEA, DAMARIS $112.19
Account Type Account Number Description Transaction Date Transaction Type R1NG 70010358-003 DEPOSIT REFUND FOR
INACTIVE ACCOUNT
03/19/2025 MISC
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $12.41 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $99.78 user: AP Pages: 3 of 5 Thursday, March 20, 2025
47 Payment Register
City of Adelanto
From Payment Date: 3/21/2000 - To Payment Date: 3/20/2025 Number Date Status Void Reason
Reconciled/
Voided Date Source Payee Name
Transaction
Amount
Reconciled
Amount Difference
151038 03/19/2025 Open Utility Management
Refund
GUERRERA PANTOJA, MARIA $367.30
Account Type Account Number Description Transaction Date Transaction Type R1NG 10099925-003 DEPOSIT REFUND FOR
EXCELLENT PAYMENT
HISTORY FOR 12
CONSECUTIVE MONTHS
03/17/2025 REFUND ADJUSTMENT
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $184.13 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $183.17 151039 03/19/2025 Open Utility Management
Refund
MARCH FAMILY TRUST C/O EARL
MARCH
$254.78
Account Type Account Number Description Transaction Date Transaction Type R1NG 12003087-004 DEPOSIT REFUND FOR
INACTIVE ACCOUNT
03/19/2025 MISC
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $71.60 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $183.18 151040 03/19/2025 Open Utility Management
Refund
MEDRANO, ROSA $229.43
Account Type Account Number Description Transaction Date Transaction Type R1NG 00004597-006 DEPOSIT REFUND FOR
CLOSED ACCOUNT
03/18/2025 MISC
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $46.25 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $183.18 151041 03/19/2025 Open Utility Management
Refund
OLIVARES OR CHRISTOPHER
RAMIREZ, SARA
$332.38
Account Type Account Number Description Transaction Date Transaction Type RESIDENTIAL 50012322-005 EARLY REFUND FOR 12
CONSECUTIVE ON TIME
PAYMENTS
03/19/2025 REFUND ADJUSTMENT
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $149.21 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $183.17 151042 03/19/2025 Open Utility Management
Refund
PROVEST REALTY INC $184.06
Account Type Account Number Description Transaction Date Transaction Type R1NG 40003127-009 DEPOSIT REFUND FOR
CLOSED ACCOUNT
03/17/2025 MISC
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $61.94 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $122.12 151043 03/19/2025 Open Utility Management
Refund
RAMIREZ, MARTHA $10.95
Account Type Account Number Description Transaction Date Transaction Type R1NG 30003409-001 DEPOSIT REFUND FOR
INACTIVE ACCOUNT
03/19/2025 MISC
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
user: AP Pages: 4 of 5 Thursday, March 20, 2025
48 Payment Register
City of Adelanto
From Payment Date: 3/21/2000 - To Payment Date: 3/20/2025 Number Date Status Void Reason
Reconciled/
Voided Date Source Payee Name
Transaction
Amount
Reconciled
Amount Difference
353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $10.95 Type Check Totals: 25 Transactions $274,342.48
04000013-01 - CITY OF ADELANTO GENERAL CHKG Totals
Checks Status Count Transaction Amount Reconciled Amount Open 25 $274,342.48 $0.00
Reconciled 0 $0.00 $0.00
Voided 0 $0.00 $0.00
Stopped 0 $0.00 $0.00
Total 25 $274,342.48 $0.00
All Status Count Transaction Amount Reconciled Amount
Open 25 $274,342.48 $0.00
Reconciled 0 $0.00 $0.00
Voided 0 $0.00 $0.00
Stopped 0 $0.00 $0.00
Total 25 $274,342.48 $0.00
Grand Totals:
Checks Status Count Transaction Amount Reconciled Amount Open 25 $274,342.48 $0.00
Reconciled 0 $0.00 $0.00
Voided 0 $0.00 $0.00
Stopped 0 $0.00 $0.00
Total 25 $274,342.48 $0.00
All Status Count Transaction Amount Reconciled Amount
Open 25 $274,342.48 $0.00
Reconciled 0 $0.00 $0.00
Voided 0 $0.00 $0.00
Stopped 0 $0.00 $0.00
Total 25 $274,342.48 $0.00
user: AP Pages: 5 of 5 Thursday, March 20, 2025
49 Payment Register
City of Adelanto
From Payment Date: 3/21/2000 - To Payment Date: 3/20/2025 Number Date Status Void Reason
Reconciled/
Voided Date Source Payee Name
Transaction
Amount
Reconciled
Amount Difference
04000013-01 - CITY OF ADELANTO GENERAL CHKG
EFT
3492 02/26/2025 Reconciled 02/26/2025 Accounts Payable US BANK TRUST N.A. $243,180.00 $243,180.00 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
2810075a 02/07/2025 Adelanto PFA S-1995B $243,180.00
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
580 - Sucessor Agency FY2012 and on 580-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $243,180.00 3493 02/26/2025 Reconciled 02/26/2025 Accounts Payable US BANK TRUST N.A. $21,117.65 $21,117.65 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
2777793 01/02/2025 PFA S-1995A $21,117.65
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
580 - Sucessor Agency FY2012 and on 580-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $21,117.65 3494 02/26/2025 Reconciled 02/26/2025 Accounts Payable US BANK TRUST N.A. $2,120.00 $2,120.00 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
7626507a 01/24/2025 APUA Fixed Rate Revenue Bond 2014 Series A $2,120.00 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $1,060.00 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $1,060.00 3495 02/26/2025 Reconciled 02/26/2025 Accounts Payable US BANK TRUST N.A. $5,000.00 $5,000.00 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
7626526a 01/24/2025 APUA Fixed Rate Revenue Bonds 2017 Series A & B $5,000.00 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $2,500.00 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $2,500.00 3496 03/06/2025 Reconciled 03/06/2025 Accounts Payable AAA TIRE SHOP $7,387.45 $7,387.45 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
1021 02/07/2025 Vehicle Maintenance $2,082.75
1018 02/06/2025 Vehicle Maintenance $42.74
1013 02/04/2025 Vehicle Maintenance $561.63
1015 03/05/2025 Vehicle Maintenance $678.47
1056 02/27/2025 Vehicle Maintenance - Surburban $2,907.01 1072 03/05/2025 Vehicle Maintenance - Silverado $1,114.85 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $7,387.45 3497 03/06/2025 Reconciled 03/06/2025 Accounts Payable AMERICAN LEGAL PUBLISHING
CORPORATION
$1,112.95 $1,112.95 $0.00
Invoice Date Description Amount
40899 02/28/2025 2025 S-50 Supplement Pages $103.92
40822 02/28/2025 2025 S-50 Supplement Pages $1,009.03
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $1,112.95 3498 03/06/2025 Reconciled 03/06/2025 Accounts Payable BANK UP CORPORATION $750.00 $750.00 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
6629 02/28/2025 Variable Flex - February 2025 $750.00
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $375.00 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $375.00 user: AP Pages: 1 of 12 Thursday, March 20, 2025
50 Payment Register
City of Adelanto
From Payment Date: 3/21/2000 - To Payment Date: 3/20/2025 Number Date Status Void Reason
Reconciled/
Voided Date Source Payee Name
Transaction
Amount
Reconciled
Amount Difference
3499 03/06/2025 Reconciled 03/06/2025 Accounts Payable CINTAS CORP #150 $1,587.58 $1,587.58 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
4219459425 01/29/2025 Weekly Mat and Uniform Service - January 2025 $385.01 4220213606 02/05/2025 Weekly Mat and Uniform Service - February 2025 $418.04 4220902162 02/12/2025 Weekly Mat and Uniform Service - February 2025 $109.77 4221671599 02/19/2025 Weekly Mat and Uniform Service - February 2025 $133.54 4223138899 03/05/2025 Weekly Mat and Uniform Service - March 2025 $541.22 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $1,587.58 3500 03/06/2025 Reconciled 03/06/2025 Accounts Payable DAILY PRESS/DESERT DISPATCH $2,811.06 $2,811.06 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
0006992216 03/01/2025 Public Notices - February 2025 $2,811.06 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $2,811.06 3501 03/06/2025 Reconciled 03/06/2025 Accounts Payable DAVID EVANS AND ASSOCIATES, INC.
$1,500.00 $1,500.00 $0.00
Invoice Date Description Amount
583139 02/17/2025 Highway 395 at Lawson Avenue St. Traffic Engineering Services
$1,500.00
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
210 - Gas Tax Fund 210-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $1,500.00 3502 03/06/2025 Reconciled 03/06/2025 Accounts Payable GEO-LOGIC ASSOCIATES, INC $2,803.00 $2,803.00 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
0274866 02/26/2025 Well Geotracker - Services Rendered through January 2025
$2,803.00
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $2,803.00 3503 03/06/2025 Reconciled 03/06/2025 Accounts Payable GIC CORPORATION $4,709.88 $4,709.88 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
122365 02/02/2025 Hauling of Bio Solids - January 2025 $4,709.88 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $4,709.88 3504 03/06/2025 Reconciled 03/06/2025 Accounts Payable HI DESERT ALARM $1,227.45 $1,227.45 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
R125873 02/23/2025 Sheriffs Station - Fire Alarm Monitoring - 03/01/25- 05/31/25
$114.45
R125734 02/23/2025 Sheriffs Station - Burglar Alarm Monitoring - 03/01/25- 05/31/25
$63.00
R126513 02/23/2025 Water Public Works - Burglar Alarm - 03/01/25- 05/31/25
$150.00
R126585 02/23/2025 Water - Turner Rd - 03/01/25-05/31/25 $135.00 R126586 02/23/2025 Liftstation/Remotesites - Burglar Alarm - 03/01/25- 05/31/25
$135.00
R126514 02/23/2025 WWTP - Jonathan St - 03/01/25-05/31/25 $150.00 R126487 02/23/2025 City Hall - Fire Alarm - 03/01/25-05/31/25 $180.00 R126534 02/23/2025 City Hall - Burglar Alarm - 03/01/25-05/31/25 $150.00 R126512 02/23/2025 Senior Center - Burglar Alarm - 03/01/25-05/31/25 $150.00 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $657.45 user: AP Pages: 2 of 12 Thursday, March 20, 2025
51 Payment Register
City of Adelanto
From Payment Date: 3/21/2000 - To Payment Date: 3/20/2025 Number Date Status Void Reason
Reconciled/
Voided Date Source Payee Name
Transaction
Amount
Reconciled
Amount Difference
353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $285.00 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $285.00 3505 03/06/2025 Reconciled 03/06/2025 Accounts Payable HOME DEPOT CREDIT SERVICES $98.79 $98.79 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
7511526 01/14/2025 Supplies for Maintenance for Wellfield $98.79 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $98.79 3506 03/06/2025 Reconciled 03/06/2025 Accounts Payable IMPERIAL SPRINKLER SUPPLY, INC.
$577.60 $577.60 $0.00
Invoice Date Description Amount
0019350405-001 02/13/2025 Supplies for Maintenance for Parks $577.60 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $577.60 3507 03/06/2025 Reconciled 03/06/2025 Accounts Payable LAN WAN ENTERPRISES INC $44,843.60 $44,843.60 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
75967 03/01/2025 Website and Mobile App - March 2025 $15,777.00 75981 02/28/2025 IT Services - March 2025 $29,066.60
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $25,659.64 353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $9,591.98 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $9,591.98 3508 03/06/2025 Reconciled 03/06/2025 Accounts Payable LOCAL EQUITY LLC $727.10 $727.10 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
03032025 03/05/2025 Expense Reimbursement for February 2025 $727.10 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $363.54 353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $181.78 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $181.78 3509 03/06/2025 Reconciled 03/06/2025 Accounts Payable OFFICE TEAM - A ROBERT HALF
COMPANY
$2,761.31 $2,761.31 $0.00
Invoice Date Description Amount
64718628 03/05/2025 Professional Services Rendered - 02/24/25-02/27/25 $2,761.31 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $1,518.72 353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $828.39 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $414.20 3510 03/06/2025 Reconciled 03/06/2025 Accounts Payable PATTON SALES CORPORATION $1,693.44 $1,693.44 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
4987204 02/27/2025 Supplies for Maintenance for Parks $1,698.33 S7141162 02/27/2025 Credit Memo ($245.67)
S7141116 02/27/2025 Credit Memo ($914.00)
4990101 03/04/2025 Supplies for Maintenance for Parks $645.96 4972730 02/03/2025 Supplies for Maintenance for Parks $12.50 4972726 02/03/2025 Supplies for Maintenance for Parks $496.32 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $1,693.44 user: AP Pages: 3 of 12 Thursday, March 20, 2025
52 Payment Register
City of Adelanto
From Payment Date: 3/21/2000 - To Payment Date: 3/20/2025 Number Date Status Void Reason
Reconciled/
Voided Date Source Payee Name
Transaction
Amount
Reconciled
Amount Difference
3511 03/06/2025 Reconciled 03/06/2025 Accounts Payable TKE ENGINEERING INC $1,280.00 $1,280.00 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
2025-110 02/27/2025 164-34 Adelanto Rd Water Main - January 2025 $1,280.00 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $1,280.00 3512 03/06/2025 Reconciled 03/06/2025 Accounts Payable UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT $207.91 $207.91 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
220250003 03/01/2025 New Ticket Charges $124.70
24-252677 03/01/2025 California State Fee for Regulatory Costs $83.21 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $207.91 3513 03/06/2025 Reconciled 03/06/2025 Accounts Payable VULCAN $734.35 $734.35 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
2818701 02/26/2025 Cold Mix Asphalt used on City Streets Maint. $262.92 2819165 02/26/2025 Cold Mix Asphalt used on City Streets Maint. $266.70 2818407 02/26/2025 Cold Mix Asphalt used on City Streets Maint. $204.73 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
235 - Measure I2010-2040 235-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $734.35 3514 03/06/2025 Reconciled 03/06/2025 Accounts Payable ZSE & ASSOCIATES $13,600.00 $13,600.00 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
1000.10 03/01/2025 Grant Writing Consulting Services - February 2025 $13,600.00 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $13,600.00 3515 09/23/2024 Reconciled 09/23/2024 Accounts Payable SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON $42,781.56 $42,781.56 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
5372-09092024 09/09/2024 Consolidated Bill $42,781.56
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $31,314.73 200 - Adelanto Stadium 200-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $72.93 353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $10,894.98 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $498.92 3516 12/23/2024 Reconciled 12/23/2024 Accounts Payable SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON $40,652.37 $40,652.37 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
5372-12092024 12/09/2024 Consolidated Bill $40,652.37
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $31,701.87 200 - Adelanto Stadium 200-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $774.00 353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $7,727.32 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $449.18 3517 10/21/2024 Reconciled 10/21/2024 Accounts Payable SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON $44,524.79 $44,524.79 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
5372-10072024 10/07/2024 Consolidated Bill $44,524.79
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $34,051.05 200 - Adelanto Stadium 200-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $216.07 353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $9,732.11 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $525.56 user: AP Pages: 4 of 12 Thursday, March 20, 2025
53 Payment Register
City of Adelanto
From Payment Date: 3/21/2000 - To Payment Date: 3/20/2025 Number Date Status Void Reason
Reconciled/
Voided Date Source Payee Name
Transaction
Amount
Reconciled
Amount Difference
3518 11/20/2024 Reconciled 11/20/2024 Accounts Payable SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON $38,444.96 $38,444.96 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
5372-11072024 11/07/2024 Consolidated Bill $38,444.96
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $29,793.88 200 - Adelanto Stadium 200-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $511.50 353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $7,799.83 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $339.75 3519 08/20/2024 Reconciled 08/20/2024 Accounts Payable SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON $53,227.60 $53,227.60 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
5372-08072024 08/07/2024 Consolidated Bill $53,227.60
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $34,639.76 200 - Adelanto Stadium 200-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $158.81 353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $17,896.54 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $532.49 3520 07/22/2024 Reconciled 07/22/2024 Accounts Payable SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON $35,050.19 $35,050.19 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
5372-07082024 07/08/2024 Consolidated Bill $35,050.19
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $30,220.62 200 - Adelanto Stadium 200-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $116.23 353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $4,178.59 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $534.75 3521 02/27/2025 Open Accounts Payable CalPERS-PUBLIC EMPLOYEES
RETIREMENT SYSTEM
$5,462.94
Invoice Date Description Amount
100000017797771 02/27/2025 CALPERS CURRENT CONTRIB PR of 2/27/25 Classic
$5,462.94
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $5,462.94 3522 02/27/2025 Reconciled 02/27/2025 Accounts Payable CalPERS-PUBLIC EMPLOYEES
RETIREMENT SYSTEM
$7,898.82 $7,898.82 $0.00
Invoice Date Description Amount
100000017797809 02/27/2025 CALPERS CURRENT CONTRIB PR of 2/27/25 PEPRA
$7,898.82
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $7,898.82 3523 02/27/2025 Reconciled 02/27/2025 Accounts Payable CalPERS-PUBLIC EMPLOYEES
RETIREMENT SYSTEM
$4,145.08 $4,145.08 $0.00
Invoice Date Description Amount
100000017814207 02/27/2025 Unfunded PERS Accrued Liability- Classic 4073 $4,145.08 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $4,145.08 3524 02/27/2025 Reconciled 02/27/2025 Accounts Payable CalPERS-PUBLIC EMPLOYEES
RETIREMENT SYSTEM
$1,729.25 $1,729.25 $0.00
Invoice Date Description Amount
100000017814201 02/27/2025 Unfunded PERS Accrued Liability- Classic 3470 $1,729.25 user: AP Pages: 5 of 12 Thursday, March 20, 2025
54 Payment Register
City of Adelanto
From Payment Date: 3/21/2000 - To Payment Date: 3/20/2025 Number Date Status Void Reason
Reconciled/
Voided Date Source Payee Name
Transaction
Amount
Reconciled
Amount Difference
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $1,729.25 3525 02/27/2025 Reconciled 02/27/2025 Accounts Payable CalPERS-PUBLIC EMPLOYEES
RETIREMENT SYSTEM
$289.67 $289.67 $0.00
Invoice Date Description Amount
100000017814216 02/27/2025 Unfunded PERS Accrued Liability- PEPRA 27331 $289.67 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $289.67 3526 03/03/2025 Reconciled 03/03/2025 Accounts Payable METLIFE $4,341.68 $4,341.68 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
MetLife 2025 Mar 03/01/2025 MetLife Allocation Billing 3/1/25 to 3/31/25 $4,341.68 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $2,895.51 353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $1,222.23 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $223.94 3527 03/11/2025 Reconciled 03/11/2025 Accounts Payable CalPERS-PUBLIC EMPLOYEES
RETIREMENT SYSTEM
$38,309.59 $38,309.59 $0.00
Invoice Date Description Amount
100000017834341 03/01/2025 PERS Health Allocation Bill Period 3/1/25 to 3/31/25 $38,309.59 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $24,223.47 353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $11,085.68 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $3,000.44 3528 03/11/2025 Reconciled 03/11/2025 Accounts Payable CalPERS-PUBLIC EMPLOYEES
RETIREMENT SYSTEM
$2,159.22 $2,159.22 $0.00
Invoice Date Description Amount
100000017834343 03/01/2025 PERS Health Allocation Bill Period 3/1/25 to 3/31/25 $2,159.22 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $2,159.22 3529 03/14/2025 Reconciled 03/14/2025 Accounts Payable CalPERS-PUBLIC EMPLOYEES
RETIREMENT SYSTEM
$5,528.35 $5,528.35 $0.00
Invoice Date Description Amount
100000017829687 03/01/2025 CALPERS CURRENT CONTRIB PR of 3/13/25 Classic
$5,528.35
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $5,528.35 3530 03/14/2025 Reconciled 03/14/2025 Accounts Payable CalPERS-PUBLIC EMPLOYEES
RETIREMENT SYSTEM
$7,311.57 $7,311.57 $0.00
Invoice Date Description Amount
100000017829728 03/01/2025 CALPERS CURRENT CONTRIB PR of 3/13/25 PEPRA
$7,311.57
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $7,311.57 3531 03/13/2025 Reconciled 03/13/2025 Accounts Payable AMBERWICK CORPORATION $190.00 $190.00 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
69238 02/25/2025 Discrepancy and Surcharge $190.00
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
user: AP Pages: 6 of 12 Thursday, March 20, 2025
55 Payment Register
City of Adelanto
From Payment Date: 3/21/2000 - To Payment Date: 3/20/2025 Number Date Status Void Reason
Reconciled/
Voided Date Source Payee Name
Transaction
Amount
Reconciled
Amount Difference
360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $190.00 3532 03/13/2025 Reconciled 03/13/2025 Accounts Payable CAMERON-COLE LLC $540.00 $540.00 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
00823976 03/05/2025 Technical Support Services Rendered - 02/01/25- 02/28/25
$540.00
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $540.00 3533 03/13/2025 Reconciled 03/13/2025 Accounts Payable CHARTER COMMUNICATIONS $6,605.94 $6,605.94 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
170387801030125 03/01/2025 Services for All Departments: 03/04/25-04/03/25 $6,605.94 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $2,137.02 353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $2,554.38 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $1,914.54 3534 03/13/2025 Reconciled 03/13/2025 Accounts Payable CORELOGIC SOLUTIONS, LLC. $225.00 $225.00 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
82237437 02/28/2025 RealQuest Online Services - February 2025 $225.00 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $225.00 3535 03/13/2025 Reconciled 03/13/2025 Accounts Payable COUNTY OF SAN BERNARDINO (RECORDER)
$20.00 $20.00 $0.00
Invoice Date Description Amount
25-47731 03/04/2025 County Recording Fee - March 2025 $20.00 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $20.00 3536 03/13/2025 Reconciled 03/13/2025 Accounts Payable DESERT VALLEY MEDICAL GROUP $68.00 $68.00 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
14833 03/03/2025 Basic Physical & Handling Specimen $68.00 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $68.00 3537 03/13/2025 Reconciled 03/13/2025 Accounts Payable DSD-DISTRIBUTED SOLAR
DEVELOPMENT, LLC
$34,334.84 $34,334.84 $0.00
Invoice Date Description Amount
DSD006383 03/04/2025 Consolidated Net Generation - February 2025 $34,334.84 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $1,700.59 200 - Adelanto Stadium 200-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $1,034.64 353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $20,068.36 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $11,531.25 3538 03/13/2025 Reconciled 03/13/2025 Accounts Payable FLYERS ENERGY LLC. $5,427.37 $5,427.37 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
CFS-4169360 02/28/2025 Fuel for Parks - February 2025 $525.45 CFS-4169361 02/28/2025 Fuel for Facility Maintenance - February 2025 $348.66 CFS-4169362 02/28/2025 Fuel for Code Enforcement - February 2025 $650.02 CFS-4169827 02/28/2025 Fuel for Inspectors Vehicle - February 2025 $232.99 CFS-4169363 02/28/2025 Fuel for Streets - February 2025 $2,573.95 CFS-4169359 02/28/2025 Fuel for Animal Control - February 2025 $556.21 user: AP Pages: 7 of 12 Thursday, March 20, 2025
56 Payment Register
City of Adelanto
From Payment Date: 3/21/2000 - To Payment Date: 3/20/2025 Number Date Status Void Reason
Reconciled/
Voided Date Source Payee Name
Transaction
Amount
Reconciled
Amount Difference
CFS-4169358 02/28/2025 Fuel for City Staff Carpool - February 2025 $540.09 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $5,427.37 3539 03/13/2025 Reconciled 03/13/2025 Accounts Payable GARDA WORLD $86.67 $86.67 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
20632320 02/28/2025 Excess Time & Excess Items Fees - February 2025 $86.67 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $43.33 353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $43.34 3540 03/13/2025 Reconciled 03/13/2025 Accounts Payable GIC CORPORATION $4,351.80 $4,351.80 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
122705 03/02/2025 Hauling of Bio Solids - February 2025 $4,351.80 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $4,351.80 3541 03/13/2025 Reconciled 03/13/2025 Accounts Payable HARBOR FREIGHT TOOLS USA INC.
$509.07 $509.07 $0.00
Invoice Date Description Amount
2151cfe4 03/04/2025 Supplies for Maintenance $264.12
3894b737 03/11/2025 Supplies for Maintenance for Parks $244.95 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $492.78 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $16.29 3542 03/13/2025 Reconciled 03/13/2025 Accounts Payable HOBSEQUIO LLC $5,760.00 $5,760.00 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
02262025 03/06/2025 Professional Services Rendered: 02/03/2025- 02/27/2025
$5,760.00
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $2,880.00 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $2,880.00 3543 03/13/2025 Reconciled 03/13/2025 Accounts Payable HOME DEPOT CREDIT SERVICES $6,211.60 $6,211.60 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
8532733 01/23/2025 Supplies for AWWTP Poly Clarifier $98.80 5522024 02/05/2025 Supplies for Maintenance for WWTP $43.99 6526742 03/06/2025 Supplies for Maintenance for Streets $180.41 1515017 03/01/2025 Supplies for Maintenance for Streets $50.06 4525320 02/26/2025 Supplies for Graffiti Removal for Streets $35.74 4510032 02/26/2025 Supplies for Maintenance for Streets $167.05 6723230 02/24/2025 Supplies for Maintenance for Streets $1,379.95 4904961 02/16/2025 Supplies for Maintenance for Streets $325.16 7352519 02/13/2025 Supplies for Maintenance for Streets $689.98 2112662 02/18/2025 Credit Memo ($325.16)
894771 02/20/2025 Supplies for Maintenance for Public Works $1,085.33 6513563 02/04/2025 Supplies for Maintenance for Parks $176.82 9973233 02/11/2025 Supplies for Maintenance for Parks $119.29 900224 02/20/2025 Supplies for Maintenance for Parks $176.36 8014853 03/04/2025 Supplies for Maintenance for Parks $555.85 5525227 02/25/2025 Supplies for Maintenance for Parks $94.57 973124 02/10/2025 Supplies for Maintenance for Sheriffs Dept. $747.62 user: AP Pages: 8 of 12 Thursday, March 20, 2025
57 Payment Register
City of Adelanto
From Payment Date: 3/21/2000 - To Payment Date: 3/20/2025 Number Date Status Void Reason
Reconciled/
Voided Date Source Payee Name
Transaction
Amount
Reconciled
Amount Difference
2973560 02/18/2025 Supplies for Maintenance for Sheriffs Dept. $357.76 2182164 02/18/2025 Credit Memo ($217.43)
4904456 02/06/2025 Supplies for Maintenance for Animal Control $252.02 2973561 02/18/2025 Supplies for Maintenance for Fire Department $217.43 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $6,068.81 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $142.79 3544 03/13/2025 Reconciled 03/13/2025 Accounts Payable INFOSEND $2,016.72 $2,016.72 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
281669 02/28/2025 Utility Billing Statements-Processing/Postage $2,016.72 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $1,008.36 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $1,008.36 3545 03/13/2025 Reconciled 03/13/2025 Accounts Payable KEC ENGINEERS, INC. $67,411.40 $67,411.40 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
500297 03/07/2025 GIS Update - February 2025 $14,071.40 500298 03/07/2025 Engineering Services Rendered - February 2025 $53,340.00 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $32,004.00 353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $17,703.70 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $17,703.70 3546 03/13/2025 Reconciled 03/13/2025 Accounts Payable LAN WAN ENTERPRISES INC $2,076.00 $2,076.00 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
75997 03/01/2025 Monthly Recurring Add-ons - March 2025 $2,076.00 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $2,076.00 3547 03/13/2025 Reconciled 03/13/2025 Accounts Payable NURSERY PRODUCTS, LLC $8,880.94 $8,880.94 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
56133 03/01/2025 Biosolids for February 2025 $8,880.94
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $8,880.94 3548 03/13/2025 Reconciled 03/13/2025 Accounts Payable ROADPOST USA INC. dba
BLUECOSMO
$66.95 $66.95 $0.00
Invoice Date Description Amount
BU01765978 03/08/2025 Satellite Phone Service for Sheriffs Dept.-03/07/24- 04/06/25
$66.95
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $66.95 3549 03/13/2025 Reconciled 03/13/2025 Accounts Payable SAN BERNARDINO COUNCIL OF
GOVERNMENTS
$20,880.00 $20,880.00 $0.00
Invoice Date Description Amount
GA DUES 25-01 02/20/2025 General Assessment Membership Dues for FY 2024/2025
$20,880.00
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $20,880.00 3550 03/13/2025 Reconciled 03/13/2025 Accounts Payable VCA MESA ANIMAL HOSPITAL $1,707.70 $1,707.70 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
5616625916 02/04/2025 Normal Hours Emergency Vet Tx $285.25 user: AP Pages: 9 of 12 Thursday, March 20, 2025
58 Payment Register
City of Adelanto
From Payment Date: 3/21/2000 - To Payment Date: 3/20/2025 Number Date Status Void Reason
Reconciled/
Voided Date Source Payee Name
Transaction
Amount
Reconciled
Amount Difference
5616626191 02/13/2025 Normal Hours Emergency Vet Tx $178.27 5616625937 02/05/2025 Normal Hours Emergency Vet Tx $224.24 5616626214 02/13/2025 Normal Hours Emergency Vet Tx $128.51 5616626216 02/13/2025 Normal Hours Emergency Vet Tx $128.51 5616626331 02/17/2025 Normal Hours Emergency Vet Tx $35.45 5616626357 02/18/2025 Normal Hours Emergency Vet Tx $141.03 5616626471 02/24/2025 Normal Hours Emergency Vet Tx $35.45 5616626190 02/13/2025 Normal Hours Emergency Vet Tx $178.27 5616626535 02/26/2025 Normal Hours Emergency Vet Tx $183.95 5616626536 02/26/2025 Normal Hours Emergency Vet Tx ($7.59) 5616626534 02/26/2025 Normal Hours Emergency Vet Tx $176.36 5616626564 02/26/2025 Normal Hours Emergency Vet Tx $20.00 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $1,707.70 3551 03/13/2025 Reconciled 03/13/2025 Accounts Payable VERIZON WIRELESS $3,275.76 $3,275.76 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
6108201736 03/10/2025 Phone Services from 02/11/25-03/10/25 Acct# 642072690-00001
$3,275.76
Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $2,293.04 353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $491.36 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $491.36 3552 03/05/2025 Open Accounts Payable SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON $978.36 Invoice Date Description Amount
8169-02212025 02/21/2025 Acct. 8000817366 12000 Stadium Rd LTG $978.36 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
200 - Adelanto Stadium 200-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $978.36 3553 03/05/2025 Open Accounts Payable SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON $113.88 Invoice Date Description Amount
1385-02282025 02/28/2025 Acct. 8002024613 16912 HWY 395 $113.88 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $113.88 3554 03/13/2025 Open Accounts Payable SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON $82.15 Invoice Date Description Amount
6546-02282025 02/28/2025 Acct. 8002041024 14511 HWY 395 TC1 $82.15 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $82.15 3555 03/05/2025 Open Accounts Payable SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON $38.31 Invoice Date Description Amount
2613-02282025 02/28/2025 Acct. 8002041881 14511 HWY395 LS-3 $38.31 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $38.31 3556 03/05/2025 Open Accounts Payable SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON $1,169.30 Invoice Date Description Amount
8827-02212025 02/21/2025 Acct. 8000822858 11613 Bartlett Ave. $1,169.30 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $1,169.30 user: AP Pages: 10 of 12 Thursday, March 20, 2025
59 Payment Register
City of Adelanto
From Payment Date: 3/21/2000 - To Payment Date: 3/20/2025 Number Date Status Void Reason
Reconciled/
Voided Date Source Payee Name
Transaction
Amount
Reconciled
Amount Difference
3557 03/05/2025 Open Accounts Payable SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON $242.82 Invoice Date Description Amount
4871-02242025 02/24/2025 Acct. 8000007108 11600 Air Expressway $242.82 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $242.82 3558 03/05/2025 Open Accounts Payable SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON $113.93 Invoice Date Description Amount
2260-02242025 02/24/2025 Acct. 8001650147 11565 Cortez Ave $113.93 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $113.93 3559 03/05/2025 Open Accounts Payable SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON $142.17 Invoice Date Description Amount
9556-02242025 02/24/2025 Acct. 8018779006 11675 Chamberlaine Way $142.17 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $142.17 3560 03/05/2025 Open Accounts Payable SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON $8,378.91 Invoice Date Description Amount
5495-02212025 02/21/2025 Acct. 8004705272 11780 Air Expressway BS 2 & 3 $8,378.91 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $8,378.91 3561 04/10/2024 Open Accounts Payable CARDMEMBER SERVICE $17,604.77 Invoice Date Description Amount
04032024 0284 04/03/2024 Cardmember Svcs 03/06/2024-04/03/2024 $17,604.77 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $17,042.85 353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $561.92 3562 03/14/2024 Open Accounts Payable CARDMEMBER SERVICE $12,740.32 Invoice Date Description Amount
03052024 0284 03/05/2024 Cardmember Svcs 02/06/2024-03/05/2024 $12,740.32 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $12,580.96 353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $159.36 3563 05/21/2024 Open Accounts Payable CARDMEMBER SERVICE $15,704.78 Invoice Date Description Amount
05062024 0284 05/06/2024 Caedmember Svcs 04/04/2024-05/06/2024 $15,704.78 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $15,215.69 353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $86.19 471 - Adelanto Community Benefit Corp. 471-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $402.90 3564 03/14/2025 Reconciled 03/14/2025 Accounts Payable COLONIAL LIFE $533.92 $533.92 $0.00 Invoice Date Description Amount
76646180213585 03/01/2025 Colonial Allocation Period of 3/1/25 to 3/31/25 $533.92 Paying Fund Cash Account Amount
100 - General Fund 100-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $397.86 353 - AWA_Water 353-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $112.34 360 - APUA_Sewer 360-11001 (Cash in Bank - DCB General Checking) $23.72 Type EFT Totals: 73 Transactions $922,178.14 $859,405.50 $0.00 user: AP Pages: 11 of 12 Thursday, March 20, 2025
60 Payment Register
City of Adelanto
From Payment Date: 3/21/2000 - To Payment Date: 3/20/2025 Number Date Status Void Reason
Reconciled/
Voided Date Source Payee Name
Transaction
Amount
Reconciled
Amount Difference
04000013-01 - CITY OF ADELANTO GENERAL CHKG Totals
EFTs Status Count Transaction Amount Reconciled Amount
Open 13 $62,772.64 $0.00
Reconciled 60 $859,405.50 $859,405.50
Voided 0 $0.00 $0.00
Total 73 $922,178.14 $859,405.50
All Status Count Transaction Amount Reconciled Amount
Open 13 $62,772.64 $0.00
Reconciled 60 $859,405.50 $859,405.50
Voided 0 $0.00 $0.00
Stopped 0 $0.00 $0.00
Total 73 $922,178.14 $859,405.50
Grand Totals:
EFTs Status Count Transaction Amount Reconciled Amount
Open 13 $62,772.64 $0.00
Reconciled 60 $859,405.50 $859,405.50
Voided 0 $0.00 $0.00
Total 73 $922,178.14 $859,405.50
All Status Count Transaction Amount Reconciled Amount
Open 13 $62,772.64 $0.00
Reconciled 60 $859,405.50 $859,405.50
Voided 0 $0.00 $0.00
Stopped 0 $0.00 $0.00
Total 73 $922,178.14 $859,405.50
user: AP Pages: 12 of 12 Thursday, March 20, 2025
61 ADELANTO PUBLIC UTILITY AUTHORITY
DATE: March 10, 2025
Honorable Chairman and Public Utility Authority Members Adelanto Public Utility Authority
Iris Ramos, Regional Director, PERC Water
TO:
FROM:
BY:
SUBJECT: APUA MONTHLY WATER SYSTEM REPORT - WATER
ATTACHMENTS:
1. APUA Monthly Water System Report – February 2025
62 Adelanto Water System
Monthly Asset Management Report
prepared for the City of Adelanto, California
63 Mr. Jessie Flores
City Manager, City of Adelanto
11600 Air Expressway
Adelanto, CA 92301
RE: February 2025 ADELANTO WATER SYSTEM MONTHLY ASSET MANAGEMENT REPORT Dear Mr. Flores,
Please find the Adelanto Water Treatment System Monthly Asset Management Report enclosed.
The purpose of this report is to inform the City of Adelanto of its Potable Water Treatment and Distribution system’s performance this month.
Since the current performance of Adelanto's water system influences the future of the Adelanto's population, industrial and commercial growth, the health and compliance of this facility is of utmost importance to us. If you have any questions or concerns, contact me via cell (661) 651-0243 or email [email protected].
PERC Water is dedicated to the highest caliber of customer service with quality and accuracy. If you have any inquiries regarding our services or the content of this report, please do not hesitate to contact me.
Thank you for entrusting the City of Adelanto's Portable Water System to PERC Water. We appreciate your business and look forward to providing you with quality management and excellent customer service.
Sincerely,
Iris Ramos
Regional Director
PERC Water Corporation
Asset Management Division
CC: Kavous Emami, P.E. Contract City Engineer
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 180 Fountain Valley, CA 92708 | Office: 714.352.7750 | Fax: 714.352.7765 | www.percwater.com 64 Adelanto Water System
Monthly Asset Management Report
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section A
CIP Report
Section B
Executive Summary
Section C
Iron & Manganese Report
Section D
Distribution System Report
Section E
Completed Work Orders
Section F
Monthly Coliform Report
Section G
Explanation of Terms and Acronyms
65 Section A
CIP Report
66 Adelanto
Water System
Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) Report
Section A CIP Report
Monthly Asset Management Report
In the past 10 years, the City of Adelanto’s population has grown by more than 25% (U.S. Census).
The City’s current water treatment system, already straining to accommodate Adelanto residents, will not supply enough water for incoming businesses and continued population growth. The following is a summary of the needed repairs and updates (Type 1 and Type 2) associated with the water system, the estimated cost and status. These repairs and updates are essential to the future of Adelanto’s water supply. Below is an updated list of the CIP items:
Type 1 CIP Items: Repairs and/or replacements for which: i) the scope of work is presently known/defined without the need for the additional engineering support; and/or ii) qualified service providers/contractors can readily be solicited to provide cost quotations to complete the required scope of work pursuant to the City’s established procurement processes.
TYPE 1 CIP Water System
PROJECT
LOCATION TYPE OF PROJECT PROJECT DESCRIPTION
ESTIMATED
COST STATUS
Water Meter
Infrastructure
Upgrade
Install upgraded
Water Meter
Infrastructure
Install AMI
Infrastructure for
remote meter reading
and leak detection
$1,750,000 Currently in the first phase
of the project
Air Expressway Water Operations
Building
Proper and safe building
to effectively operate
water operations.
$4,000,000
Property must be
acquired by the City of
Adelanto
.75Mil Tank Replacement of
Tank
Replace undersized
.75Mil with 2.0MG
Pending
quote
City of Adelanto needs
to acquire property
near existing site
Water Supply
Well
Water Supply Drill and equip a new water
supply well
$2,000,000 Held Kickoff meeting
67 Adelanto Section A CIP Report
Water System Monthly Asset Management Report
Type 2 CIP items: CIP items for which engineering design, specification and/or permitting must be completed prior to the solicitation of bid and award of contracts.
TYPE 2 CIP
PROJECT
LOCATION TYPE OF PROJECT PROJECT DESCRIPTION ESTIMATED
COST STATUS
Booster
Station 1200
Replace electrical
switch gear, starters
and controls
Outdated and unsafe
equipment. Failure will result
in expenses in tie-in water.
$300,000
Engineering is reviewing
and recommends
priority in CIP list
Well 14A
Connect 14a to
Layneox Fe/Mn
treatment system
Could be necessary in order to
comply with blending permit
and run wells 4 & 5a
(depending on fluoride levels).
$40,000
Increase efficiency of
the well and water
supply
Layneox
Fe/Mn
Treatment
System
Prepare workplan
for bypass,
demolition and
replacement of
storage tanks
The tanks were inspected in
2015; repairs and recoats are
needed.
$185,000
(both
tanks)
Quote requested in
December; project to
commence after
completion of R3;
proposed work
Zone 1
Northside
Pipeline
Replacement
Replace ages
mainline, services,
hydrant, valves, etc.
The infrastructure is aged,
undersized and failing.
$4,000,000
(annually)
Need to begin
engineering
RESERVOIRS
Develop workplan
for bypass,
sandblast, recoat
750,000 gallon
reservoir
This tank needs to be recoated
inside. Engineering of bypass
and scheduling for interior
coating.
$20,000
Requires a special
bypass to take offline
for any kind of
maintenance. Project
expected to begin 2019.
RESERVOIRS
Install mixing system
on water storage
tanks
Reservoir mixer (tank shark)
total of 5 mixers; eliminates
reduce stratification of water
storage tanks
$261,842
Quotes requested:
$41,550 for 3 Mill
$220,292 for both 5
Mills
Water
Treatment
Plant Tank
Replacement
Finished water tank
and Raw water tank
are deteriorating
Both tank need to be torn
down and replaced
$1,500,000 Need to develop a
strategic plan
Fe/Mn
Treatment
Plant
Fluoride Treatment
Treatment to reduce fluoride
to meet state standards;
increase water production
$275,000 Need to develop RFP
To move forward with any of these improvements or for questions regarding these projects, please contact Iris Ramos, Regional Director.
68 Section B
Executive Summary
69 Section B Executive Summary
Adelanto Water System Monthly Asset Management Report
Executive Summary
This month, the Adelanto Water System treated 41.492 million gallons of water. The system remained online each day of the month. Combined with the water produced from wells that run directly into the water distribution system, Adelanto produced 24.178 million gallons. Additionally,
35.165 million gallons of water was purchased from Mojave Water Agency through the R3 project this month.
Equipment failures, changes and repairs are outlined in the CIP Report and the following sections:
Distribution System Report, Repairs
PERC Water Corporation employees made a number of repairs to existing lines and responded to customer input, as needed. Throughout the month, a total of 6 wells were online. There are also 8 reservoirs and 8 booster pumps currently in service.
Facility Staffing
Water Production and Usage
This month’s water production and usage is summarized in the tables below. All samples were in compliance with the quality standards set forth in our operating contract and permit. **Please note: ND = non detect; the lab sample had so little of the constituent being tested the instrumentation could not detect it.**
Water Production and Usage Amount
Treated Potable Water (runs
through treatment system) 41.492 MG
Non-treated Potable Water 24.178 MG
VV Intertie Water Accepted 0 MG
R3 Intertie Water Accepted 35.165 MG
Total Water Produced –
Potable from ALL sources 100.835 MG
Potable Wells in Service 6
Reservoirs in Service 8
Booster Pumps in Service 8
Compliance Sampling
Monthly Averages (mg/l)
Fluoride 0.40
Arsenic 0.00
Iron 0.00
Manganese 0.00
70 Section B Executive Summary
Adelanto Water System Monthly Asset Management Report
Water Distribution
This month’s water distribution system activities are summarized in the tables below.
Description Quantity
Meter Changeout 11
Backflow Letters Sent 18
City Backflows Tested 0
City Backflows Repaired 0
After Hours Calls 29
Power/Comm 5
Security 0
Treatment/Wells/Booster 0
Mainline Leaks 2
Service Line Leaks 6
Customer Side Leaks 6
Fire Hydrants Damaged 0
Fire Hydrants Repaired 0
Fire Hydrants Flushed 5
Dig Alert/811 126
Tract Meter Sets 5
Other 1
Billing and Customer Service
Due to the updated New World system, work orders cannot currently be generated by type.
Therefore, this section of the executive summary will show the total completed customer service work orders completed by PERC Water staff.
Completed work order total for February: 154
For inquiries regarding specific work orders, please contact Iris Ramos at (661) 651-0243. 71 Section C
Iron & Manganese Report
72 Section C Iron & Manganese Report
Adelanto Water System Monthly Asset Management Report
Iron and Manganese (I & M) Treatment Plant Activity Summary During the month of February, state certified treatment operations staff operated the Iron and Manganese treatment plant. Detailed information regarding the operation is below:
The Adelanto water treatment plant treated 41.492 million gallons of raw water. All effluent samples from the I & M plant were within operational guidelines for Iron and Manganese.
Weekly samples were collected and sent to a certified laboratory. Daily grab samples were analyzed for:
o Iron
o Manganese
o Chlorine residual (compared to online chlorine sensor) o Turbidity
Current Issues with the Iron and Manganese (I & M) System These issues need to be given priority as they are essential to water system function and water quality.
The chlorine storage tanks need to be replaced as chlorine in liquid form degenerates rapidly
Both raw and finished water tanks have been inspected and are both severely corroded and need to be replaced.
1200 Booster #1 switchgear is not to code and needs to be replaced. 73 City of Adelanto Adelanto Iron and Manganese Filtration Plant System Number 3610001
Operated by: PERC Water
Start date 2/1/2025
Plant Status Filter Influent
Date Online/Offline
Free CL2
Residual
(Daily)
Turbidity,
NTU (Daily)
Treated
Water
Reservoir
CL2
Iron, ug/L
(Weekly)
Manganese
ug/L
(Weekly)
Total
Coliforms
(Monthly)
HPC
(Monthly)
2/1/2025 Online 0.28 0.13 2.012/2/2025 Online 0.19 0.17 2.002/3/2025 Online 0.05 0.06 1.87 ND ND Absent <12/4/2025 Online 0.07 0.06 2.142/5/2025 Online 0.12 0.07 2.122/6/2025 Online 0.45 0.07 2.182/7/2025 Online 0.25 0.07 2.132/8/2025 Online 0.15 0.07 2.142/9/2025 Online 0.20 0.07 2.10 2/10/2025 Offline No comm, SCADA issue2/11/2025 Online 0.16 0.12 2.01 ND ND Absent <12/12/2025 Online 0.14 0.15 1.902/13/2025 Online 0.11 0.12 1.892/14/2025 Online 0.13 0.14 1.882/15/2025 Online 0.16 0.13 1.862/16/2025 Online 0.11 0.19 1.952/17/2025 Online 0.07 0.10 1.922/18/2025 Online 0.07 0.10 1.99 ND ND Absent <12/19/2025 Online 0.06 0.09 1.952/20/2025 Online 0.09 0.14 1.992/21/2025 Online 0.17 0.19 2.102/22/2025 Online 0.19 0.08 2.202/23/2025 Online 0.08 0.14 2.202/24/2025 Online 0.09 0.08 2.132/25/2025 Online 0.11 0.07 2.15 ND ND Absent <12/26/2025 Online 0.31 0.09 2.182/27/2025 Online 0.09 0.05 2.102/28/2025 Online 0.15 0.15 2.18 Filter Effluent
(3610001-021)
Notes
Filter Effluent (3610001-021)
74 City of Adelanto Adelanto Iron and Manganese Filtration Plant System Number 3610001
Operated by: PERC Water
Location Primary Station Code Date Status (Online/Offline) Iron, ug/L Manganese, ug/L Total Coliforms (P or A) HPCWELL 1G 361001-016 3-Feb-25 OFFLINE 3G2 361001-021 3-Feb-25 Online N/A N/A Absent <1
4G 361001-013 3-Feb-25 Online N/A N/A Absent <1
8G2 361001-022 3-Feb-25 Online N/A N/A Absent <1
75 Section D
Distribution System Report
76 State of California -- State Water Resources Control Board Division of Drinking Water Programs Water System Name: City of Adelanto System No 360001 Month/Year: Feb-25 Facility Name: 0.75 Mil Reservoir Blending Facility Constituent Blended: Fluoride MCL 2 mg/L Quantity of
Water
(gpd)
Conc.
(mg/L) A X B = Quantity of Water (gpd) Conc. (mg/L) D X E = Quantity of Water (gpd) Conc. (mg/L) G X H = Quantity of Water (gpd) Conc. (mg/L) J X K = C+F+I+L= A+D+G+J=
ABC D EF G H I J K L M N
1 0 0.00 0 680,000 0.43 292,400 0 0.00 0 268,235,294 0.44 118,023,529 118,315,929 268,915,294 0.440 2 0 0.00 0 494,000 0.43 212,420 0 0.00 0 200,598,930 0.44 88,263,529 88,475,949 201,092,930 0.4403 0 0.00 0 577,000 0.43 248,110 0 0.00 0 232,556,150 0.44 102,324,706 102,572,816 233,133,150 0.440 0.364 0 0.00 0 572,000 0.43 245,960 0 0.00 0 245,005,348 0.44 107,802,353 108,048,313 245,577,348 0.0005 0 0.00 0 527,000 0.43 226,610 0 0.00 0 207,016,043 0.44 91,087,059 91,313,669 207,543,043 0.4406 0 0.00 0 583,000 0.43 250,690 0 0.00 0 228,192,513 0.44 100,404,706 100,655,396 228,775,513 0.4407 0 0.00 0 170,000 0.43 73,100 0 0.00 0 242,438,503 0.44 106,672,941 106,746,041 242,608,503 0.4408 0 0.00 0 588,000 0.43 252,840 0 0.00 0 216,641,711 0.44 95,322,353 95,575,193 217,229,711 0.4409 0 0.00 0 651,000 0.43 279,930 0 0.00 0 152,855,615 0.44 67,256,471 67,536,401 153,506,615 0.440 10 0 0.00 0 55,000 0.43 23,650 0 0.00 0 0 0.44 0 23,650 55,000 0.43011 0 0.00 0 0 0.43 0 0 0.00 0 176,213,904 0.44 77,534,118 77,534,118 176,213,904 0.440 0.3812 0 0.00 0 345,000 0.43 148,350 0 0.00 0 261,176,471 0.44 114,917,647 115,065,997 261,521,471 0.44013 0 0.00 0 344,000 0.43 147,920 0 0.00 0 259,893,048 0.44 70,531,765 70,679,685 260,237,048 0.27214 0 0.00 0 65,000 0.43 27,950 0 0.00 0 160,299,465 0.44 96,000,000 96,027,950 160,364,465 0.59915 0 0.00 0 0 0.43 0 0 0.00 0 218,181,818 0.44 98,145,882 98,145,882 218,181,818 0.45016 0 0.00 0 1,307,000 0.43 562,010 0 0.00 0 223,058,824 0.44 95,774,118 96,336,128 224,365,824 0.42917 0 0.00 0 663,000 0.43 285,090 0 0.00 0 217,668,449 0.44 101,760,000 102,045,090 218,331,449 0.46718 0 0.00 0 641,000 0.43 275,630 0 0.00 0 231,272,727 0.44 88,771,765 89,047,395 231,913,727 0.384 0.4019 0 0.00 0 778,000 0.43 334,540 0 0.00 0 201,754,011 0.44 231,077,647 231,412,187 202,532,011 1.14320 0 0.00 0 490,000 0.43 210,700 0 0.00 0 525,176,471 0.44 0 210,700 525,666,471 0.00021 0 0.00 0 783,000 0.43 336,690 0 0.00 0 0 0.44 115,934,118 116,270,808 783,000 148.494 22 0 0.00 0 491,000 0.43 211,130 0 0.00 0 263,486,631 0.44 115,934,118 116,145,248 263,977,631 0.440 23 0 0.00 0 812,000 0.43 349,160 0 0.00 0 243,465,241 0.44 107,124,706 107,473,866 244,277,241 0.44024 0 0.00 0 499,000 0.43 214,570 0 0.00 0 211,636,364 0.44 93,120,000 93,334,570 212,135,364 0.44025 0 0.00 0 644,000 0.43 276,920 0 0.00 0 251,679,144 0.44 110,738,824 111,015,744 252,323,144 0.440 0.4426 0 0.00 0 669,000 0.43 287,670 0 0.00 0 260,021,390 0.44 114,409,412 114,697,082 260,690,390 0.44027 0 0.00 0 635,000 0.43 273,050 0 0.00 0 255,144,385 0.44 112,263,529 112,536,579 255,779,385 0.44028 0 0.00 0 670,000 0.43 288,100 0 0.00 0 251,935,829 0.44 110,851,765 111,139,865 252,605,829 0.440 ND = Non DetectBlank Cell = No Sample
M O N T H L Y B L E N D I N G R E C O R D
Day
Source 1: Well 4 Source 2: Well 14A Source 3: Well 5A Source 4: Treatment Plant Effluent Theoretical Concentration in Blended Water from Sources 1, 2, 3, & 4. Lab Result (mg/L) @ FRONT
PUMP
HOUSE
M N
( mg/L )
77 State of California -- State Water Resources Control Board Division of Drinking Water Programs Water System Name: City of Adelanto System No 360001 Month/Year: Feb-25 Facility Name: 0.75 Mil Reservoir Blending Facility Constituent Blended: Arsenic MCL 0.01 mg/L Quantity of
Water
(gpd)
Conc.
(mg/L) A X B = Quantity of Water (gpd) Conc. (mg/L) D X E = Quantity of Water (gpd) Conc. (mg/L) G X H = Quantity of Water (gpd) Conc. (mg/L) J X K = C+F+I+L= A+D+G+J=
A BC D EF G H I J K L M N
1 0 0.00 0 680,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 268,235,294 0.00 0 0 268,915,294 02 0 0.00 0 494,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 200,598,930 0.00 0 0 201,092,930 03 0 0.00 0 577,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 232,556,150 0.00 0 0 233,133,150 0 ND4 0 0.00 0 572,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 245,005,348 0.00 0 0 245,577,348 05 0 0.00 0 527,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 207,016,043 0.00 0 0 207,543,043 06 0 0.00 0 583,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 228,192,513 0.00 0 0 228,775,513 07 0 0.00 0 170,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 242,438,503 0.00 0 0 242,608,503 08 0 0.00 0 588,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 216,641,711 0.00 0 0 217,229,711 09 0 0.00 0 651,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 152,855,615 0.00 0 0 153,506,615 0 10 0 0.00 0 55,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 0 55,000 011 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 176,213,904 0.00 0 0 176,213,904 0 ND12 0 0.00 0 345,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 261,176,471 0.00 0 0 261,521,471 013 0 0.00 0 344,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 259,893,048 0.00 0 0 260,237,048 014 0 0.00 0 65,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 160,299,465 0.00 0 0 160,364,465 015 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 218,181,818 0.00 0 0 218,181,818 016 0 0.00 0 1,307,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 223,058,824 0.00 0 0 224,365,824 017 0 0.00 0 663,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 217,668,449 0.00 0 0 218,331,449 018 0 0.00 0 641,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 231,272,727 0.00 0 0 231,913,727 0 ND19 0 0.00 0 778,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 201,754,011 0.00 0 0 202,532,011 020 0 0.00 0 490,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 525,176,471 0.00 0 0 525,666,471 021 0 0.00 0 783,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 0 783,000 022 0 0.00 0 491,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 263,486,631 0.00 0 0 263,977,631 023 0 0.00 0 812,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 243,465,241 0.00 0 0 244,277,241 024 0 0.00 0 499,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 211,636,364 0.00 0 0 212,135,364 025 0 0.00 0 644,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 251,679,144 0.00 0 0 252,323,144 0 ND26 0 0.00 0 669,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 260,021,390 0.00 0 0 260,690,390 027 0 0.00 0 635,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 255,144,385 0.00 0 0 255,779,385 028 0 0.00 0 670,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 251,935,829 0.00 0 0 252,605,829 0 ND = Non DetectBlank Cell = No Sample
M O N T H L Y B L E N D I N G R E C O R D
Day
Source 1: Well 4 Source 2: Well 14A Source 3: Well 5A Source 4: Treatment Plant Effluent Theoretical Concentration in Blended Water from Sources 1, 2, 3, & 4.
Lab Result
(mg/L) @
FRONT
PUMP
HOUSE
M N
( mg/L )
78 State of California -- State Water Resources Control Board Division of Drinking Water Programs Water System Name: City of Adelanto System No 360001 Month/Year: Feb-25 Facility Name: 0.75 Mil Reservoir Blending Facility Constituent Blended: Iron MCL 0.30 mg/L Quantity of
Water
(gpd)
Conc.
(mg/L) A X B = Quantity of Water (gpd) Conc. (mg/L) D X E = Quantity of Water (gpd) Conc. (mg/L) G X H = Quantity of Water (gpd) Conc. (mg/L) G X H = C+F+I+L= A+D+G+J=
A BC D EF G H I J K L M N
1 0 0.00 0 680,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 268,235,294 0.00 0 0 268,915,294 0.0002 0 0.00 0 494,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 200,598,930 0.00 0 0 201,092,930 0.0003 0 0.00 0 577,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 232,556,150 0.00 0 0 233,133,150 0.000 ND4 0 0.00 0 572,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 245,005,348 0.00 0 0 245,577,348 0.0005 0 0.00 0 527,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 207,016,043 0.00 0 0 207,543,043 0.0006 0 0.00 0 583,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 228,192,513 0.00 0 0 228,775,513 0.0007 0 0.00 0 170,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 242,438,503 0.00 0 0 242,608,503 0.0008 0 0.00 0 588,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 216,641,711 0.00 0 0 217,229,711 0.0009 0 0.00 0 651,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 152,855,615 0.00 0 0 153,506,615 0.000 10 0 0.00 0 55,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 0 55,000 0.00011 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 176,213,904 0.00 0 0 176,213,904 0.000 ND12 0 0.00 0 345,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 261,176,471 0.00 0 0 261,521,471 0.00013 0 0.00 0 344,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 259,893,048 0.00 0 0 260,237,048 0.00014 0 0.00 0 65,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 160,299,465 0.00 0 0 160,364,465 0.00015 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 218,181,818 0.00 0 0 218,181,818 0.00016 0 0.00 0 1,307,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 223,058,824 0.00 0 0 224,365,824 0.00017 0 0.00 0 663,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 217,668,449 0.00 0 0 218,331,449 0.00018 0 0.00 0 641,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 231,272,727 0.00 0 0 231,913,727 0.000 ND19 0 0.00 0 778,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 201,754,011 0.00 0 0 202,532,011 0.00020 0 0.00 0 490,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 525,176,471 0.00 0 0 525,666,471 0.00021 0 0.00 0 783,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 0 783,000 0.00022 0 0.00 0 491,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 263,486,631 0.00 0 0 263,977,631 0.00023 0 0.00 0 812,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 243,465,241 0.00 0 0 244,277,241 0.00024 0 0.00 0 499,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 211,636,364 0.00 0 0 212,135,364 0.00025 0 0.00 0 644,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 251,679,144 0.00 0 0 252,323,144 0.000 ND26 0 0.00 0 669,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 260,021,390 0.00 0 0 260,690,390 0.00027 0 0.00 0 635,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 255,144,385 0.00 0 0 255,779,385 0.00028 0 0.00 0 670,000 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 251,935,829 0.00 0 0 252,605,829 0.000 ND = Non DetectBlank Cell = No Sample
M O N T H L Y B L E N D I N G R E C O R D
Day
Source 1: Well 4 Source 2: Well 14A Source 3: Well 5A Source 4: Treatment Plant Effluent Theoretical Concentration in Blended Water from Sources 1, 2, 3, & 4.
Lab Result
(mg/L) @
FRONT
PUMP
HOUSE
M N
( mg/L )
79 State of California -- State Water Resources Control Board Division of Drinking Water Programs Water System Name: City of Adelanto System No 360001 Month/Year: Feb-25 Facility Name: 0.75 Mil Reservoir Blending Facility Constituent Blended: Manganese MCL 0.05 mg/L Quantity of
Water
(gpd)
Conc.
(mg/L) A X B = Quantity of Water (gpd) Conc. (mg/L) D X E = Quantity of Water (gpd) Conc. (mg/L) G X H = Quantity of Water (gpd) Conc. (mg/L) J X K = C+F+I+L= A+D+G+J=
A BC D EF G H I J K L M N
1 0 0.00 0 680,000 0.07 44,200 0 0.00 0 268,235,294 0.00 0 44,200 268,915,294 0.0002 0 0.00 0 494,000 0.07 32,110 0 0.00 0 200,598,930 0.00 0 32,110 201,092,930 0.0003 0 0.00 0 577,000 0.07 37,505 0 0.00 0 232,556,150 0.00 0 37,505 233,133,150 0.000 ND4 0 0.00 0 572,000 0.07 37,180 0 0.00 0 245,005,348 0.00 0 37,180 245,577,348 0.0005 0 0.00 0 527,000 0.07 34,255 0 0.00 0 207,016,043 0.00 0 34,255 207,543,043 0.0006 0 0.00 0 583,000 0.07 37,895 0 0.00 0 228,192,513 0.00 0 37,895 228,775,513 0.0007 0 0.00 0 170,000 0.07 11,050 0 0.00 0 242,438,503 0.00 0 11,050 242,608,503 0.0008 0 0.00 0 588,000 0.07 38,220 0 0.00 0 216,641,711 0.00 0 38,220 217,229,711 0.0009 0 0.00 0 651,000 0.07 42,315 0 0.00 0 152,855,615 0.00 0 42,315 153,506,615 0.000 10 0 0.00 0 55,000 0.07 3,575 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 3,575 55,000 0.06511 0 0.00 0 0 0.07 0 0 0.00 0 176,213,904 0.00 0 0 176,213,904 0.000 ND12 0 0.00 0 345,000 0.07 22,425 0 0.00 0 261,176,471 0.00 0 22,425 261,521,471 0.00013 0 0.00 0 344,000 0.07 22,360 0 0.00 0 259,893,048 0.00 0 22,360 260,237,048 0.00014 0 0.00 0 65,000 0.07 4,225 0 0.00 0 160,299,465 0.00 0 4,225 160,364,465 0.00015 0 0.00 0 0 0.07 0 0 0.00 0 218,181,818 0.00 0 0 218,181,818 0.00016 0 0.00 0 1,307,000 0.07 84,955 0 0.00 0 223,058,824 0.00 0 84,955 224,365,824 0.00017 0 0.00 0 663,000 0.07 43,095 0 0.00 0 217,668,449 0.00 0 43,095 218,331,449 0.00018 0 0.00 0 641,000 0.07 41,665 0 0.00 0 231,272,727 0.00 0 41,665 231,913,727 0.000 ND19 0 0.00 0 778,000 0.07 50,570 0 0.00 0 201,754,011 0.00 0 50,570 202,532,011 0.00020 0 0.00 0 490,000 0.07 31,850 0 0.00 0 525,176,471 0.00 0 31,850 525,666,471 0.00021 0 0.00 0 783,000 0.07 50,895 0 0.00 0 0 0.00 0 50,895 783,000 0.06522 0 0.00 0 491,000 0.07 31,915 0 0.00 0 263,486,631 0.00 0 31,915 263,977,631 0.00023 0 0.00 0 812,000 0.07 52,780 0 0.00 0 243,465,241 0.00 0 52,780 244,277,241 0.00024 0 0.00 0 499,000 0.07 32,435 0 0.00 0 211,636,364 0.00 0 32,435 212,135,364 0.00025 0 0.00 0 644,000 0.07 41,860 0 0.00 0 251,679,144 0.00 0 41,860 252,323,144 0.000 ND26 0 0.00 0 669,000 0.07 43,485 0 0.00 0 260,021,390 0.00 0 43,485 260,690,390 0.00027 0 0.00 0 635,000 0.07 41,275 0 0.00 0 255,144,385 0.00 0 41,275 255,779,385 0.00028 0 0.00 0 670,000 0.07 43,550 0 0.00 0 251,935,829 0.00 0 43,550 252,605,829 0.000 ND = Non DetectBlank Cell = No Sample
M O N T H L Y B L E N D I N G R E C O R D
Day
Source 1: Well 4 Source 2: Well 14A Source 3: Well 5A Source 4: Treatment Plant Effluent Theoretical Concentration in Blended Water from Sources 1, 2, 3, & 4.
Lab Result
(mg/L) @
FRONT
PUMP
HOUSE
M N
( mg/L )
80 State of California -- State Water Resources Control Board Division of Drinking Water Programs
IN (K) GALLONS
Feb-25 Well 4 Well 14A Well 5A
MONTHLY RESULTS
1-Feb-25 0 680 0 0 268235 0 WELL 4 ug/l mg/l INACTIVE2-Feb-25 0 494 0 0 200599 0 FLUORIDE INACTIVE3-Feb-25 0 577 0 0 232556 0 ARSENIC 0 INACTIVE4-Feb-25 0 572 0 0 245005 0 IRON 0 INACTIVE5-Feb-25 0 527 0 0 207016 0 MANGANESE 0 INACTIVE6-Feb-25 0 583 0 0 228193 07-Feb-25 0 170 0 0 242439 08-Feb-25 0 588 0 0 216642 0 WELL 14A ug/l mg/l9-Feb-25 0 651 0 0 152856 0 FLUORIDE 0.43 10-Feb-25 0 55 0 00 0 ARSENIC 0 011-Feb-25 00 0 0 176214 0 IRON 0 012-Feb-25 0 345 0 0 261176 0 MANGANESE 65 0.06513-Feb-25 0 344 0 0 259893 0 14-Feb-25 0 65 0 0 160299 0
15-Feb-25 00 0 0 218182 0 WELL 5a ug/l mg/l INACTIVE
16-Feb-25 0 1307 0 0 223059 0 FLUORIDE INACTIVE17-Feb-25 0 663 0 0 217668 0 ARSENIC INACTIVE18-Feb-25 0 641 0 0 231273 0 IRON INACTIVE19-Feb-25 0 778 0 0 201754 0 MANGANESE INACTIVE20-Feb-25 0 490 0 0 525176 0 21-Feb-25 0 783 0 00 0
22-Feb-25 0 491 0 0 263487 0 T PLANT EFF. ug/l mg/l
23-Feb-25 0 812 0 0 243465 0 FLUORIDE 0.4424-Feb-25 0 499 0 0 211636 0 ARSENIC 0 025-Feb-25 0 644 0 0 251679 0 IRON 0 026-Feb-25 0 669 0 0 260021 0 MANGANESE 0 027-Feb-25 0 635 0 0 255144 0 28-Feb-25 0 670 0 0 251936 0
Teatment Plant Effluent
Booster 1 Booster 2 Booster 3
81 Section E
Completed Work Orders
& CMMS Emaint Report
82 Work Order
Completion
Date Result Code
2025-00000363 02/24/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000384 02/25/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000336 02/18/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000240 02/06/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000244 02/03/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000338 02/18/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000277 02/19/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000345 02/24/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000349 02/19/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000387 02/25/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000375 02/25/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000361 02/20/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000233 02/03/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000187 02/06/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000251 02/04/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000188 02/06/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000328 02/13/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000391 02/26/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000370 02/24/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000371 02/24/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000248 02/04/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000372 02/24/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000369 02/24/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000232 02/03/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000385 02/25/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000376 02/25/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000259 02/05/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000298 02/10/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000321 02/12/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000381 02/25/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000373 02/24/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000353 02/19/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2024-00002146 02/24/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000362 02/20/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000352 02/19/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000250 02/04/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000253 02/04/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000319 02/12/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000254 02/04/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000377 02/25/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000335 02/18/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
9 2
5 9
7 8
9 9
8 4
7 5
4 5
4 4
5 0
0 8
4 8
2 2
Completed Work Orders
Completion Date Range 02/01/25 - 02/28/25
A
d
2 Run by Salvador Ruiz on 03/10/2025 17:16:02 PM Page 1 of 4 83 Completed Work Orders
Completion Date Range 02/01/25 - 02/28/25
2025-00000180 02/06/2025
2025-00000326 02/13/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000329 02/13/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000374 02/24/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000408 02/27/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000291 02/10/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000398 02/26/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000397 02/26/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000400 02/27/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000285 02/06/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000284 02/06/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000282 02/06/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000320 02/12/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000243 02/03/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000255 02/05/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000303 02/11/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000293 02/10/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000367 02/27/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000359 02/20/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000193 02/10/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000241 02/03/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000324 02/13/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2024-00002373 02/03/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000237 02/03/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000392 02/26/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000330 02/18/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000386 02/25/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000292 02/10/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000295 02/10/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000358 02/20/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000350 02/19/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000393 02/26/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000378 02/25/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000346 02/19/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000357 02/20/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000308 02/11/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000300 02/11/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2024-00002603 02/10/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000297 02/10/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000327 02/13/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000312 02/11/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000301 02/11/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
0 5
0 0
6 9
9 8
5 2
0 4
4 5
0 4
Run by Salvador Ruiz on 03/10/2025 17:16:02 PM Page 2 of 4 84 Completed Work Orders
Completion Date Range 02/01/25 - 02/28/25
2025-00000390 02/26/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000280 02/06/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000315 02/11/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000316 02/11/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000247 02/03/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000287 02/10/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000258 02/05/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000234 02/03/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000246 02/03/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000245 02/03/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000331 02/18/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000318 02/12/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000334 02/18/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000249 02/04/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000260 02/05/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000242 02/03/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000288 02/18/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000382 02/25/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000399 02/26/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000307 02/11/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000356 02/20/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000388 02/26/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000407 02/27/2025 CANCELED BY ACCOUNT
HOLDER
2025-00000339 02/18/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000343 02/19/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000290 02/10/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000322 02/12/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000337 02/18/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000252 02/04/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000351 02/19/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000317 02/12/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000192 02/06/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000281 02/06/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000302 02/11/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000380 02/25/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000314 02/11/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000304 02/11/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000364 02/20/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000279 02/10/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000402 02/27/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000360 02/20/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000325 02/18/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED 5
0 5
5 0
8 8
4 9
0 7
0 4
5 8
0 9
8 4
7 0
0 5
4 2
2 2
4 Run by Salvador Ruiz on 03/10/2025 17:16:02 PM Page 3 of 4 85 Completed Work Orders
Completion Date Range 02/01/25 - 02/28/25
2025-00000323 02/12/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000365 02/25/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000238 02/03/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000311 02/11/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000305 02/11/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000394 02/26/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000383 02/25/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000310 02/11/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000306 02/11/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000341 02/19/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000354 02/20/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000257 02/05/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000340 02/18/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000289 02/10/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000309 02/11/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000347 02/26/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000396 02/26/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000395 02/26/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000389 02/25/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000333 02/18/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000256 02/05/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000235 02/03/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000286 02/06/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000401 02/27/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000348 02/19/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000294 02/10/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000299 02/10/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000379 02/25/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
2025-00000355 02/20/2025 COMPLETED AS REQUESTED
C 154
4 2
0 0
0 7
4 0
0 5
4 4
8 0
Run by Salvador Ruiz on 03/10/2025 17:16:02 PM Page 4 of 4 86 WO No. WO Date Asset ID Asset Description Site WO Type Open / HistoryJob Status Brief Description 73745 2/1/2025 FIREEXTINGUISHER Fire Extinguisher Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Fire extinguisher inspection73746 2/1/2025 SLUDGETANK BACKWASH SLUDGE TANK Adelanto WATER PM H Completed sludge pickup and hauling 73747 2/1/2025 WELL14A WELL 14A Adelanto WATER PM H Completed WELL SOUNDING 73748 2/1/2025 WELL3G2 WELL 3G2 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed WELL SOUNDING 73749 2/1/2025 PRIMARYROUNDS PRIMARY DISTRIBUTION ROUNDS AND ON-CALL Adelanto WATER PM H Completed 73750 2/1/2025 FIREHYDRANTS FIRE HYDRANTS IN THE DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM Adelanto WATER PM H Completed HYDRANT FLUSHING On a monthly schedule, flush multiple fire 73902 2/2/2025 FILTER1 FILTER 1 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Backwashing Treatment plant filters-Wednesday73903 2/2/2025 FILTER2 FILTER 2 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Backwashing Treatment plant filters-Wednesday73904 2/2/2025 FILTER3 FILTER 3 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Backwashing Treatment plant filters-Wednesday73905 2/2/2025 FILTER1 FILTER 1 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Backwashing filter treatment plant filters--Friday73906 2/2/2025 FILTER2 FILTER 2 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Backwashing filter treatment plant filters--Friday73907 2/2/2025 FILTER3 FILTER 3 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Backwashing filter treatment plant filters--Friday73910 2/2/2025 FILTER1 FILTER 1 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Backwashing filter treatment plant filters--Friday73911 2/2/2025 FILTER2 FILTER 2 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Backwashing filter treatment plant filters--Friday73912 2/2/2025 FILTER3 FILTER 3 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Backwashing filter treatment plant filters--Friday73913 2/2/2025 CUSTOMERSERVICE CUSTOMER SERVICE DUTIES AND 2ND ON CALL Adelanto WATER PM H Completed CUSTOMER SERVICE DUTIES 74061 2/3/2025 1200BOOSTERBLDG 1200 BOOSTER BUILDING Adelanto WATER PM H Completed General Housekeeping 74062 2/3/2025 5MILGROUNDS GROUNDS Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Brush clearing and weeding74063 2/3/2025 700MOTOR 700 BALDOR MOTOR Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Inspection74064 2/3/2025 702MOTOR 702 BALDOR MOTOR Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Inspection74065 2/3/2025 701MOTOR 701 BALDOR MOTOR Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Inspection74066 2/3/2025 700PUMP 700 PACO PUMP Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Inspection 74067 2/3/2025 701PUMP 701 CHE DIAPHRAM PUMP Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Inspection 74068 2/3/2025 702PUMP 702 SUMMIT PUMP Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Inspection 74069 2/3/2025 FILTER1 FILTER 1 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed ancillary filters 74070 2/3/2025 FILTER1 FILTER 1 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Grease Vactor 74071 2/3/2025 FILTER2 FILTER 2 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed ancillary filters 74072 2/3/2025 FILTER2 FILTER 2 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Grease Vactor 74073 2/3/2025 FILTER3 FILTER 3 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed ancillary filters 74074 2/3/2025 FILTER3 FILTER 3 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Grease Vactor 74075 2/3/2025 CL2ONLINEANALYZER CHLORINE ANALYZER Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Chlorine analyzer cleaning and calibration74078 2/3/2025 DISTRIBUTIONLINES Distribution system lines - mains and service Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Line flushing (dead end) On a monthly schedule, flush multiple 74079 2/3/2025 DISTRIBUTIONVALVES VALVES IN THE DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Hydrant flushing. On a monthly schedule, flush multiple fire hy74236 2/3/2025 WELL8G2 WELL 8G2 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Cleaning photo sensors 74237 2/4/2025 SAMPLINGWEEKLY SAMPLING WEEKLY Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Sampling Weekly System74238 2/4/2025 SAMPLINGWEEKLY SAMPLING WEEKLY Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Sampling Weekly Treatment Plant74251 2/5/2025 WELL1G WELL 1G Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Food grade oil resevoir filling 74252 2/5/2025 WELL8G2 WELL 8G2 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Food grade oil resevoir filling 74296 2/7/2025 LWRBSTRBLDG LOWER BOOSTER BUILDING Adelanto WATER PM H Completed General Housekeeping 74297 2/7/2025 UPRBSTRGROUNDS GROUNDS Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Brush clearing and weeding74298 2/7/2025 LWRBSTRGROUNDS GROUNDS Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Brush clearing and weeding 74299 2/7/2025 PLANTOFFICE OFFICE AT PLANT Adelanto WATER PM H Completed General Housekeeping74300 2/7/2025 SAMPLINGMONTHLY SAMPLING MONTHLY Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Sampling Monthly 74301 2/7/2025 WELL1G WELL 1G Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Brush clearing and weeding CMMS Emaint February 2025
87 WO No. WO Date Asset ID Asset Description Site WO Type Open / HistoryJob Status Brief Description CMMS Emaint February 2025
74302 2/7/2025 WELL14A WELL 14A Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Brush clearing and weeding 74303 2/7/2025 WELL15 WELL 15 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Brush clearing and weeding 74304 2/7/2025 WELL3G2 WELL 3G2 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Brush clearing and weeding 74305 2/7/2025 WELL4G WELL 4G Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Brush clearing and weeding 74306 2/7/2025 WELL8G2 WELL 8G2 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Brush clearing and weeding 74327 2/8/2025 PRIMARYROUNDS PRIMARY DISTRIBUTION ROUNDS AND ON-CALL Adelanto WATER PM H Completed 74432 2/9/2025 FILTER1 FILTER 1 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Backwashing Treatment plant filters-Mondays 74433 2/9/2025 FILTER2 FILTER 2 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Backwashing Treatment plant filters-Mondays 74434 2/9/2025 FILTER3 FILTER 3 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Backwashing Treatment plant filters-Wednesday 74435 2/9/2025 FILTER3 FILTER 3 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Backwashing filter treatment plant filters--Friday74441 2/9/2025 FILTER1 FILTER 1 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Backwashing filter treatment plant filters--Friday74442 2/9/2025 FILTER2 FILTER 2 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Backwashing filter treatment plant filters--Thursdays74443 2/9/2025 FILTER3 FILTER 3 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Backwashing filter treatment plant filters--Friday74444 2/9/2025 CUSTOMERSERVICE CUSTOMER SERVICE DUTIES AND 2ND ON CALL Adelanto WATER PM H Completed CUSTOMER SERVICE DUTIES 74614 2/10/2025 WELL8G2 WELL 8G2 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Cleaning photo sensors 74615 2/11/2025 SAMPLINGWEEKLY SAMPLING WEEKLY Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Sampling Weekly System74616 2/11/2025 SAMPLINGWEEKLY SAMPLING WEEKLY Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Sampling Weekly Treatment Plant74632 2/12/2025 WELL1G WELL 1G Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Food grade oil resevoir filling74633 2/12/2025 WELL8G2 WELL 8G2 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Food grade oil resevoir filling 74746 2/15/2025 PRIMARYROUNDS PRIMARY DISTRIBUTION ROUNDS AND ON-CALL Adelanto WATER PM H Completed 74846 2/16/2025 FILTER1 FILTER 1 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Backwashing Treatment plant filters-Mondays 74847 2/16/2025 FILTER2 FILTER 2 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Backwashing Treatment plant filters-Mondays 74848 2/16/2025 FILTER3 FILTER 3 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Backwashing Treatment plant filters-Wednesday 74849 2/16/2025 FILTER3 FILTER 3 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Backwashing filter treatment plant filters--Friday74852 2/16/2025 FILTER1 FILTER 1 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Backwashing filter treatment plant filters--Friday74853 2/16/2025 FILTER2 FILTER 2 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Backwashing filter treatment plant filters--Thursdays74854 2/16/2025 FILTER3 FILTER 3 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Backwashing filter treatment plant filters--Friday74855 2/16/2025 CUSTOMERSERVICE CUSTOMER SERVICE DUTIES AND 2ND ON CALL Adelanto WATER PM H Completed CUSTOMER SERVICE DUTIES 74999 2/17/2025 WELL8G2 WELL 8G2 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Cleaning photo sensors 75002 2/18/2025 SAMPLINGWEEKLY SAMPLING WEEKLY Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Sampling Weekly System75003 2/18/2025 SAMPLINGWEEKLY SAMPLING WEEKLY Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Sampling Weekly Treatment Plant75023 2/19/2025 WELL1G WELL 1G Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Food grade oil resevoir filling75024 2/19/2025 WELL8G2 WELL 8G2 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Food grade oil resevoir filling 75109 2/22/2025 PRIMARYROUNDS PRIMARY DISTRIBUTION ROUNDS AND ON-CALL Adelanto WATER PM H Completed 75199 2/23/2025 FILTER1 FILTER 1 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Backwashing Treatment plant filters-Mondays 75200 2/23/2025 FILTER2 FILTER 2 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Backwashing Treatment plant filters-Mondays 75201 2/23/2025 FILTER3 FILTER 3 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Backwashing Treatment plant filters-Wednesday 75202 2/23/2025 FILTER3 FILTER 3 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Backwashing filter treatment plant filters--Friday75208 2/23/2025 FILTER1 FILTER 1 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Backwashing filter treatment plant filters--Friday75209 2/23/2025 FILTER2 FILTER 2 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Backwashing filter treatment plant filters--Thursdays75210 2/23/2025 FILTER3 FILTER 3 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Backwashing filter treatment plant filters--Friday75211 2/23/2025 CUSTOMERSERVICE CUSTOMER SERVICE DUTIES AND 2ND ON CALL Adelanto WATER PM H Completed CUSTOMER SERVICE DUTIES 75384 2/24/2025 WELL8G2 WELL 8G2 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Cleaning photo sensors 75387 2/25/2025 SAMPLINGWEEKLY SAMPLING WEEKLY Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Sampling Weekly System 88 WO No. WO Date Asset ID Asset Description Site WO Type Open / HistoryJob Status Brief Description CMMS Emaint February 2025
75388 2/25/2025 SAMPLINGWEEKLY SAMPLING WEEKLY Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Sampling Weekly Treatment Plant75402 2/26/2025 WELL1G WELL 1G Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Food grade oil resevoir filling75403 2/26/2025 WELL8G2 WELL 8G2 Adelanto WATER PM H Completed Food grade oil resevoir filling 89 Section F
Monthly Coliform Report
90 Yes x
State Water Resources Control Board Division of Drinking Water
MONTHLY SUMMARY OF REVISED TOTAL COLIFORM RULE DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM MONITORING (including triggered source monitoring for systems subject to the Groundwater Rule) System Name
City of Adelanto
System Number
CA3610001
Sampling Period
Month February Year 2025
Number
Required
Number
Collected
Number Total
Coliform Positives Number E.coli Positives
1. Routine Samples (see note 1) 40 40 0 0
2. Repeat Samples following samples that are Total Coliform Positive and E.coli Negative (see notes 10 and 11) 00 0
3. Repeat Samples following Routine Samples that are
Total Coliform Positive and E. coli Positive
(see notes 10 and 11) 000
4. Treatment Technique (TT)/MCL Violation Computation
for Total Coliform/E. coli Positive Samples
a. Totals (sum of columns) 40 4 00
b. If 40 or more samples collected in month, determine
percent of samples that are total coliform positive
[(total number positive/total number collected) x 100] = 0 % c. Did the system trigger… a Level 2 Assessment TT? Yes x No (see notes 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 for trigger info)
If a Level 2 Assessment is triggered, see note 8 below. a Level 1 Assessment TT? No
(see note 7 for trigger info)
If a Level 1 Assessment is triggered, see note 9 below.
5. Triggered Source Samples per Groundwater Rule
(see notes 12 and 13) 00
6. Invalidated Samples
(Note what samples, if any, were invalidated; who authorized the invalidation; and when replacement samples were collected. Attach additional sheets, if necessary.)
7. Summary Completed By:
Signature Title
Regional Director
Date
3/09/25
NOTES AND INSTRUCTIONS:
1. Routine samples include:
a. Samples required pursuant to 22 CCR Section 64423 and any additional samples required by an approved routine sample siting plan established pursuant to 22 CCR Section 64422. b. Extra samples are required for systems collecting less than five routine samples per month that had one or more total coliform positives in previous month; c.Extra samples for systems with high source water turbidities that are using surface water or groundwater under direct influence of surface water and do not practice filtration in compliance with regulations;
2. Note: For a repeat sample following a total coliform positive sample, any E.coli positive repeat (boxed entry) constitutes an MCL violation and requires immediate notification to the Division (22, CCR, Section 64426.1).
3. Note: For repeat sample following a E.coli positive sample, any total coliform positive repeat (boxed entry) constitutes an MCL violation and requires immediate notification to the Division (22, CCR, Section 64426.1).
4. Note: Failure to take all required repeat samples following an E. coli positive routine sample (22, CCR, Section 64426.1) constitutes an MCL violation and requires immediate notification to the Division (22, CCR, Section 64426.1).
5. Note: Failure to test for E. coli when any repoeat sample tests postive for total coliform (22, CCR, Section 64426.1) constitutes an MCL violation and requires immediate notification to the Division (22, CCR, Section 64426.1).
6. Note: Second Level 1 treatment technique trigger in a rolling 12-month period.
7. Total coliform Treatment Technique (TT) Violation (Notify Department within 24 hours of TT violation):
a. For systems collecting less than 40 samples, if two or more samples are total coliform positive, then the TT is violated and a Level 1 Assessment is required. b. For systems collecting 40 or more samples, if more than 5.0 percent of samples collected are total coliform positive, then the TT is violated and a Level 1 Assessment is required.
8. Contact the Division as soon as practical to arrange for the division to conduct a Level 2 Assessment of the water system. The water system shall complete a Level 2 Assessment and sumbit it to the Division within 30 days of learning of the trigger exceedance.
9. Conduct a Level 1 Assessment in accordance with as soon as practical that covers the minimum elements (22, CCR, Section 64426.8 (a), (2). Submit the report to the Division within 30 days of learing of the trigger exceedance.
10. Positive results and their associated repeat samples are to be tracked on the Coliform Monitoring Worksheet.
11. Repeat samples must be collected within 24 hours of being notified of the positive results. For systems collecting more than one routine sample per month, three repeat samples must be collected for each total coliform positive sample. For systems collecting one or fewer routine samples per month, four repeat samples must be collected for each total coliform positive sample. At least three samples shall be taken the month following a total coliform positive.
12. For systems subject to the Groundwater Rule: Positive results and the associated triggered source samples are to be tracked on the Coliform Monitoring Worksheet.
13. For triggered sample(s) required as a result of a total coliform routine positive sample, an E.coli positive triggered sample (boxed entry) requires immediate notification to the Division, Tier 1 public notification, and corrective action.
0 91
Section G
Explanation of Terms
and Acronyms
92 Adelanto Section G Explanation of Terms and Acronyms Water System Monthly Asset Management Report
Brief Description of Sections, Terms and Acronyms
Section A
Capital improvement projects (CIP) that are on currently being looked at, in progress, or completed.
Section B
The executive summary is a recap of water production, distribution system, employees, billing and customer service.
Section C
Iron and Manganese Report
References the treatment plant and removal of Iron and Manganese from G wells CL2= Chlorine (disinfectant)
NTU = Turbidity
HPC = Heterotrophic plate count (bacteria colonies)
ug/L = Micrograms per liter
Section D
Distribution Report
Monthly blending records, lab results for each constituent; Fluoride, Arsenic, Iron, Manganese Blended well production (well 4, 14A and 5A) numbers in 1000 gallon units Sampling, intertie water (from Victorville Water District) Well Summary
GPM = gallons per minute
Boosters pump water to higher elevation
Section E
Work Orders Completed
Section F
Monthly Coliform Report
93 ADELANTO PUBLIC UTILITY AUTHORITY
DATE: 3-26-2025
TO: Honorable Chairman and Public Utility Authority Members FROM: Adelanto Public Utility Authority
BY: David Kachelski, Area Operations Manager, PERC Water SUBJECT: WWTP Monthly Report
ATTACHMENTS:
1. APUA Wastewater Treatment Plant Monthly Report- February 2025 94 Adelanto City Hall ~ 11600 Air Expressway, Adelanto, CA 92301 ~ (760) 246-2300 ~ Fax (442) 249-1121 Gabriel Reyes
Mayor
Daniel Ramos
Mayor Pro Tem
Stevevonna Evans
Council Member
Angelo Meza
Council Member
Amanda Uptergrove
Council Member
Jessie Flores
City Manager
City of Adelanto/PERC Water Corp.
APUA WWTP
Order No. R6V-2013-0058.
WDID No. 6B369805001.
WDR100026851
95 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 180 Fountain Valley, CA 92708 | Office: 714.352.7750 | Fax: 714.352.7765 | www.percwater.com Jessie Flores
City Manager
City of Adelanto
11600 Air Expressway
Adelanto, CA. 92301
RE: February 2025 Adelanto WWTP Asset Management Monthly Report Mr. Flores,
Please find the Adelanto Wastewater Treatment Plant (WWTP) Asset Management Report enclosed. The purpose of this report is to inform the City of Adelanto of its wastewater treatment plant’s performance for the month of February 2025.
Since the current performance of Adelanto's wastewater system influences the future of the Adelanto's population, industrial, and commercial growth, the health, and compliance of this facility is of utmost importance to us. If you have any questions or concerns, feel free to contact Christopher Maines, Regional Director of PERC Water via his cell (970) 401-1389 or email [email protected].
PERC Water is dedicated to the highest caliber of customer service with quality and accuracy. If you have any inquiries regarding our services or the content of this report, please do not hesitate to contact me at (714) 887- 9794 or [email protected].
Thank you for entrusting the City of Adelanto's Wastewater Treatment Plant to PERC Water. We appreciate your business and look forward to providing you with quality management and excellent customer service.
Sincerely,
Dave Kachelski
Area Operations Manager
PERC Water Corporation, Asset Management Division
CC: Christopher Maines, Regional Director, PERC Water Corporation Eric Gonzales, Regional Director, PERC Water Corporation 96 Adelanto Wastewater Treatment System
Monthly Asset Management Report
February 2025
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section A
Executive Summary
Section B
State Regulatory
Section C
Collection System Report
Section D
Bio-Solids Report
Section E
Preventative Maintenance CMMS Report
Section F
SSMP / IPP Report
Section G
Laboratory Results
Section H
CIP update
97 Section A
Executive Summary
98 February 2025 Section A – Executive Summary
Adelanto Wastewater Treatment System
Executive Summary
The Adelanto WWTP received 85 million, 914 thousand gallons of raw sewage and successfully treated 85 million, 914 thousand gallons during the month of February 2025, making the total treated amount of water recycled at the Adelanto WWTP about 11.648 billion gallons (since operating services began in February 2012). The characteristics of the water entering and exiting the plant last month are detailed in the section titled “Flows and Laboratory Results.” Secondary effluent from the Facility was discharged to percolation basins 1, 4, 5, & 9 per the discharge requirements for this period. No flow was diverted to VVWRA.
During February, the daily influent flow recorded an average of 3.068 million gallons per day.
Effluent flow is calculated by subtracting the treated flow minus the Waste Activated Sludge (WAS) flow for each day and the daily calculated effluent flow averaged 3.004 million gallons per day.
Throughout the month, PERC Water’s Asset Management Team performed daily process control sampling and analysis, trend analysis, equipment verification checks, compliance sampling, housekeeping, process adjustments, and solids processing. Please see “Plant Staffing” for details about PERC Water’s dedicated Adelanto WWTP team. There were no injuries, accidents, facility tours, regulatory meetings, odor complaints, or security issues this month. No flow was diverted to VVWRA.
The following sections outline the characteristics of the operations of the plant, specifically detailing the influent and effluent quality for the prior month. Questions regarding the quality of the water entering and/or exiting the plant can be directed to David Kachelski via his direct line. We look forward to another month of serving the City of Adelanto, CA.
Plant Staffing
David Kachelski – Area Operations Manager, CPO V, Collections System Operator III Tristan (“Dutch”) Hause – Lead Operator II, Collections System Operator III Scott Heller – Operator in Training I
99 February 2025 Section A – Executive Summary
Adelanto Wastewater Treatment System
Flows and Laboratory Results
In February, all influent was successfully treated by the Adelanto WWTP. Laboratory work and results were produced by ES Babcock Laboratory, located in Riverside, CA. All samples are taken to the laboratory on a weekly/monthly basis. Summaries of this month’s performance are below:
Influent
Total Flow 85.914 MG
Average Daily Flow 3.068 MGD
Maximum Daily Flow 3.522 MG
Minimum Daily Flow 2.926 MG
Maximum Daily Peak 3305 GPM
Minimum Daily Peak 2503 GPM
Average BOD 258 mg/L
Average TSS 190 mg/L
Average pH 8.26
Average EC 928 umho/cm
Effluent
Average BOD 5.15 mg/l
Average TSS 1.48 mg/l
Average Total
Nitrogen 1.5 mg/L
Average TDS 545 mg/L
Average MBAs 0.08 mg/L
Average Dissolved
Oxygen 2.24 mg/L
Average pH 6.78
Average EC
853
umho/cm
MAINTENANCE
In February 2025, all preventive maintenance tasks were carried out:
On 2-3-25 PERC Staff received a new 4th Aerzen blower. On 2-14-25 Prime Systems remote working on SCADA, loss of communications. Influent meter flatlining. Empty cache on HMI.
On 2-20-25 PERC staff restarted SCADA due to loss of communications, notified Prime Systems.
On 2-20-25 PERC staff replacing and insulating water valves a North clarifier, near generator, and influent wet well.
100
February 2025 Section A – Executive Summary
Adelanto Wastewater Treatment System
On 2-26-25 PERC Staff calibrated influent pH and EC probes. On 2-26-25 PERC Staff replaced leaky valve at centrifuge are. Test run stand by generator weekly for emergency- operation if needed. Performed weed abatement and grease ball removal throughout the month.
OPERATIONS CALL OUT EVENTS
Total callouts in February 2025: 1
On 2-5-25 at 1445 hours, PERC On call operator received a WIN 911 alarm for loss of communications. Restart SCADA. OK now.
2-14-25 at 2130 hours, PERC On call operator reset SCADA due to City IT Update on SCADA 2-28-25 at 2007 hours PERC On call operator received a low air flow alarm. Upon arrival found SCADA loss of communications, reset blower bldg. radio and restarted SCADA. All communications working, OK now.
POWER FAILURES
There was no power failure for the month of February 2025. 101
February 2025 Section A – Executive Summary
Adelanto Wastewater Treatment System
Wastewater Characteristics (Annually)
102
February 2025 Section A – Executive Summary
Adelanto Wastewater Treatment System
Note: Design Capacity for the Adelanto WWTP is as follows for wastewater influent:
300 mg/L (BOD5); 300 mg/L (TSS).
103
February 2025 Section A – Executive Summary
Adelanto Wastewater Treatment System
Note: Permit limits for Adelanto WWTP effluent are as follows: monthly average of 15 mg/L (BOD5); monthly average of 10 mg/L (TN); there is no permit limit for effluent TSS.
This month, D.O. levels, pH, EC, and MBAS samples and results were in compliance. 104
Section B
State Regulatory Report
105
Inf Flow Inst Peak Flow Eff. Q ponds Pond # 1 Pond # 2 & 3 Pond # 4 Pond # 5 Pond # 9 Basin N Basin S MGD GPM MGD freeboard ft freeboard ft freeboard ft freeboard ft freeboard ft freeboard ft freeboard ft 2/1/2025 2.970 2,733.71 2.970 4+ Empty 10.00 16.00 16.00 3.94 3.94 2/2/2025 3.080 3,068.65 3.080 4+ Empty 10.00 16.00 16.00 4.07 4.03 2/3/2025 3.136 3,193.15 3.136 4+ Empty 10.00 16.00 16.00 3.55 3.51 2/4/2025 3.060 3,142.00 3.060 4+ Empty 10.00 16.00 16.00 3.09 3.09 2/5/2025 3.040 3,153.46 3.040 4+ Empty 9.75 16.00 16.00 3.12 3.12 2/6/2025 3.032 3,119.32 3.032 4+ Empty 9.75 16.00 16.00 4.09 4.07 2/7/2025 3.077 2,990.22 3.077 4+ Empty 9.75 16.00 16.00 3.16 3.16 2/8/2025 2.963 2,714.60 2.963 4+ Empty 9.50 16.00 16.00 3.23 3.34 2/9/2025 2.926 2,807.71 2.926 4+ Empty 9.50 16.00 16.00 3.09 3.09 2/10/2025 3.018 3,303.31 3.018 4+ Empty 9.50 16.00 16.00 3.02 3.02 2/11/2025 3.029 3,084.84 3.029 4+ Empty 9.50 16.00 16.00 3.80 3.82 2/12/2025 2.983 2,584.06 2.983 4+ Empty 9.50 16.00 16.00 3.09 3.20 2/13/2025 3.522 2,502.58 3.522 4+ Empty 10.00 15.75 16.00 3.80 3.82 2/14/2025 3.475 2,794.35 3.475 4+ Empty 11.00 14.75 16.00 4.03 4.07 2/15/2025 2.929 2,749.02 2.929 4+ Empty 12.00 14.75 16.00 2.98 2.98 2/16/2025 2.983 2,828.46 2.983 4+ Empty 13.00 13.00 16.00 3.05 3.05 2/17/2025 3.192 3,305.04 3.192 4+ Empty 14.00 12.50 16.00 2.98 3.02 2/18/2025 3.119 3,170.56 3.119 4+ Empty 14.00 12.50 16.00 3.49 3.43 2/19/2025 3.292 3,177.30 3.292 4+ Empty 14.50 12.00 16.00 3.63 3.70 2/20/2025 3.044 3,028.67 3.044 4+ Empty 14.50 11.50 16.00 4.11 4.01 2/21/2025 2.979 2,774.98 2.979 4+ Empty 15.00 11.50 16.00 3.76 3.86 2/22/2025 2.932 2,655.08 2.932 4+ Empty 15.00 11.50 16.00 3.12 3.12 2/23/2025 3.010 3,151.48 3.010 4+ Empty 15.50 11.50 16.00 3.09 3.09 2/24/2025 3.047 3,145.81 3.047 4+ Empty 15.75 11.50 16.00 4.19 4.03 2/25/2025 3.012 3,108.11 3.012 4+ Empty 16.00 11.25 16.00 4.07 4.05 2/26/2025 3.042 3,152.23 3.042 4+ Empty 16.00 11.00 16.00 3.90 3.86 2/27/2025 3.017 3,019.42 3.017 4+ Empty 16.00 10.75 16.00 3.51 3.57 2/28/2025 3.007 2,797.46 3.007 4+ Empty 16.00 11.00 16.00 4.17 4.11 Total 85.914 85.914
Average 3.068 2,973.41 3.068 4.00 12.32 13.88 16.00 3.54 3.54 Maximum 3.522 3,305.04 3.522 4.00 0.00 16.00 16.00 16.00 4.19 4.11 Minimum 2.926 2,502.58 2.926 4.00 0.00 9.50 10.75 16.00 2.98 2.98 Effluent Calculated by subtracting WAS flow each day
ADELANTO WWTP SUMMARY REPORT February-25
Date
Flow Data Percolation Ponds Biolac Basins
106
BOD5 TSS pH D.O. EC TN TDS MBAS BOD5 TSS pH EC
mg/l mg/l pH units mg/l umho/cm mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l pH units umho/cm 2/1/2025
2/2/2025
2/3/2025
2/4/2025
2/5/2025 5.0 ND 0.9 6.75 2.06 876 1.3 540 0.08 ND 250 220 8.85 1249 2/6/2025
2/7/2025
2/8/2025
2/9/2025
2/10/2025
2/11/2025
2/12/2025 4.9 2.0 6.77 2.27 816 1.7 * 200 8.12 1258
2/13/2025
2/14/2025
2/15/2025
2/16/2025
2/17/2025
2/18/2025
2/19/2025 5.3 2.0 6.8 2.2 862 1.5 550 0.08 ND 260 180 8.07 13.06 2/20/2025
2/21/2025
2/22/2025
2/23/2025
2/24/2025
2/25/2025
2/26/2025 5.4 1.0 6.8 2.42 858 1.4 240 140 7.98 1191
2/27/2025
2/28/2025
Total
Average 5.15 1.48 6.78 2.24 853 1.5 545 0.080 250 185 8.26 928 Maximum 5.4 2.0 6.80 2.42 876 1.7 550 0.08 260 220 8.85 1258 Minimum 4.9 0.9 6.75 2.06 816 1.3 540 0.08 240 140 7.98 13 * Lab error
ADELANTO WWTP SUMMARY REPORT
Date
Effluent WEEKLY Influent
107
TN D.O. EC Temp TN D.O. EC Temp TN D.O. EC Temp
mg/l mg/L umho/cm C mg/l mg/L umho/cm C mg/l mg/L umho/cm C 2/1/2025
2/2/2025
2/3/2025
2/4/2025
2/5/2025 2.700 8.7 882.0 15.6
2/6/2025
2/7/2025
2/8/2025
2/9/2025
2/10/2025
2/11/2025
2/12/2025
2/13/2025
2/14/2025
2/15/2025
2/16/2025
2/17/2025
2/18/2025
2/19/2025
2/20/2025
2/21/2025
2/22/2025
2/23/2025
2/24/2025
2/25/2025
2/26/2025
2/27/2025
2/28/2025
Total
Average
Maximum 2.70 8.67 882.00 15.60 0.0 0.00 0 0.0 0.0 0.00 0 0.0 Minimum 2.70 8.67 882.00 15.60 0.0 0.00 0 0.0 0.0 0.00 0 0.0
ADELANTO WWTP SUMMARY REPORT
Date
Pond Monitoring # 4 annually Pond Monitoring # 5 annually Pond Monitoring # 9 annually 108
Section C
Collection System Report
109
PROJECT STATUS REPORT & PROJECTIONS
Project Name: City of Adelanto
Department: Collection System
Month: February 2025
Prepared By: PERC Water Corporation
PROJECT STATUS REPORT
Date Footage
Mo/Yr Area Locations That Need Attention
February
2025
4,120 / 54,367 • North, middle,
south end of
town
• Monthly enhanced maintenance
areas
TABLE OF CONTENTS:
01) Adelanto Enhanced Maintenance Annual Log 2025
02) Adelanto Enhanced Maintenance 02-25
LIST OF NOTES:
01) On 2-4-25 PERC staff received notification of slow draining sewers on Montezuma & Chamberlain.
Staff inspected up stream and down stream manholes and found flow traversing normally. 02) On 2-24-25 PERC staff cleaned the lift station wet well with the PERC owned Vactor truck. 03) PERC staff received and reviewed 141 USA dig alerts 110
MONTHLY Map pg. JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC Date Date Date Date Date Date Date Date Date Date Date Date Bellflower & Auburn 460 N 500 W 13-Jan 20-Feb
1st Mh W 395 & Auburn 400 W 13-Jan 20-Feb
1st Mh E 395 & Auburn 500 W 13-Jan 20-Feb
Pearmain & Taylor 275 S & 285 W 8 13-Jan 20-Feb
Pearmain & Cactus 300 E & 400 S 10 13-Jan 20-Feb
1st Mh W Aster & Vintage 500 W 41 13-Jan 20-Feb
Aster & Vintage 500 W 41 13-Jan 20-Feb
BI-MONTHLY JAN MAR MAY JUL SEP NOV
QUARTERLY JAN APR JUL OCT
Verbena & Mojave W 500 W & S 13-Jan
1st mh N Forest & Muskrat 500 N&S 13-Jan
Joshua & Verbena 200 W 13-Jan
Cactus & Caliente 400 W 13-Jan
Bartlett & Lilac 13-Jan
BI-ANNUAL JAN JUL
111
City of Adelanto Enhanced Maintenance Collection System Operator: Dutch Month: Feb 2025 Date Location Street & Cross Street Feet
Cleaned
Comments
1 2/20/2025 Pearmain & Taylor 275 Cleaned south grease
2 2/20/2025 Pearmain & Taylor 285 Cleaned west
3 2/20/2025 Pearmain & Cactus 400 Cleaned south
4 2/20/2025 Pearmain & Cactus 300 Cleaned east
5 2/20/2025 Vintage 500 Cleaned west surcharged
6 2/20/2025 Aster & Vintage 500 Cleaned west surcharged 7 2/20/2025 Bellflower & Auburn 460 Cleaned north grease in MH surcharged 8 2/20/2025 Bellflower & Auburn 500 Cleaned west grease in MH surcharged 9 2/20/2025 1st MH W Auburn & 395 400 Cleaned west grease in MH surcharged 10 2/20/2025 1st mH E Auburn & 395 500 Cleaned west
11 12
13 14
15 16
17 18
19 20
21 22
23 24
^
Total Feet 4,120
112
Section D
Bio-Solids Report
113
February 2025 Section D – Bio-solids Report
Adelanto Wastewater Treatment System
Bio-solids Report
In February 2025, PERC Water Staff performed dewatering procedures to dewater 1,907,786 gallons of bio-solids from the aerated solids holding tank. See data table below for amounts and disposal costs. Wet tons of bio-solids were removed at an average total solids concentration of
18.7%. End dump trailers were collected periodically by GIC Corporation and delivered to Synagro composting facility in Helendale, CA.
Wet Tons Dry Tons Wet Tons Dry
Tons
January 295.29 55.22 12 12 $4,709.88 $9,611.69 $14,321.57 $48.50 February 272.84 51.02 11 11 $4,351.80 $8,880.94 $13,232.74 $48.50 March 0.00 568.13 106.24 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0!
April 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0!
May 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0!
June 0.00 0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0!
July 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0!
August 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0!
September 0.00 0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0!
October 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0!
November 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0!
December 0.00 0.00 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 #DIV/0!
Total Tons 568.13 106.24 568.13 106.24 23 23 $9,061.67 $18,492.63 $27,554.31 #DIV/0! Metric Tons 515.29 96.36 515.29 96.36 total total total total total average 2025 BIO-SOLIDS HAULED
Adelanto production Quarter # of GIC
end
dump
Removed
# Synagro
loads
received
Total Hauling
Cost
Total
Tipping Fee
Cost
Total Cost Total Cost
Per Ton
114
February 2025 Section D – Bio-solids Report
Adelanto Wastewater Treatment System
Burrtec hauls off screenings/rags and recycle product from the facility each month. See data table below for bins removed from the Facility.
RECYCLE
# of Bins ft3
yards # of Bins
January 24 48 2
February 20 40 2
March 0
April 0
May 0
June 0
July 0
August 0
September 0
October 0
November 0
December 0
Total 44 88 4
2025 SCREENINGS/GRIT HAULED
115
Section E
Preventive Maintenance
CMMS Report
116
February 2025 Section E Completed Work Orders
Adelanto Wastewater Treatment System
Completed Work Orders
Below is a list of Adelanto’s Wastewater System’s completed work orders for the month of February: 139 tasks completed.
Completed
Date
Asset ID Asset
Description
Brief Description
2/3/2025 AD_RPTS Reports Collections, IPP, Emaint
2/4/2025 AD_HWFR-WFlex Rake West Flex rake Check drive and bearings 2/4/2025 AD_HWFR-EFlex Rake East Quarterly flex rake check 2/4/2025 ADPOLYU
NIT
Polymer unit Clean polymer flow sensor
2/4/2025 ADSCCL
W
Sludge Thickener
West
Sludge thickener check
2/4/2025 ADSCCLE Sludge Thickener
East
Sludge thickener check
2/4/2025 AD_SCCLRFYRNNorth Clarifier Weekly Clarifier check 2/4/2025 AD_SCCLRFYRSSouth Clarifier Weekly Clarifier check 2/4/2025 AD_HAZWSTHaz waste check
sheet
Check and fill out weekly check sheet
2/4/2025 AD_HAZWSTHaz waste check
sheet
Check AGST binder and make sure it is up to date
2/4/2025 AD_SH_C
ENTRISYS
Centrisys
Centrifuge
Lubricate Housing Seal Assembly
2/4/2025 AD_SH_C
ENTRISYS
Centrisys
Centrifuge
Lubricate Solids and Liquid end Headwall External
Assembly
2/4/2025 AD_SH_C
ENTRISYS
Centrisys
Centrifuge
Check Auto Lubricator for grease
2/4/2025 AD_SH_A
NDRITZ
Andritz
Centrifuge
Run Andritz centrifuge
2/4/2025 AD-PORTGENGenerators RUN PORTABLE GENERATOR FOR 15 MINUTES 2/4/2025 ADELPNF
LTS
FILTERS Clean VFD Panel Filters
2/4/2025 ADEYEW
SHST
eye wash eye wash/shower weekly check
117
February 2025 Section E Completed Work Orders
Adelanto Wastewater Treatment System
2/4/2025 ADINFEF
FSMPLRS
Influent and
Effluent sampler
Clean Influent Effluent Sampler
2/4/2025 AD_HWFR-EFlex Rake East Flexrake check
2/4/2025 AD_HWGC-CPT1Grit Collector
CPT 1
Monthly CPT inspection
2/4/2025 AD_HWGC-CPT2Grit Collector
CPT 2
Monthly CPT inspection
2/4/2025 AD_HWGP-P1Grit Pump 1 grit pump check
2/4/2025 AD_HWGP-P1Grit Pump 1 grit pump belt check
2/4/2025 AD_HWGP-P2Grit Pump 2 grit pump check
2/4/2025 AD_HWGP-P2Grit Pump 2 grit pump belt check
2/4/2025 ADSCCL
W
Sludge Thickener
West
sludge thickener drive chain check
2/4/2025 ADSCCLE Sludge Thickener
East
sludge thickener drive chain check
2/4/2025 AD_SCPTScum pit Clarifier scum pit
2/4/2025 AD_SCRAS-P1Sludge Thickener
RAS Pump 1
Sludge Thickener R.A.S. pump inspection
2/4/2025 AD_SCRAS-P2Sludge Thickener
RAS Pump 2
Sludge Thickener R.A.S. pump inspection
2/4/2025 AD_SHPOL-MPolymer Motor polymer pump gear box oil check 2/4/2025 AD_SHCENTRIS
YS-MM
Centrisys Muffin
Monster
Centrisys Muffin Monster lubrication grease
2/4/2025 AD_RCYC
LPMP1
Recycle pump 1
for new plant
water system
Bump motor for Recycle pump
2/4/2025 AD_RCYC
LPMP2
Recycle pump 2
for new plant
water system
Bump motor for Recycle pump
2/4/2025 ADSCCL
W
Sludge Thickener
West
Sludge thickener check
2/4/2025 ADSCCL
W
Sludge Thickener
West
Scum Pit
2/4/2025 ADSCCLE Sludge Thickener
East
Sludge thickener check
2/4/2025 ADSCCLE Sludge Thickener
East
Scum Pit
118
February 2025 Section E Completed Work Orders
Adelanto Wastewater Treatment System
2/4/2025 AD_SCCLRFYRNNorth Clarifier Weekly Clarifier check 2/4/2025 AD_SCCLRFYRSSouth Clarifier Weekly Clarifier check 2/4/2025 AD_SCAD
A
SCADA system Scada Test
2/5/2025 AD_PON
DS
Percolation
Ponds
Sample pond
2/5/2025 AD_DOPR
OBES
D O probes on
North and South
Basins
Clean D.O. Probes on North and South Basin
2/5/2025 ADPLGPD
1 Pipe Plug (pig) Check plug
2/5/2025 AD_RCYC
LPMP1
Recycle pump 1
for new plant
water system
Bump motor for Recycle pump
2/5/2025 AD_RCYC
LPMP2
Recycle pump 2
for new plant
water system
Bump motor for Recycle pump
2/5/2025 AD_SCAD
A
SCADA system Scada Test
2/5/2025 ADBASIN
S
North and South
basins
Internal recycle pumps
2/5/2025 AD-FAK First aid kits Monthly first aid kits check 2/6/2025 AD_AZ_B
LWR1
Aerzen Blower 1 Aerzen Blower filter inspection
2/6/2025 AD_AZ_B
LWR2
Aerzen Blower 2 Aerzen Blower filter inspection
2/6/2025 AD_AZ_B
LWR3
Aerzen Blower 3 Aerzen Blower filter inspection
2/6/2025 AD_BLWR
_BLD
BUILDINGS Replacement of Blower Building Filters
2/10/2025 AD_VACT
OR
Vactor Vactor oil change
2/10/2025 LIFTSTATI
ON
Pump station lift station float alarm
2/10/2025 AD_8INP
ORTPMP
8 Inch portable
pump
Run 8 in portable pump
2/10/2025 ADPLGPD
1 Pipe Plug (pig) Check plug
2/10/2025 ADPOLYU
NIT
Polymer unit Clean polymer flow sensor
119
February 2025 Section E Completed Work Orders
Adelanto Wastewater Treatment System
2/10/2025 AD_SH_C
ENTRISYS
Centrisys
Centrifuge
Lubricate Housing Seal Assembly
2/10/2025 AD_SH_C
ENTRISYS
Centrisys
Centrifuge
Lubricate Solids and Liquid end Headwall External
Assembly
2/10/2025 AD_SH_C
ENTRISYS
Centrisys
Centrifuge
Check Auto Lubricator for grease
2/10/2025 AD_SH_A
NDRITZ
Andritz
Centrifuge
Run Andritz centrifuge
2/12/2025 AD_PON
DS
Percolation
Ponds
Rotate ponds
2/12/2025 AD_DOPR
OBES
D O probes on
North and South
Basins
Clean D.O. Probes on North and South Basin
2/12/2025 AD_AZ_B
LWR1
Aerzen Blower 1 Change and wash pre-filters
2/12/2025 AD_AZ_B
LWR2
Aerzen Blower 2 Change and wash pre-filters
2/12/2025 AD_AZ_B
LWR3
Aerzen Blower 3 Change and wash pre-filters
2/12/2025 ADBASIN
S
North and South
basins
Internal recycle pumps
2/14/2025 AD_HAZWSTHaz waste check
sheet
Check and fill out weekly check sheet
2/14/2025 AD_HAZWSTHaz waste check
sheet
Check AGST binder and make sure it is up to date
2/18/2025 ADPLGPD
1 Pipe Plug (pig) Check plug
2/18/2025 ADPOLYU
NIT
Polymer unit Clean polymer flow sensor
2/18/2025 ADSCCL
W
Sludge Thickener
West
Sludge thickener check
2/18/2025 ADSCCLE Sludge Thickener
East
Sludge thickener check
2/18/2025 AD_SCCLRFYRNNorth Clarifier Weekly Clarifier check 2/18/2025 AD_SCCLRFYRSSouth Clarifier Weekly Clarifier check 2/18/2025 AD_SCAD
A
SCADA system Scada Test
2/18/2025 AD_SH_C
ENTRISYS
Centrisys
Centrifuge
Lubricate Housing Seal Assembly
2/18/2025 AD_SH_C
ENTRISYS
Centrisys
Centrifuge
Lubricate Solids and Liquid end Headwall External
Assembly
120
February 2025 Section E Completed Work Orders
Adelanto Wastewater Treatment System
2/18/2025 AD_SH_C
ENTRISYS
Centrisys
Centrifuge
Check Auto Lubricator for grease
2/18/2025 AD_SH_A
NDRITZ
Andritz
Centrifuge
Run Andritz centrifuge
2/19/2025 AD_DOPR
OBES
D O probes on
North and South
Basins
Clean D.O. Probes on North and South Basin
2/19/2025 AD_RCYC
LPMP1
Recycle pump 1
for new plant
water system
Bump motor for Recycle pump
2/19/2025 AD_RCYC
LPMP2
Recycle pump 2
for new plant
water system
Bump motor for Recycle pump
2/19/2025 ADBASIN
S
North and South
basins
Internal recycle pumps
2/20/2025 BELLFLO
WER_AU
BURN
Collection
Systems
Bellflower and Auburn
2/20/2025 HOTLIST Collection
Systems
Pearmain and Taylor
2/20/2025 HOTLIST Collection
Systems
Pearmain and Cactus
2/20/2025 HOTLIST Collection
Systems
Aster and Vintage
2/20/2025 BELLFLO
WER_AU
BURN
Collection
Systems
Manhole inspection
2/21/2025 AD_TRAC Tractor Check oil in tractor. tractor in shop for hydraulic leak 2/21/2025 AD_HAZWSTHaz waste check
sheet
Check and fill out weekly check sheet
2/21/2025 AD_HAZWSTHaz waste check
sheet
Check AGST binder and make sure it is up to date
2/21/2025 FIREEXTR Fire Extinguisher fire extinguisher inspection 2/21/2025 AD_JWCE
-
COMPAC
TOR-EAS
JWCE east bar
screen
compactor
Inspect /clean spray washes
2/21/2025 AD_JWCE
-
COMPAC
TOR-WES
JWCE west bar
screen
compactor
Inspect /clean spray washes
2/21/2025 AD_JWCE
-
COMPAC
TOR-EAS
JWCE east bar
screen
compactor
inspect tank auger screen, spiral and discharge
121
February 2025 Section E Completed Work Orders
Adelanto Wastewater Treatment System
2/21/2025 AD_JWCE
-
COMPAC
TOR-EAS
JWCE east bar
screen
compactor
Inspect control panel
2/21/2025 AD_JWCE
-
COMPAC
TOR-WES
JWCE west bar
screen
compactor
Inspect control panel
2/21/2025 AD_JWCE
-
COMPAC
TOR-WES
JWCE west bar
screen
compactor
inspect tank auger screen, spiral and discharge
2/24/2025 LIFTSTATI
ON
Pump station Wet well grease cleaning
2/24/2025 LIFTSTATI
ON
Pump station air release debris removal
2/24/2025 LIFTSTATI
ON
Pump station Run backup generator for monthly test
2/24/2025 AD_GD Multi gas
detector
Multi Gas Detector Calibration
2/24/2025 LIFTSTATI
ON
Pump station lift station float alarm
2/24/2025 AD_AZ_B
LWR1
Aerzen Blower 1 Change and wash pre-filters
2/24/2025 AD_AZ_B
LWR2
Aerzen Blower 2 Change and wash pre-filters
2/24/2025 AD_AZ_B
LWR3
Aerzen Blower 3 Change and wash pre-filters
2/24/2025 AD_HAZWSTHaz waste check
sheet
Check and fill out weekly check sheet
2/24/2025 AD_HAZWSTHaz waste check
sheet
Check AGST binder and make sure it is up to date
2/25/2025 ADPLGPD
1 Pipe Plug (pig) Check plug
2/25/2025 ADPOLYU
NIT
Polymer unit Clean polymer flow sensor
2/25/2025 AD_RCYC
LPMP1
Recycle pump 1
for new plant
water system
Bump motor for Recycle pump
2/25/2025 AD_RCYC
LPMP2
Recycle pump 2
for new plant
water system
Bump motor for Recycle pump
2/25/2025 ADSCCL
W
Sludge Thickener
West
Sludge thickener check
122
February 2025 Section E Completed Work Orders
Adelanto Wastewater Treatment System
2/25/2025 ADSCCL
W
Sludge Thickener
West
Scum Pit
2/25/2025 ADSCCLE Sludge Thickener
East
Sludge thickener check
2/25/2025 ADSCCLE Sludge Thickener
East
Scum Pit
2/25/2025 AD_SCCLRFYRNNorth Clarifier Weekly Clarifier check 2/25/2025 AD_SCCLRFYRSSouth Clarifier Weekly Clarifier check 2/25/2025 AD_SCAD
A
SCADA system Scada Test
2/25/2025 BELLFLO
WER_AU
BURN
Collection
Systems
Manhole inspection
2/25/2025 AD_SH_C
ENTRISYS
Centrisys
Centrifuge
Lubricate Housing Seal Assembly
2/25/2025 AD_SH_C
ENTRISYS
Centrisys
Centrifuge
Lubricate Solids and Liquid end Headwall External
Assembly
2/25/2025 AD_SH_C
ENTRISYS
Centrisys
Centrifuge
Check Auto Lubricator for grease
2/25/2025 AD_SH_A
NDRITZ
Andritz
Centrifuge
Run Andritz centrifuge
2/26/2025 ADPHEC
MD
Probe Calibrate pH and EC probes
2/26/2025 AD_DOPR
OBES
D O probes on
North and South
Basins
Clean D.O. Probes on North and South Basin
2/26/2025 ADBASIN
S
North and South
basins
Internal recycle pumps
2/27/2025 ADFRTGTEFront gate wheel
bearings
LUBE WHEELS ON FRONT GATE, wheels replaced
2/28/2025 AD_HW_
CMPCTR
W
Compactor West Flex Rake Grease spur gears
2/28/2025 AD_HWC
MPCTRE
Compactor East Lubrication & Grease
2/28/2025 AD_SCPWP_NORTHPlant Water
Pump North
plant water pump check, currently not online
2/28/2025 AD_SCPWP_NORTHPlant Water
Pump North
plant water pump belt check, currently not online
123
February 2025 Section E Completed Work Orders
Adelanto Wastewater Treatment System
2/28/2025 AD_SCPWP_SOUTHPlant Water
Pump South
plant water pump check, currently not online
2/28/2025 AD_SCPWP_SOUTHPlant Water
Pump South
plant water pump belt check, currently not online
2/28/2025 AD_SIPSSTSIPS Station sips station motor check pump Motor: 1 good 2 bad 3 bad 5 bad 6 bad 7 bad. Repair during construction.
2/28/2025 AD_RAS_
PMPS
RAS pumps Swap RAS pumps, currently running pumps in hand 2/28/2025 AD_HWIP1Influent Pump 1 Rotate settings with Bypass pump, auto rotate by SCADA
124
Section F
SSMP/IPP Report
125
February 2025 Section F – IPP / SSMP Report
Adelanto Wastewater Treatment System
INDUSTRIAL PRETREATMENT PROGRAM (IPP) & SEWER SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
PLAN (SSMP)
Staff is reviewing all users and scheduling inspections for March 2025. Listed are February’s 2025 activities:
• Receiving flow and pH data from MK Magnetics periodically with their discharge to city sewer.
• Reviewed and commented on Project Referrals, Camino, and IPP applications. 126
Section G
Laboratory Results
127
mailing location NELAP no. OR4035
P.O. Box 432 6100 Quail Valley Court P 951 653 3351 CA ELAP no. 2698 Riverside, CA 92502-0432 Riverside, CA 92507-0704 www.babcocklabs.com EPA no. CA00102 3/4/2025
David Kachelski
Perc Water Corp
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 180
Fountain Valley, CA 92708
RE: Client Sample ID: Influent
. Babcock Work Order: C5B1650-01
Sample Receipt Date: 02/12/2025
Babcock Laboratories, Inc. operates under a comprehensive Quality System based on ISO 17025 and designed in accordance with the National Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Council (NELAC) Institute (TNI), the US EPA Drinking Water Laboratory Certification Manual, and the California Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Program (ELAP) Standards. We have carried laboratory accreditation continuously under CA ELAP since the program’s inception. The quality systems followed at Babcock include many procedures including data validation steps and client notification of deviations from standard method requirements.
The sample referenced above was received at the laboratory with a complete Chain of Custody (COC) and within the recommended acceptance criteria and holding time. The five-day Biochemical Oxygen Demand analysis was performed in accordance with the method, however, due to a laboratory error the final DO reading could not be performed, and a result is unavailable. Reanalysis of the sample submitted cannot be performed due to the expiration of the sample holding time.
The quality and reliability of the data we provide for your organization is of the utmost importance at Babcock Laboratories. We apologize for any inconvenience caused. If you have any questions or would like more information, please don’t hesitate to contact your Project Manager in Client Services Sincerely,
Julia Sudds
Quality Division Leader
128
Client Name:
Report Date:
PERC Water Corp
19101 Jonathan St.
Dave Kachelski
Adelanto, CA 92301
Contact:
Address: Project Number:
Analytical Report: Page 1 of 10
Project Name:
14-Feb-2025
Work Order Number: C5B0595
Received on Ice (Y/N): Yes Temp: 5 °C
PERC - Weekly/BiWeekly WW
Adelanto WWTP - 19101 Jonathan
C5B0595
Attached is the analytical report for the sample(s) received for your project. Below is a list of the individual sample descriptions with the corresponding laboratory number(s). Also, enclosed is a copy of the Chain of Custody document (if received with your sample(s)). Please note any unused portion of the sample(s) may be responsibly discarded after 30 days from the above report date, unless you have requested otherwise.
Thank you for the opportunity to serve your analytical needs. If you have any questions or concerns regarding this report please contact our client service department.
Sample Identification
Lab Sample # Client Sample ID Matrix Date Sampled By Date Submitted By C5B0595-01 Liquid 02/5/25 6:15 Tristan Hause Courier
(Guillermo)-DE
Influent ---ROUTINE--- 02/05/25 13:10
C5B0595-02 Liquid 02/5/25 6:05 Tristan Hause Courier
(Guillermo)-DE
Effluent ---ROUTINE--- 02/05/25 13:10
mailing
P.O. Box 432
Riverside, CA 92502-0432
CA ELAP No. 2698
EPA No. CA00102
NELAP No. OR4035
LACSD No. 10119
P (951) 653-3351
F (951) 653-1662
www.babcocklabs.com
location
6100 Quail Valley Court
Riverside, CA 92507-0704
129
Client Name:
Report Date:
PERC Water Corp
19101 Jonathan St.
Dave Kachelski
Adelanto, CA 92301
Contact:
Address: Project Number:
Analytical Report: Page 2 of 10
Project Name:
14-Feb-2025
Work Order Number: C5B0595
Received on Ice (Y/N): Yes Temp: 5 °C
PERC - Weekly/BiWeekly WW
Adelanto WWTP - 19101 Jonathan
C5B0595
Laboratory Reference Number
Sample Description
02/05/25 06:15
Sampled Date/Time Received Date/Time
02/05/25 13:10
Matrix
Influent Liquid
C5B0595-01
Analyte(s) Result RDL MDL Units Method Analysis Date Analyst Flag Solids
Total Dissolved Solids 630 10 10 mg/L SM 2540C 02/07/25 20:00 EZP Total Suspended Solids 220 8 8 mg/L SM 2540D 02/08/25 11:36 RJB Aggregate Organic Compounds
Biochemical Oxygen Demand 250 50 50 mg/L SM 5210B 02/06/25 01:15 CXR Nutrients
Ammonia-Nitrogen 34 5.1 4.5 mg/L SM 4500NH3 G 02/07/25 13:31 RUB mailing
P.O. Box 432
Riverside, CA 92502-0432
CA ELAP No. 2698
EPA No. CA00102
NELAP No. OR4035
LACSD No. 10119
P (951) 653-3351
F (951) 653-1662
www.babcocklabs.com
location
6100 Quail Valley Court
Riverside, CA 92507-0704
130
Client Name:
Report Date:
PERC Water Corp
19101 Jonathan St.
Dave Kachelski
Adelanto, CA 92301
Contact:
Address: Project Number:
Analytical Report: Page 3 of 10
Project Name:
14-Feb-2025
Work Order Number: C5B0595
Received on Ice (Y/N): Yes Temp: 5 °C
PERC - Weekly/BiWeekly WW
Adelanto WWTP - 19101 Jonathan
C5B0595
Laboratory Reference Number
Sample Description
02/05/25 06:05
Sampled Date/Time Received Date/Time
02/05/25 13:10
Matrix
Effluent Liquid
C5B0595-02
Analyte(s) Result RDL MDL Units Method Analysis Date Analyst Flag Anions
Nitrate as N 0.39 0.20 0.12 mg/L EPA 300.0 02/06/25 04:40 ANM Nitrite as N ND 0.1 0.09 mg/L EPA 300.0 02/06/25 04:40 ANM Solids
Total Dissolved Solids 540 10 10 mg/L SM 2540C 02/07/25 20:00 EZP Total Suspended Solids 0.9 0.5 0.5 mg/L SM 2540D 02/08/25 11:36 RJB Aggregate Organic Compounds
Biochemical Oxygen Demand ND 5.0 5.0 mg/L SM 5210B 02/06/25 01:15 CXR Surfactants
MBAS ND 0.08 0.05 mg/L SM 5540C 02/05/25 22:44 RJB
Nutrients
Ammonia-Nitrogen 0.1 0.1 0.09 mg/L SM 4500NH3 G 02/07/25 13:33 RUB Kjeldahl Nitrogen 0.9 0.1 0.1 mg/L EPA 351.2 02/10/25 20:00 NR Total Nitrogen 1.3 0.40 mg/L Calculation
mailing
P.O. Box 432
Riverside, CA 92502-0432
CA ELAP No. 2698
EPA No. CA00102
NELAP No. OR4035
LACSD No. 10119
P (951) 653-3351
F (951) 653-1662
www.babcocklabs.com
location
6100 Quail Valley Court
Riverside, CA 92507-0704
131
Client Name:
Report Date:
PERC Water Corp
19101 Jonathan St.
Dave Kachelski
Adelanto, CA 92301
Contact:
Address: Project Number:
Analytical Report: Page 9 of 10
Project Name:
14-Feb-2025
Work Order Number: C5B0595
Received on Ice (Y/N): Yes Temp: 5 °C
PERC - Weekly/BiWeekly WW
Adelanto WWTP - 19101 Jonathan
C5B0595
Notes and Definitions
J Estimated value
QFini Follow-up result also did not meet laboratory acceptance criteria.
QMint Due to matrix interference, the MS and/or MSD did not meet laboratory acceptance criteria.
QMout MS and/or MSD recovery did not meet laboratory acceptance criteria.
QOcal The concentration indicated for this analyte is an estimated value above the calibration range of the instrument.
QRPDo The RPD value for the sample duplicate or MS/MSD did not meet laboratory acceptance criteria.
NR: Not Reported
ND: Analyte NOT DETECTED at or above the Method Detection Limit (if MDL is reported), otherwise at or above the Reportable Detection Limit (RDL)
RDL: Reportable Detection Limit
MDL: Method Detection Limit
* / (Non-NELAP): NELAP does not offer accreditation for this analyte/method/matrix combination e-Standard_No Alias.rpt
This report applies only to the sample(s) analyzed. As a mutual protection to clients, the public, and Babcock Laboratories, Inc., this report is submitted and accepted for the exclusive use of the Client to whom it is addressed. Interpretation and use of the information contained within this report are the sole responsibility of the Client. Babcock Laboratories, Inc. is not responsible for any misinformation or consequences that may result from misinterpretation or improper use of this report. This report is not to be modified or abbreviated in any way.
Additionally, this report is not to be used, in whole or in part, in any advertising or publicity matter without written authorization from Babcock Laboratories, Inc. The liability of Babcock Laboratories, Inc. is limited to the actual cost of the requested analyses, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing. There is no other warranty expressed or implied.
Enclosed are the analytical results for the submitted sample(s). Babcock Laboratories certify the data presented as part of this report meet the minimum quality standards in the referenced analytical methods. Any exceptions have been noted.
Approval
cc:
Cindy A. Waddell
mailing
P.O. Box 432
Riverside, CA 92502-0432
CA ELAP No. 2698
EPA No. CA00102
NELAP No. OR4035
LACSD No. 10119
P (951) 653-3351
F (951) 653-1662
www.babcocklabs.com
location
6100 Quail Valley Court
Riverside, CA 92507-0704
132
Client Name:
Report Date:
PERC Water Corp
19101 Jonathan St.
Dave Kachelski
Adelanto, CA 92301
Contact:
Address: Project Number:
Analytical Report: Page 10 of 10
Project Name:
14-Feb-2025
Work Order Number: C5B0595
Received on Ice (Y/N): Yes Temp: 5 °C
PERC - Weekly/BiWeekly WW
Adelanto WWTP - 19101 Jonathan
C5B0595
mailing
P.O. Box 432
Riverside, CA 92502-0432
CA ELAP No. 2698
EPA No. CA00102
NELAP No. OR4035
LACSD No. 10119
P (951) 653-3351
F (951) 653-1662
www.babcocklabs.com
location
6100 Quail Valley Court
Riverside, CA 92507-0704
133
Client Name:
Report Date:
PERC Water Corp
19101 Jonathan St.
Dave Kachelski
Adelanto, CA 92301
Contact:
Address: Project Number:
Analytical Report: Page 1 of 6
Project Name:
14-Feb-2025
Work Order Number: C5B0583
Received on Ice (Y/N): Yes Temp: 5 °C
PERC - Misc.
Adelanto WWTP
C5B0583
Attached is the analytical report for the sample(s) received for your project. Below is a list of the individual sample descriptions with the corresponding laboratory number(s). Also, enclosed is a copy of the Chain of Custody document (if received with your sample(s)). Please note any unused portion of the sample(s) may be responsibly discarded after 30 days from the above report date, unless you have requested otherwise.
Thank you for the opportunity to serve your analytical needs. If you have any questions or concerns regarding this report please contact our client service department.
Sample Identification
Lab Sample # Client Sample ID Matrix Date Sampled By Date Submitted By C5B0583-01 Liquid 02/5/25 9:20 Tristan Hause Courier
(Guillermo)-DE
Pond #4 ---ROUTINE--- 02/05/25 13:10
mailing
P.O. Box 432
Riverside, CA 92502-0432
CA ELAP No. 2698
EPA No. CA00102
NELAP No. OR4035
LACSD No. 10119
P (951) 653-3351
F (951) 653-1662
www.babcocklabs.com
location
6100 Quail Valley Court
Riverside, CA 92507-0704
134
Client Name:
Report Date:
PERC Water Corp
19101 Jonathan St.
Dave Kachelski
Adelanto, CA 92301
Contact:
Address: Project Number:
Analytical Report: Page 2 of 6
Project Name:
14-Feb-2025
Work Order Number: C5B0583
Received on Ice (Y/N): Yes Temp: 5 °C
PERC - Misc.
Adelanto WWTP
C5B0583
Laboratory Reference Number
Sample Description
02/05/25 09:20
Sampled Date/Time Received Date/Time
02/05/25 13:10
Matrix
Pond #4 Liquid
C5B0583-01
Analyte(s) Result RDL MDL Units Method Analysis Date Analyst Flag Anions
Nitrate as N 0.74 0.20 0.12 mg/L EPA 300.0 02/06/25 08:25 VMV Nitrite as N ND 0.1 0.09 mg/L EPA 300.0 02/06/25 08:25 VMV Nutrients
Kjeldahl Nitrogen 2.0 0.2 0.2 mg/L EPA 351.2 02/10/25 19:58 NR Total Nitrogen 2.7 0.55 mg/L Calculation
mailing
P.O. Box 432
Riverside, CA 92502-0432
CA ELAP No. 2698
EPA No. CA00102
NELAP No. OR4035
LACSD No. 10119
P (951) 653-3351
F (951) 653-1662
www.babcocklabs.com
location
6100 Quail Valley Court
Riverside, CA 92507-0704
135
Client Name:
Report Date:
PERC Water Corp
19101 Jonathan St.
Dave Kachelski
Adelanto, CA 92301
Contact:
Address: Project Number:
Analytical Report: Page 5 of 6
Project Name:
14-Feb-2025
Work Order Number: C5B0583
Received on Ice (Y/N): Yes Temp: 5 °C
PERC - Misc.
Adelanto WWTP
C5B0583
Notes and Definitions
J Estimated value
QFini Follow-up result also did not meet laboratory acceptance criteria.
QMout MS and/or MSD recovery did not meet laboratory acceptance criteria.
QOcal The concentration indicated for this analyte is an estimated value above the calibration range of the instrument.
QRPDo The RPD value for the sample duplicate or MS/MSD did not meet laboratory acceptance criteria.
NR: Not Reported
ND: Analyte NOT DETECTED at or above the Method Detection Limit (if MDL is reported), otherwise at or above the Reportable Detection Limit (RDL)
RDL: Reportable Detection Limit
MDL: Method Detection Limit
* / (Non-NELAP): NELAP does not offer accreditation for this analyte/method/matrix combination e-Standard_No Alias.rpt
This report applies only to the sample(s) analyzed. As a mutual protection to clients, the public, and Babcock Laboratories, Inc., this report is submitted and accepted for the exclusive use of the Client to whom it is addressed. Interpretation and use of the information contained within this report are the sole responsibility of the Client. Babcock Laboratories, Inc. is not responsible for any misinformation or consequences that may result from misinterpretation or improper use of this report. This report is not to be modified or abbreviated in any way.
Additionally, this report is not to be used, in whole or in part, in any advertising or publicity matter without written authorization from Babcock Laboratories, Inc. The liability of Babcock Laboratories, Inc. is limited to the actual cost of the requested analyses, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing. There is no other warranty expressed or implied.
Enclosed are the analytical results for the submitted sample(s). Babcock Laboratories certify the data presented as part of this report meet the minimum quality standards in the referenced analytical methods. Any exceptions have been noted.
Approval
cc:
Cindy A. Waddell
mailing
P.O. Box 432
Riverside, CA 92502-0432
CA ELAP No. 2698
EPA No. CA00102
NELAP No. OR4035
LACSD No. 10119
P (951) 653-3351
F (951) 653-1662
www.babcocklabs.com
location
6100 Quail Valley Court
Riverside, CA 92507-0704
136
Client Name:
Report Date:
PERC Water Corp
19101 Jonathan St.
Dave Kachelski
Adelanto, CA 92301
Contact:
Address: Project Number:
Analytical Report: Page 6 of 6
Project Name:
14-Feb-2025
Work Order Number: C5B0583
Received on Ice (Y/N): Yes Temp: 5 °C
PERC - Misc.
Adelanto WWTP
C5B0583
mailing
P.O. Box 432
Riverside, CA 92502-0432
CA ELAP No. 2698
EPA No. CA00102
NELAP No. OR4035
LACSD No. 10119
P (951) 653-3351
F (951) 653-1662
www.babcocklabs.com
location
6100 Quail Valley Court
Riverside, CA 92507-0704
137
mailing location NELAP no. OR4035
P.O. Box 432 6100 Quail Valley Court P 951 653 3351 CA ELAP no. 2698 Riverside, CA 92502-0432 Riverside, CA 92507-0704 www.babcocklabs.com EPA no. CA00102 3/4/2025
David Kachelski
Perc Water Corp
17520 Newhope Street, Suite 180
Fountain Valley, CA 92708
RE: Client Sample ID: Influent
. Babcock Work Order: C5B1650-01
Sample Receipt Date: 02/12/2025
Babcock Laboratories, Inc. operates under a comprehensive Quality System based on ISO 17025 and designed in accordance with the National Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Council (NELAC) Institute (TNI), the US EPA Drinking Water Laboratory Certification Manual, and the California Environmental Laboratory Accreditation Program (ELAP) Standards. We have carried laboratory accreditation continuously under CA ELAP since the program’s inception. The quality systems followed at Babcock include many procedures including data validation steps and client notification of deviations from standard method requirements.
The sample referenced above was received at the laboratory with a complete Chain of Custody (COC) and within the recommended acceptance criteria and holding time. The five-day Biochemical Oxygen Demand analysis was performed in accordance with the method, however, due to a laboratory error the final DO reading could not be performed, and a result is unavailable. Reanalysis of the sample submitted cannot be performed due to the expiration of the sample holding time.
The quality and reliability of the data we provide for your organization is of the utmost importance at Babcock Laboratories. We apologize for any inconvenience caused. If you have any questions or would like more information, please don’t hesitate to contact your Project Manager in Client Services Sincerely,
Julia Sudds
Quality Division Leader
138
Client Name:
Report Date:
PERC Water Corp
19101 Jonathan St.
Dave Kachelski
Adelanto, CA 92301
Contact:
Address: Project Number:
Analytical Report: Page 1 of 9
Project Name:
23-Feb-2025
Work Order Number: C5B1650
Received on Ice (Y/N): Yes Temp: 5 °C
PERC - Weekly WW
Adelanto WWTP - 19101 Jonathan
C5B1650
Attached is the analytical report for the sample(s) received for your project. Below is a list of the individual sample descriptions with the corresponding laboratory number(s). Also, enclosed is a copy of the Chain of Custody document (if received with your sample(s)). Please note any unused portion of the sample(s) may be responsibly discarded after 30 days from the above report date, unless you have requested otherwise.
Thank you for the opportunity to serve your analytical needs. If you have any questions or concerns regarding this report please contact our client service department.
Sample Identification
Lab Sample # Client Sample ID Matrix Date Sampled By Date Submitted By C5B1650-01 Liquid 02/12/25 6:10 Tristan Hause Courier
(Guillermo)-DE
Influent ---ROUTINE--- 02/12/25 12:46
C5B1650-02 Liquid 02/12/25 6:00 Tristan Hause Courier
(Guillermo)-DE
Effluent ---ROUTINE--- 02/12/25 12:46
The BOD result for the Influent sample are not available due to laboratory error and will not appear on this report. mailing
P.O. Box 432
Riverside, CA 92502-0432
CA ELAP No. 2698
EPA No. CA00102
NELAP No. OR4035
LACSD No. 10119
P (951) 653-3351
F (951) 653-1662
www.babcocklabs.com
location
6100 Quail Valley Court
Riverside, CA 92507-0704
139
Client Name:
Report Date:
PERC Water Corp
19101 Jonathan St.
Dave Kachelski
Adelanto, CA 92301
Contact:
Address: Project Number:
Analytical Report: Page 2 of 9
Project Name:
23-Feb-2025
Work Order Number: C5B1650
Received on Ice (Y/N): Yes Temp: 5 °C
PERC - Weekly WW
Adelanto WWTP - 19101 Jonathan
C5B1650
Laboratory Reference Number
Sample Description
02/12/25 06:10
Sampled Date/Time Received Date/Time
02/12/25 12:46
Matrix
Influent Liquid
C5B1650-01
Analyte(s) Result RDL MDL Units Method Analysis Date Analyst Flag Solids
Total Suspended Solids 200 10 10 mg/L SM 2540D 02/14/25 18:30 BXR Nutrients
Ammonia-Nitrogen 31 5.1 4.5 mg/L SM 4500NH3 G 02/17/25 20:36 RUB mailing
P.O. Box 432
Riverside, CA 92502-0432
CA ELAP No. 2698
EPA No. CA00102
NELAP No. OR4035
LACSD No. 10119
P (951) 653-3351
F (951) 653-1662
www.babcocklabs.com
location
6100 Quail Valley Court
Riverside, CA 92507-0704
140
Client Name:
Report Date:
PERC Water Corp
19101 Jonathan St.
Dave Kachelski
Adelanto, CA 92301
Contact:
Address: Project Number:
Analytical Report: Page 3 of 9
Project Name:
23-Feb-2025
Work Order Number: C5B1650
Received on Ice (Y/N): Yes Temp: 5 °C
PERC - Weekly WW
Adelanto WWTP - 19101 Jonathan
C5B1650
Laboratory Reference Number
Sample Description
02/12/25 06:00
Sampled Date/Time Received Date/Time
02/12/25 12:46
Matrix
Effluent Liquid
C5B1650-02
Analyte(s) Result RDL MDL Units Method Analysis Date Analyst Flag Anions
Nitrate as N 0.61 0.20 0.12 mg/L EPA 300.0 02/13/25 00:00 JXM Nitrite as N ND 0.1 0.09 mg/L EPA 300.0 02/13/25 00:00 JXM Solids
Total Suspended Solids 2 0.5 0.5 mg/L SM 2540D 02/14/25 18:30 BXR Aggregate Organic Compounds
Biochemical Oxygen Demand 4.9 2.5 2.5 mg/L SM 5210B 02/13/25 01:37 CXR N-BOD1 Nutrients
Ammonia-Nitrogen 0.2 0.1 0.09 mg/L SM 4500NH3 G 02/17/25 20:37 RUB Kjeldahl Nitrogen 1.1 0.1 0.1 mg/L EPA 351.2 02/14/25 18:54 NR Total Nitrogen 1.7 0.40 mg/L Calculation
mailing
P.O. Box 432
Riverside, CA 92502-0432
CA ELAP No. 2698
EPA No. CA00102
NELAP No. OR4035
LACSD No. 10119
P (951) 653-3351
F (951) 653-1662
www.babcocklabs.com
location
6100 Quail Valley Court
Riverside, CA 92507-0704
141
Client Name:
Report Date:
PERC Water Corp
19101 Jonathan St.
Dave Kachelski
Adelanto, CA 92301
Contact:
Address: Project Number:
Analytical Report: Page 8 of 9
Project Name:
23-Feb-2025
Work Order Number: C5B1650
Received on Ice (Y/N): Yes Temp: 5 °C
PERC - Weekly WW
Adelanto WWTP - 19101 Jonathan
C5B1650
Notes and Definitions
J Estimated value
N-BOD1 Dilution water blank exceeds 0.20 mg/L. As per method, data is reportable as qualified.
QFnt The referenced sample did not require this QC analyte, so a follow-up is not needed.
QMout MS and/or MSD recovery did not meet laboratory acceptance criteria.
NR: Not Reported
ND: Analyte NOT DETECTED at or above the Method Detection Limit (if MDL is reported), otherwise at or above the Reportable Detection Limit (RDL)
RDL: Reportable Detection Limit
MDL: Method Detection Limit
* / (Non-NELAP): NELAP does not offer accreditation for this analyte/method/matrix combination e-Standard_No Alias.rpt
This report applies only to the sample(s) analyzed. As a mutual protection to clients, the public, and Babcock Laboratories, Inc., this report is submitted and accepted for the exclusive use of the Client to whom it is addressed. Interpretation and use of the information contained within this report are the sole responsibility of the Client. Babcock Laboratories, Inc. is not responsible for any misinformation or consequences that may result from misinterpretation or improper use of this report. This report is not to be modified or abbreviated in any way.
Additionally, this report is not to be used, in whole or in part, in any advertising or publicity matter without written authorization from Babcock Laboratories, Inc. The liability of Babcock Laboratories, Inc. is limited to the actual cost of the requested analyses, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing. There is no other warranty expressed or implied.
Enclosed are the analytical results for the submitted sample(s). Babcock Laboratories certify the data presented as part of this report meet the minimum quality standards in the referenced analytical methods. Any exceptions have been noted.
Approval
cc:
Cindy A. Waddell
mailing
P.O. Box 432
Riverside, CA 92502-0432
CA ELAP No. 2698
EPA No. CA00102
NELAP No. OR4035
LACSD No. 10119
P (951) 653-3351
F (951) 653-1662
www.babcocklabs.com
location
6100 Quail Valley Court
Riverside, CA 92507-0704
142
Client Name:
Report Date:
PERC Water Corp
19101 Jonathan St.
Dave Kachelski
Adelanto, CA 92301
Contact:
Address: Project Number:
Analytical Report: Page 9 of 9
Project Name:
23-Feb-2025
Work Order Number: C5B1650
Received on Ice (Y/N): Yes Temp: 5 °C
PERC - Weekly WW
Adelanto WWTP - 19101 Jonathan
C5B1650
mailing
P.O. Box 432
Riverside, CA 92502-0432
CA ELAP No. 2698
EPA No. CA00102
NELAP No. OR4035
LACSD No. 10119
P (951) 653-3351
F (951) 653-1662
www.babcocklabs.com
location
6100 Quail Valley Court
Riverside, CA 92507-0704
143
Client Name:
Report Date:
PERC Water Corp
19101 Jonathan St.
Dave Kachelski
Adelanto, CA 92301
Contact:
Address: Project Number:
Analytical Report: Page 1 of 10
Project Name:
25-Feb-2025
Work Order Number: C5B2487
Received on Ice (Y/N): Yes Temp: 4 °C
PERC - Weekly/BiWeekly WW
Adelanto WWTP - 19101 Jonathan
C5B2487
Attached is the analytical report for the sample(s) received for your project. Below is a list of the individual sample descriptions with the corresponding laboratory number(s). Also, enclosed is a copy of the Chain of Custody document (if received with your sample(s)). Please note any unused portion of the sample(s) may be responsibly discarded after 30 days from the above report date, unless you have requested otherwise.
Thank you for the opportunity to serve your analytical needs. If you have any questions or concerns regarding this report please contact our client service department.
Sample Identification
Lab Sample # Client Sample ID Matrix Date Sampled By Date Submitted By C5B2487-01 Liquid 02/19/25 6:45 Tristan Hause Courier
(Guillermo)-DE
Influent ---ROUTINE--- 02/19/25 12:50
C5B2487-02 Liquid 02/19/25 6:15 Tristan Hause Courier
(Guillermo)-DE
Effluent ---ROUTINE--- 02/19/25 12:50
mailing
P.O. Box 432
Riverside, CA 92502-0432
CA ELAP No. 2698
EPA No. CA00102
NELAP No. OR4035
LACSD No. 10119
P (951) 653-3351
F (951) 653-1662
www.babcocklabs.com
location
6100 Quail Valley Court
Riverside, CA 92507-0704
144
Client Name:
Report Date:
PERC Water Corp
19101 Jonathan St.
Dave Kachelski
Adelanto, CA 92301
Contact:
Address: Project Number:
Analytical Report: Page 2 of 10
Project Name:
25-Feb-2025
Work Order Number: C5B2487
Received on Ice (Y/N): Yes Temp: 4 °C
PERC - Weekly/BiWeekly WW
Adelanto WWTP - 19101 Jonathan
C5B2487
Laboratory Reference Number
Sample Description
02/19/25 06:45
Sampled Date/Time Received Date/Time
02/19/25 12:50
Matrix
Influent Liquid
C5B2487-01
Analyte(s) Result RDL MDL Units Method Analysis Date Analyst Flag Solids
Total Dissolved Solids 660 10 10 mg/L SM 2540C 02/21/25 13:55 CMR Total Suspended Solids 180 8 8 mg/L SM 2540D 02/20/25 18:02 RJB Aggregate Organic Compounds
Biochemical Oxygen Demand 260 50 50 mg/L SM 5210B 02/19/25 23:00 CXR Nutrients
Ammonia-Nitrogen 34 5.1 4.5 mg/L SM 4500NH3 G 02/21/25 11:56 RUB mailing
P.O. Box 432
Riverside, CA 92502-0432
CA ELAP No. 2698
EPA No. CA00102
NELAP No. OR4035
LACSD No. 10119
P (951) 653-3351
F (951) 653-1662
www.babcocklabs.com
location
6100 Quail Valley Court
Riverside, CA 92507-0704
145
Client Name:
Report Date:
PERC Water Corp
19101 Jonathan St.
Dave Kachelski
Adelanto, CA 92301
Contact:
Address: Project Number:
Analytical Report: Page 3 of 10
Project Name:
25-Feb-2025
Work Order Number: C5B2487
Received on Ice (Y/N): Yes Temp: 4 °C
PERC - Weekly/BiWeekly WW
Adelanto WWTP - 19101 Jonathan
C5B2487
Laboratory Reference Number
Sample Description
02/19/25 06:15
Sampled Date/Time Received Date/Time
02/19/25 12:50
Matrix
Effluent Liquid
C5B2487-02
Analyte(s) Result RDL MDL Units Method Analysis Date Analyst Flag Anions
Nitrate as N 0.37 0.20 0.12 mg/L EPA 300.0 02/20/25 00:44 JXM Nitrite as N ND 0.1 0.09 mg/L EPA 300.0 02/20/25 00:44 JXM Solids
Total Dissolved Solids 550 10 10 mg/L SM 2540C 02/21/25 13:55 CMR Total Suspended Solids 2 0.5 0.5 mg/L SM 2540D 02/20/25 18:02 RJB Aggregate Organic Compounds
Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5.3 5.0 5.0 mg/L SM 5210B 02/19/25 23:00 CXR Surfactants
MBAS ND 0.08 0.05 mg/L SM 5540C 02/19/25 20:05 RJB
Nutrients
Ammonia-Nitrogen 0.2 0.1 0.09 mg/L SM 4500NH3 G 02/21/25 11:58 RUB Kjeldahl Nitrogen 1.2 0.1 0.1 mg/L EPA 351.2 02/24/25 14:56 VMV Total Nitrogen 1.5 0.40 mg/L Calculation
mailing
P.O. Box 432
Riverside, CA 92502-0432
CA ELAP No. 2698
EPA No. CA00102
NELAP No. OR4035
LACSD No. 10119
P (951) 653-3351
F (951) 653-1662
www.babcocklabs.com
location
6100 Quail Valley Court
Riverside, CA 92507-0704
146
Client Name:
Report Date:
PERC Water Corp
19101 Jonathan St.
Dave Kachelski
Adelanto, CA 92301
Contact:
Address: Project Number:
Analytical Report: Page 9 of 10
Project Name:
25-Feb-2025
Work Order Number: C5B2487
Received on Ice (Y/N): Yes Temp: 4 °C
PERC - Weekly/BiWeekly WW
Adelanto WWTP - 19101 Jonathan
C5B2487
Notes and Definitions
J Estimated value
NR: Not Reported
ND: Analyte NOT DETECTED at or above the Method Detection Limit (if MDL is reported), otherwise at or above the Reportable Detection Limit (RDL)
RDL: Reportable Detection Limit
MDL: Method Detection Limit
* / (Non-NELAP): NELAP does not offer accreditation for this analyte/method/matrix combination e-Standard_No Alias.rpt
This report applies only to the sample(s) analyzed. As a mutual protection to clients, the public, and Babcock Laboratories, Inc., this report is submitted and accepted for the exclusive use of the Client to whom it is addressed. Interpretation and use of the information contained within this report are the sole responsibility of the Client. Babcock Laboratories, Inc. is not responsible for any misinformation or consequences that may result from misinterpretation or improper use of this report. This report is not to be modified or abbreviated in any way.
Additionally, this report is not to be used, in whole or in part, in any advertising or publicity matter without written authorization from Babcock Laboratories, Inc. The liability of Babcock Laboratories, Inc. is limited to the actual cost of the requested analyses, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing. There is no other warranty expressed or implied.
Enclosed are the analytical results for the submitted sample(s). Babcock Laboratories certify the data presented as part of this report meet the minimum quality standards in the referenced analytical methods. Any exceptions have been noted.
Approval
cc:
Cindy A. Waddell
mailing
P.O. Box 432
Riverside, CA 92502-0432
CA ELAP No. 2698
EPA No. CA00102
NELAP No. OR4035
LACSD No. 10119
P (951) 653-3351
F (951) 653-1662
www.babcocklabs.com
location
6100 Quail Valley Court
Riverside, CA 92507-0704
147
Client Name:
Report Date:
PERC Water Corp
19101 Jonathan St.
Dave Kachelski
Adelanto, CA 92301
Contact:
Address: Project Number:
Analytical Report: Page 10 of 10
Project Name:
25-Feb-2025
Work Order Number: C5B2487
Received on Ice (Y/N): Yes Temp: 4 °C
PERC - Weekly/BiWeekly WW
Adelanto WWTP - 19101 Jonathan
C5B2487
mailing
P.O. Box 432
Riverside, CA 92502-0432
CA ELAP No. 2698
EPA No. CA00102
NELAP No. OR4035
LACSD No. 10119
P (951) 653-3351
F (951) 653-1662
www.babcocklabs.com
location
6100 Quail Valley Court
Riverside, CA 92507-0704
148
Client Name:
Report Date:
PERC Water Corp
19101 Jonathan St.
Dave Kachelski
Adelanto, CA 92301
Contact:
Address: Project Number:
Analytical Report: Page 1 of 9
Project Name:
05-Mar-2025
Work Order Number: C5B3254
Received on Ice (Y/N): Yes Temp: 6 °C
PERC - Weekly WW
Adelanto WWTP - 19101 Jonathan
C5B3254
Attached is the analytical report for the sample(s) received for your project. Below is a list of the individual sample descriptions with the corresponding laboratory number(s). Also, enclosed is a copy of the Chain of Custody document (if received with your sample(s)). Please note any unused portion of the sample(s) may be responsibly discarded after 30 days from the above report date, unless you have requested otherwise.
Thank you for the opportunity to serve your analytical needs. If you have any questions or concerns regarding this report please contact our client service department.
Sample Identification
Lab Sample # Client Sample ID Matrix Date Sampled By Date Submitted By C5B3254-01 Liquid 02/26/25 6:20 Tristan Hause Courier
(Guillermo)-DE
Influent ---ROUTINE--- 02/26/25 11:30
C5B3254-02 Liquid 02/26/25 6:05 Tristan Hause Courier
(Guillermo)-DE
Effluent ---ROUTINE--- 02/26/25 11:30
mailing
P.O. Box 432
Riverside, CA 92502-0432
CA ELAP No. 2698
EPA No. CA00102
NELAP No. OR4035
LACSD No. 10119
P (951) 653-3351
F (951) 653-1662
www.babcocklabs.com
location
6100 Quail Valley Court
Riverside, CA 92507-0704
149
Client Name:
Report Date:
PERC Water Corp
19101 Jonathan St.
Dave Kachelski
Adelanto, CA 92301
Contact:
Address: Project Number:
Analytical Report: Page 2 of 9
Project Name:
05-Mar-2025
Work Order Number: C5B3254
Received on Ice (Y/N): Yes Temp: 6 °C
PERC - Weekly WW
Adelanto WWTP - 19101 Jonathan
C5B3254
Laboratory Reference Number
Sample Description
02/26/25 06:20
Sampled Date/Time Received Date/Time
02/26/25 11:30
Matrix
Influent Liquid
C5B3254-01
Analyte(s) Result RDL MDL Units Method Analysis Date Analyst Flag Solids
Total Suspended Solids 140 7 7 mg/L SM 2540D 02/26/25 18:17 RJB Aggregate Organic Compounds
Biochemical Oxygen Demand 240 50 50 mg/L SM 5210B 02/26/25 22:32 CXR N-BOD1 Nutrients
Ammonia-Nitrogen 36 5.1 4.5 mg/L SM 4500NH3 G 02/28/25 11:31 GMB mailing
P.O. Box 432
Riverside, CA 92502-0432
CA ELAP No. 2698
EPA No. CA00102
NELAP No. OR4035
LACSD No. 10119
P (951) 653-3351
F (951) 653-1662
www.babcocklabs.com
location
6100 Quail Valley Court
Riverside, CA 92507-0704
150
Client Name:
Report Date:
PERC Water Corp
19101 Jonathan St.
Dave Kachelski
Adelanto, CA 92301
Contact:
Address: Project Number:
Analytical Report: Page 3 of 9
Project Name:
05-Mar-2025
Work Order Number: C5B3254
Received on Ice (Y/N): Yes Temp: 6 °C
PERC - Weekly WW
Adelanto WWTP - 19101 Jonathan
C5B3254
Laboratory Reference Number
Sample Description
02/26/25 06:05
Sampled Date/Time Received Date/Time
02/26/25 11:30
Matrix
Effluent Liquid
C5B3254-02
Analyte(s) Result RDL MDL Units Method Analysis Date Analyst Flag Anions
Nitrate as N 0.34 0.20 0.12 mg/L EPA 300.0 02/27/25 07:06 VMV Nitrite as N ND 0.1 0.09 mg/L EPA 300.0 02/27/25 07:06 VMV Solids
Total Suspended Solids 1 0.5 0.5 mg/L SM 2540D 02/26/25 18:17 RJB Aggregate Organic Compounds
Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5.4 2.5 2.5 mg/L SM 5210B 02/26/25 22:32 CXR N-BOD1 Nutrients
Ammonia-Nitrogen 0.2 0.1 0.09 mg/L SM 4500NH3 G 02/28/25 11:33 GMB Kjeldahl Nitrogen 1.1 0.1 0.1 mg/L EPA 351.2 03/03/25 17:13 VMV Total Nitrogen 1.4 0.40 mg/L Calculation
mailing
P.O. Box 432
Riverside, CA 92502-0432
CA ELAP No. 2698
EPA No. CA00102
NELAP No. OR4035
LACSD No. 10119
P (951) 653-3351
F (951) 653-1662
www.babcocklabs.com
location
6100 Quail Valley Court
Riverside, CA 92507-0704
151
Client Name:
Report Date:
PERC Water Corp
19101 Jonathan St.
Dave Kachelski
Adelanto, CA 92301
Contact:
Address: Project Number:
Analytical Report: Page 8 of 9
Project Name:
05-Mar-2025
Work Order Number: C5B3254
Received on Ice (Y/N): Yes Temp: 6 °C
PERC - Weekly WW
Adelanto WWTP - 19101 Jonathan
C5B3254
Notes and Definitions
J Estimated value
N-BOD1 Dilution water blank exceeds 0.20 mg/L. As per method, data is reportable as qualified.
NR: Not Reported
ND: Analyte NOT DETECTED at or above the Method Detection Limit (if MDL is reported), otherwise at or above the Reportable Detection Limit (RDL)
RDL: Reportable Detection Limit
MDL: Method Detection Limit
* / (Non-NELAP): NELAP does not offer accreditation for this analyte/method/matrix combination e-Standard_No Alias.rpt
This report applies only to the sample(s) analyzed. As a mutual protection to clients, the public, and Babcock Laboratories, Inc., this report is submitted and accepted for the exclusive use of the Client to whom it is addressed. Interpretation and use of the information contained within this report are the sole responsibility of the Client. Babcock Laboratories, Inc. is not responsible for any misinformation or consequences that may result from misinterpretation or improper use of this report. This report is not to be modified or abbreviated in any way.
Additionally, this report is not to be used, in whole or in part, in any advertising or publicity matter without written authorization from Babcock Laboratories, Inc. The liability of Babcock Laboratories, Inc. is limited to the actual cost of the requested analyses, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing. There is no other warranty expressed or implied.
Enclosed are the analytical results for the submitted sample(s). Babcock Laboratories certify the data presented as part of this report meet the minimum quality standards in the referenced analytical methods. Any exceptions have been noted.
Approval
cc:
Cindy A. Waddell
mailing
P.O. Box 432
Riverside, CA 92502-0432
CA ELAP No. 2698
EPA No. CA00102
NELAP No. OR4035
LACSD No. 10119
P (951) 653-3351
F (951) 653-1662
www.babcocklabs.com
location
6100 Quail Valley Court
Riverside, CA 92507-0704
152
Client Name:
Report Date:
PERC Water Corp
19101 Jonathan St.
Dave Kachelski
Adelanto, CA 92301
Contact:
Address: Project Number:
Analytical Report: Page 9 of 9
Project Name:
05-Mar-2025
Work Order Number: C5B3254
Received on Ice (Y/N): Yes Temp: 6 °C
PERC - Weekly WW
Adelanto WWTP - 19101 Jonathan
C5B3254
mailing
P.O. Box 432
Riverside, CA 92502-0432
CA ELAP No. 2698
EPA No. CA00102
NELAP No. OR4035
LACSD No. 10119
P (951) 653-3351
F (951) 653-1662
www.babcocklabs.com
location
6100 Quail Valley Court
Riverside, CA 92507-0704
153
Section H
CIP Report
154
Project # Estimated
Cost
Project
start
date
$'s spent
to date
Scope Comments Status
1 $1,800,000 22-23 Expand WWTP to 3.7-4.0
MGD. Budget 2023-24
Install 5th influent pump, 4th turbo
blower, replace DO probes, install
NO3 probes, add polymer at sec
clarifier, upgrade water system.
WWTP at 3.0 MGD Ave daily flow.
PACE completed capacity
assesment.100% design
completed. Final report
completed. Inf pump & Blower
received. Construction bid in
progress.
2 $1,000,000 22-23 Install Auburn & 395
parallel sewer main
Install parallel sewer main on
Auburn under Hwy 395. to relieve
surcharged sewer condition
observed .
Engineering is complete.Bids
received, awarded to HDU
3 300,000 23-24
Pearmain & Taylor
collection system
surgcharging
This intersection has been
identified with 90 % surcharging.
Project consists of replacement of
~180 feet of sewer. This is cleaned
monthly
HDU selected, fond electrical
conduit on top of sewer main,
contacting SCE for approval to
raise.
4 ? 23-24 Steelwave lift station
Steelwave is North of WWTP.
Needs pump station & force main
south to WWTP.
Unknown status
5 $2,000,000 24-25 Move effluent ponds
North or GAFB Acquire land, build ponds Unknown status
6 $500,000 25-26 rehabilitate pond 1.
Remove dried solids, remove center
berm, weed/brush/tree abatement.
Regrade slopes with berm dirt,
scarify minumum 24 inches
received preliminary bids,
investigated sludge hauling, and
need to confirm sludge dosposal
destination.
7 ? 24-25 Perform master plan and
include reclaimed water Post RFP, select consultant. Engineering is waiting on GIS mapping to be complete 8 ? 24-25 GIS mapping Upgrade mapping system in progress 9 ? 24-25
Investigate modeling
sewer collection
bottleneck location
Look more indepth at locations to
determine needs for growth Not started
10 ? 24-25
Design, Bid, construct, to
make Title 22 water at
wwtp
Equipment onsite, but some
replacement equipment needed,
and new analyzers, safety upgrades
along with SCADA tie ins and title
22 eng report.
propsals received.
Engineering/PERC reviewing
proposals.
11 ? 24-25
Purple piping to new
parks and local school
districts landscaping
Design, bid, construct Not started
12 $50,000 20-21 Muskrat sewer lift
Station.
install radio communcation and
ancillary equipment to allow data
to existing WWTP SCADA system.
Includes programming, parts and
alarm notifications.
Obtained bids, waiting for
budget approval
13 $150,000 21-22
Upgrade cleanouts to
manholes for
maintenance access.
There are several cleanouts in
Joshua Estates that can't be
maintained. Convert to manholes
for cleaning maintenance
Obtained bids, waiting for
budget approval
14 $400,000 21-22
Purchase CCTV Van for
locating and raising
buried Manholes.
There are many manholes that are
below ground surface for >20 years.
Locate & raise to grade. Cannot
perform maintenance of sewer
lines.
Obtained bids, waiting for
budget approval
15 $200,000 Ponds 2 & 3
Pond 2 & 3 rehabilitation to
emergency bypass ponds pursuant
to 2013 Application for Waste
Discharge.
Not started
Adelanto Wastewater CIP 2024-25
155
Estimated costs
Completed
date
Actual
costs Project Description remarks
$1,500,000 2/1/22 ? Increase Sewer Main Capacity
carryover from 2019-20
Install parallel sewer main on Pairmain St. to relieve surcharged sewer condition observed on Jonathan St. sewer main.
COMPLETED
$750,000.00 9/1/21 $749,995.00
WWTP Dewatering System
carryover from 2018-19
1. Engineer, purchase, install new centrifuge. Demo of old unit.
Original centrifuge not sized for increased flows and nonoperational
2. Rezise existing sludge feed pump and polymer feed unit.
3. Repair existing grinder/macerator ("muffin monster"). COMPLETED $5,000.00 $5,423.41 "Smart covers" # 6 manhole level and flow monitoring sensing device.
Additional smart cover for lift station manhole to prevents sewer spills and vandalism spills. 10 years with battery replacement every two years
RECEIVED
COMPLETED
$11,000.00 $10,846.82 "Smart covers" # 4 & 5 manhole level and flow monitoring sensing device.
Additional smart cover for lift station manhole to prevents sewer spills and vandalism spills. 10 years with battery replacement every two years
RECEIVED
COMPLETED
$11,000.00 10/15/21 $10,416.82 "Smart covers" # 2 & 3 manhole level and flow monitoring sensing device.
Surcharged manholes at trunck sewer at Auburn/Bellflower. 10 years with battery replacement every two years
RECEIVED
COMPLETED
$5,000.00 2/20/20 $4,743.32 "Smart covers" # 1 manhole level and flow monitoring sensing device.
Surcharged manhole at trunck sewer at Jonathan/Bartlett. 10 years with battery replacement every two years
RECEIVED
COMPLETED
$50,000.00 8/1/20 $48,000.00
Influent Lift Station Pump
carryover from 2019-20
Reconfigure Influent lift station pump control wiring. Wires were cut during bypass of influent to VVWRA. Pump currently has no operational signals. System could overflow or pump could overheat. Reconfigure Influent lift station pump control logic for interlocked operation with other pumps on new SCADA. COMPLETED $75,400.00 Manhole (4) Rehabilitation
carryover from 2019-20
Deteriorated manholes at Aster & Vintage require urgent replacement. Includes bypass pumping. COMPLETED
$55,500 7/1/22 $51,500 Remove GE SCADA PLC. Budgeted 2021-22 GE SCADA PLC from blower installed in 1998. GE interferes at times with newer SCADA PLC hardware COMPLETED
Adelanto Wastewater Completed CIP 2023-24
2/13/2025
156
ADELANTO PUBLIC UTILITY AUTHORITY
| A D E L A N T O , C A L I F O R N I A 9 2 3 0 1
DATE: March 26, 2025
TO: Honorable Chairman, and Public Utility Authority Members FROM: Jessie Flores, Executive Director
BY: Richard Burgess, Engineering Services Manager
SUBJECT: Engineering Plan Check Services Professional Services Agreement STAFF RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommend the City Council and the Adelanto Public Utility Authority approves KEC Engineering, Inc. professional services agreement amendment to perform plan engineering plan check services.
BACKGROUND:
The City of Adelanto Engineering Department performs approximately 30 plan checks a week that the developers pay in advance for (street improvement, water and sewer, lot line adjustments, lot splits, lot mergers, tract maps, final maps, feasibility studies, traffic studies, hydrology studies, soils reports, and grading plan checks).
With the professional services agreement, KEC Engineering Inc. staff will be performing all above plan checks.
FISCAL IMPACT:
There will be no Fiscal impact to the General Fund. All funds are generated prior to performing any plan checks paid for by the developer. Due to prior billing to the developers before starting any plan checks, the funding is secured prior to paying KEC monthly for plan check services.
ATTACHMENTS:
Attachment: Amended Contract
157
2512/026150-0001
19522363.1 a03/20/25
ADELANTO PUBLIC UTILITY AUTHORITY
CITY OF ADELANTO
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
Engineering Plan Checking Services
This is Amendment No. 1 (“Amendment No. 1”) to that certain Engineering Plan Checking Services (“Agreement”) made on November 7,2024 between the City of Adelanto (“City”) and KEC Engineers Inc. (“Consultant/Contractor”), which this Amendment No. [1] is made and entered into on March 30, 2025, to extend for 1 year.
1. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment No. 1 shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.
2. Section 1.1 “Term of Services” is amended to read as follows:
1.1 Term of Services. The term of this Agreement shall begin on 3/30/2025 and shall end on 3/30/2026 unless the term of the Agreement is otherwise terminated or extended as provided for in Section 8. The time provided to KEC Engineers Inc. to complete the services required by this Agreement shall not affect the City's right to terminate the Agreement, as provided for in Section 8.
SECTION 2, “Compensation” is amended to read as follows, increasing the contract amount by: SEVEN HUNDRED THOUSAND WITH ZERO DOLLARS ($700,000) SECTION 2. COMPENSATION.
City hereby agrees to pay KEC Engineers Inc. a sum not to exceed $700,000 notwithstanding any contrary indications that may be contained in KEC Engineers Inc. proposal, for the Services to be performed and reimbursable costs incurred under this Agreement. In the event of a conflict between this Agreement and Exhibit A, regarding the amount of compensation, this Agreement shall prevail. City shall pay KEC Engineers Inc. For the Services rendered pursuant to this Agreement at the time and in the manner set forth herein. The payments specified below shall be the only payments from City to KEC Engineers Inc. For the Services rendered pursuant to this Agreement. Contractor shall submit all invoices to City in the manner specified herein. Except as specifically authorized in advance by City, KEC Engineers Inc. shall not bill City for duplicate services performed by more than one person.
Exhibit A, “Scope of Services” is supplemented to include the supplement attached as Exhibit A hereto. The supplement to the “Scope of Services” is not intended to replace the original Exhibit A to the Agreement, but instead to augment and increase the scope of work listed in the original Exhibit A to the Agreement. The initial paragraph of the original Exhibit A, “Scope of Services”, to the Agreement is amended to read as follows:
EXHIBIT A
Commented [SJ1]: Use the term in the underlying Agreement ie: “Consultant” for Professional Services Agreements, and “Contractor” for Contract Services Agreements.
158
2512/026150-0001
19522363.1 a03/20/25 -2-
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Contractor shall provide Engineering Plan Check services in the amount not to exceed SEVEN HUNDRED THOUSAND WITH ZERO DOLLARS ($700,000) as further detailed in the following page(s).
3. All other terms and conditions of the Agreement remain in full force and effect.
4. This Amendment No. 1 may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one agreement. (Signatures on Following Page)
159
2512/026150-0001
19522363.1 a03/20/25 -3-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed and entered into this Agreement as of the Effective Date.
CITY OF ADELANTO
Jessie Flores, City Manager
Attest:
Brenda Lopez, City Clerk
Approved as to Form:
Todd Litfin, City Attorney
CONSULTANT
«Consultant_Signature_1»
«Consultant_Signature_2»
[Note: 2 officer’s signatures required if
Consultant is a corporation, unless provided
with a certificate of secretary in-lieu]
160
161
AMENDMENT NO. [X]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed and entered into this Agreement as of the Effective Date.
ADELANTO PUPLIC
UTILITY AUTHORITY
Jessie Flores, Executive Director
Attest:
Brenda Lopez, City Clerk
Approved as to Form:
Todd Litfin, City Attorney
CONSULTANT
«Consultant_Signature_1»
«Consultant_Signature_2»
[Note: 2 officer’s signatures required if
Consultant is a corporation, unless provided
with a certificate of secretary in-lieu]
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
ADELANTO PUBLIC UTILITY AUTHORITY
A D E L A N T O G O V E R N M E N T A L C E N T E R | 1 1 6 0 0 A I R E X P R E S S W A Y | A D E L A N T O , C A L I F O R N I A 9 2 3 0 1
DATE: 3/26/2025
TO: Honorable Chairman, and Public Utility Authority Members FROM: Jessie Flores, Executive Director
BY: Richard Burgess, Engineering Services Manager
SUBJECT: ADELANTO WWTP PROCESS IMPROVEMENT PLAN CM/INSPECTION SERVICES STAFF RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommends that the Adelanto Public Utility Authority (APUA) approves the Request for Services to KEC Engineers, Inc. who will provide Construction Management/Inspection services for the Adelanto WWTP Process Improvement Plan.
BACKGROUND:
The Adelanto Wastewater Treat Facility is currently at a 3-million-gallon compacity. With the current and future growth of housing and industrial development, the Engineering Department has concluded on optimizing the WWTP to meet sewer demands with adding an additional .8-million-gallon capacity.
With PERC Water Corporation being awarded the contract to construct the Optimization, KEC’s scope will be to:
• Coordinate and monitor activities between contractor, subcontractors, utility companies, survey, and geotechnical consultants on the project.
• Inspect daily for traffic control, approved materials and methods, safe practices, specifications, and daily documentation to assure all DIR requirements are met. • The inspector will maintain daily documentation and pictures of all materials; work performed and will assure to have uploaded all documentation and pictures to the city’s share drive. • Construction Management will coordinate all project activities, respond to all RFI’s, review weekly scheduling, task management, assure all DIR requirements are met, will maintain budgeting, will review all change orders, and will assure project deadline is met.
FISCAL IMPACT:
The funds will be paid for by the APUA, with no impact on the General Fund. The price will be $251,800 for the Construction Management/Inspection services.
ATTACHMENTS:
A. Adelanto WWTP Process Improvement Plan CM/Inspection Services Contract B. Proposals
C. Plans and Specifications
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
P_20250012
3788 McCray Street, Riverside, CA 92506 | P:951.686.1070 | F:951.788.1256 | www.webbassociates.com March 19, 2025
Richard Burgess, Engineering Service Manager
CITY OF ADELANTO
11600 Air Expressway
Adelanto, CA 92301
RE: Proposal for Construction Management and Inspection Services for the Adelanto WWTP Process Improvement Plan Project (CIP 2024-06).
Dear Richard,
Albert A. WEBB Associates (WEBB) is pleased to provide you with this proposal to provide Construction Management and Inspection Services for the Adelanto WWTP Process Improvement Plan Project (CIP 2024-06). Enclosed you will find our Scope of Work (Section 1) and Compensation for Services (Section 2) for your review and consideration.
If you find this proposal acceptable, please notify our office so a contract agreement can be prepared.
We appreciate this opportunity to be of service to your team and look forward to hearing from you. If you have any questions regarding this proposal, please call us at the number below.
Sincerely,
ALBERT A. WEBB ASSOCIATES
Reed Chilton, PE
Director, Construction Management and Inspection
(951)830-5746
[email protected]
cc. Kavous Emami, City
Bruce A. Davis, WEBB
Siming Zhang, WEBB
206
City of Adelanto
WWTP Process Improvement Project Plan (CIP 2024-06)
Page | 1
\\chqpan01.webb.lan\WO2\Proposals\FORMAL PROPOSALS\City of Adelanto\20250012 - Auburn Avenue Sewer\WWTP\P_20250012 WWTP Mod CM and Inspection Px.docx Section 1 Scope of Work
This scope of work is to provide Construction Management and Inspection Services for the Adelanto WWTP Process Improvement Plan Project (CIP 2024-06). For the purposes of this proposal, the following assumptions have been made:
• The construction contract period is 180 working days. • Construction Management services will be provided for 200 working days to account for the construciton duration and 20 days of project closeout • Full-time inspection is recommended whenever the Contractor is on-site. Without the Contractor’s schedule, we have included 180 working days of full-time inspection. If less field time is required, the inspector will not be on-site and time will not be charged.
A daily minimum charge of 4 hours will be required.
WEBB will perform the following Scope of Services:
1.1 Construction Management
• Maintain Project Communications with City and Contractor. WEBB will use Procore Construction Management Software to process, log, and track all project documentation. WEBB will provide software licenses to the City and Contractor for use during the project. The City will have access to view current status of all documents throughout the project duration.
• Coordinate review of Shop Drawings and Construction Documents submitted by Contractor for conformance with specifications and interpretation of contract documents to Contractor as necessary.
• Manage preconstruction conference (1 meeting).
• Manage progress meetings (assume 30 meetings).
• Review contractor change order requests, make recommendations and prepare authorized change orders (assume 10 change orders).
• Proactively work to resolve field issues through site visits and field meetings (assume 10 issues).
• Process Partial Pay Estimates (assume 9 and 1 final payment) • Review the Contractor Requests for Information and Clarifications (assume 30 RFI/RFCs).
• Review and monitor Contractor’s CPM schedule
• Provide Contractor weekly Working Day Statement
• Provide monthly status reports
• Project Management and Contract Administration
207
City of Adelanto
WWTP Process Improvement Project Plan (CIP 2024-06)
Page | 2
\\chqpan01.webb.lan\WO2\Proposals\FORMAL PROPOSALS\City of Adelanto\20250012 - Auburn Avenue Sewer\WWTP\P_20250012 WWTP Mod CM and Inspection Px.docx
1.2 Construction Inspection Services
• Review the project specifications, special provisions, and bid documents. • Conduct field reviews to identify existing conditions and document with digital images and video.
• Attend the pre-construction conference and project meetings. • Provide Construction Inspection to monitor materials and methods for compliance with plans, specifications, and contract documents. Address and document nonconforming items as they are identified.
• Maintain daily reports regarding construction activity, including progress, weather conditions, significant events which may affect the progress of the work and photographs.
• Provide measurements for each bid item of construction for progress payments. • Verify all tests are satisfactorily conducted and passed. • Review Contractor performance throughout the day and discuss discrepancies with the Contractor as they occur.
• Maintain field files during construction, including a cumulative record of quantities constructed, daily reports, change order documentation and digital images. • If inspection is scheduled, but not needed, a 4 hour minimum will be charged to the Contractor. Also, overtime inspection charges will be charged to the Contractor. • Generate a Preliminary Punch List.
• Schedule the final walkthrough with Contractor and City • Generate a Final Punch List.
• Review and record final quantities.
• Review Contractors As-Builts and Confirm Completeness. • Electrical inspections (up to 2 visits of 1 day each) • SCADA and Startup assistance (up to 5 consecutive days) Exclusions:
• Geotechnical Backfill Compaction Testing
• Structural Inspection and support during construction • Construction Survey and Staking
Additional Services
Services which are not specifically identified herein as services to be performed by WEBB are considered Additional Services for the purposes of this Proposal. The Client may request that WEBB perform services which are Additional Services. WEBB will perform such additional services upon execution of an amendment to this Agreement setting forth the scope, schedule, and fee for such additional services.
208
City of Adelanto
WWTP Process Improvement Project Plan (CIP 2024-06)
Page | 3
\\chqpan01.webb.lan\WO2\Proposals\FORMAL PROPOSALS\City of Adelanto\20250012 - Auburn Avenue Sewer\WWTP\P_20250012 WWTP Mod CM and Inspection Px.docx Overtime inspection is not included in this proposal, but our inspector will be available for overtime hours if required by the Contractor. Overtime inspection will be billed at 1.5 times the standard billing rate. We assume that if overtime inspection is required, the anticipated budget will be exceeded. We would prepare a budget amendment request for the additional inspection hours.
209
City of Adelanto
WWTP Process Improvement Project Plan (CIP 2024-06)
Page | 4
\\chqpan01.webb.lan\WO2\Proposals\FORMAL PROPOSALS\City of Adelanto\20250012 - Auburn Avenue Sewer\WWTP\P_20250012 WWTP Mod CM and Inspection Px.docx Section 2 Compensation for Services
Total fees for services shown in the Scope of Work shall be $447,600. Charges for services will be billed monthly on a time and materials basis, which will be billed in accordance with our schedule of fees. A breakdown is provided below:
Construction Management and Inspection Services
Construction Management Services $189,200
Construction Inspection Services $258,400
TOTAL $447,600
This proposal and budget are valid for 60 days from date of proposal.
Any additional services requested outside this scope will be provided under separate contract addenda for additional fees. Invoices will be submitted monthly based on the percentage of work completed. All invoices shall be due and payable upon receipt. If invoices remain unpaid after 30 days, work on project may cease and interest of 1.5% per month shall be charged on unpaid balances.
Charges for deliveries, printing, copying, mileage, postage, outside services, and for coordination of other services not specifically listed in the scope of work (Reimbursable Expenses), will be billed on a time and material basis, in accordance with our Schedule of Fees in addition to the amounts shown above. Checking and/or filing fees are not included in this contract, and shall be paid by the client directly to the appropriate governmental agency. 210
March 19, 2025
Mr. Richard Burgess
Engineering Services Manager
City of Adelanto
11600 Air Expressway
Adelanto, CA 92301
Subject: Proposal for Construction Management and Inspection Services for the Adelanto WWTP Process Improvement Plan
Dear Mr. Burgess:
Thank you for the opportunity to provide a proposal for the subject project. Enclosed herein is a comprehensive proposal depicting TKE Engineering, Inc. (TKE’s) scope of service and fee to provide construction management and inspection for the Adelanto WWTP Process Improvement Plan (or Project).
I. SCOPE OF SERVICES
Construction contract management will include Pre-Construction, Construction, and PostConstruction Services described as follows:
Task No. 1 – Pre-Construction Services
Pre-construction services include project coordination, material submittal review, and preconstruction conference coordination. Pre-construction services, each are discussed in the following paragraphs:
Task No. 1.1 – Project Coordination
TKE will first perform a careful review of the contract documents (bid, specifications, contract, and permits) for the Project. While doing so, we will develop a complete understanding and advise City staff of potential construction issues.
Secondly, we will coordinate the project team, including the City’s staff, TKE’s inspector, contractor, and other agency staff by advising of Project schedule and any specific Project requirements. All conferences will be documented, and documents will be provided to the City.
Task No. 1.2 – Material Submittal Review
TKE will review all project submittals. Each submittal shall be reviewed with City staff as required to verify compliance. Submittals would include, but not limited to:
a. Construction Schedule
211
Mr. Richard Burgess
Proposal to Provide Construction Management and Inspection Services for the Adelanto WWTP Process Improvement Plan
March 19, 2025 Page 2 of 5
b. Schedule of Values
c. Emergency contact list (names & numbers of emergency response personnel) d. Bypass Pumping Plan
e. Piping, Valves and Appurtenances
f. Motor Control Center and Electrical Appurtenances
g. Polymer Injection Skids
h. Instrumentation
i. Concrete
j. Coatings
k. Startup and Commissioning Plan
l. O&M Manuals
We will maintain a log for the Project and it will include descriptions of submittals, date received, and date returned. Once the submittals have been reviewed and accepted, they will be signed, dated, and sent to the City and contractor. Submittals will be returned within the time frame specified by the contract documents. The construction schedule will be a critical document. It will be reviewed to verify compliance with the contract documents and will be reviewed bi-weekly to ensure construction is proceeding efficiently.
TKE will provide the City a bi-weekly memorandum on submittal review progress.
Task No. 1.3 – Pre-Construction Conference
A pre-construction conference will be held. The conference will be attended by City staff, TKE’s Construction Manager and Construction Inspector, the Contractor, together with City representatives, and representatives of potentially affected utilities as required. Prior to the conference, we will prepare a conference agenda. At the meeting, we will discuss communication protocol requirements, and procedures for contract submittals, contract administration, site access and delivery, and coordination with others. We will document the meeting and distribute meeting minutes to all appropriate parties.
Task No. 2 – Construction Services
Construction Services include the following:
Task No. 2.1 – Construction Administration
TKE will provide part-time construction management services for the duration of the duration of construction (9-months) plus project startup and closeout (estimated at 2-months total).
Prior to beginning construction and throughout the course of construction, we will meet with City staff and contractor through the course of construction. We will prepare agendas and minutes for each meeting and will respond to questions as required. During construction, our construction manager will coordinate all construction activities with City staff, the construction inspector, the quality assurance professionals, and other agencies. In addition, the construction manager will visit the job site bi-weekly to observe the implementation of construction safety. He will document any observed deviations from the safety plans and he will advise the construction contractor, as appropriate, for resolution of observed safety deficiencies. In addition, our construction manager will conduct bi-weekly meetings with the contractor to ensure construction is progressing efficiently. We will prepare agendas and minutes for each, and refer to uncompleted business at each meeting and schedule outlook 212
Mr. Richard Burgess
Proposal to Provide Construction Management and Inspection Services for the Adelanto WWTP Process Improvement Plan
March 19, 2025 Page 3 of 5
for the following work period. Also, should incidents or issues arise, contractor will be required to submit reports regarding each.
Throughout the course of construction, our construction manager will respond to complaints from the public. We will advise staff of complaints and appropriate resolution. In addition, he will review the construction progress and compare it to the approved project schedules and advise City staff of compliance or deficiencies.
He will review and respond to RFI’s and RFC’s (including written clarification requests and change-in-plan drawings) regarding the contract documents in order to ensure that the improvements are constructed in compliance with the construction documents. We will provide said responses as required to minimize delays in construction. All RFI’s and RFC’s will be logged, including content of inquiry, date relayed, and date of response.
Our contract administration activities will include progress reviews to ensure that the Project is proceeding according to requirements and schedule. At our proposed bi-weekly progress review meetings with City staff and contractor, we will review contract change order requests, payment requests, and related items. Payment requests and record keeping will include all correspondence, transmittals, drawings, technical manuals, reports, etc. (both hard copy and electronic formats) related to pre-construction, construction and post-construction phases of the construction contract. The documents will be kept at both our office and with the City via hard copy and/or cloud-based sharing platform (i.e., MS Teams). Our filing system will be reviewed with City staff in order that they will be able to access documents as required.
Project progress and any changes during construction will be noted on a set of the Project’s contract documents maintained in our office. If a problem occurs requiring a City decision, we will consult with City staff. The construction manager will attempt to resolve complaints, concerns, and questions from residents and other affected agencies.
Through e-mail, telephone conferences, and regular meetings, the construction manager will keep the City staff informed of Project progress, problems that have occurred during construction, and any changes in work. Whenever possible, we will review required changes with City staff prior to making same.
Each month, we will review the construction payment requests submitted by the contractor for work completed and the construction schedule. In addition, we will verify that certified payroll has been submitted. We will review the work completed and payment requests (forms provided by the City) to ensure that the quantities and amounts requested reflect the actual work completed. After each request has been reviewed (and revised if necessary), we will approve it and send it to City staff for approval and payment. We will also submit a monthly status report with each payment request that will advise the City of compliance with the project schedule. If the contractor begins to fall behind the schedule, we will request corrective action. In accordance with contract documents, contractor’s monthly updates of the project schedule will be reviewed.
If change conditions occur, we will negotiate with contractors to establish the impact of change conditions and we will attempt to complete negotiations prior to beginning work. The City 213
Mr. Richard Burgess
Proposal to Provide Construction Management and Inspection Services for the Adelanto WWTP Process Improvement Plan
March 19, 2025 Page 4 of 5
will be included in all negotiation requiring a contract amount increase. If we fail to reach an agreement and the work must continue, we will direct the contractor to complete the work.
We will request that the Construction Inspector document the labor, materials and equipment used for the extra work for use in future negotiations.
We will review any change order request received to determine if said request is warranted.
If the change order request is not warranted, we will reject it in writing; prior to sending rejection letters to the contractor, we will review it with City staff. If the change order request appears justified, we will review it with the construction inspector and compare it with field reports for confirmation of materials, equipment and/or labor involved; we will review same with City staff and receive City approval prior to preparing and processing the contract change order. Change orders will be prepared on standard forms. Change Orders will be summarized in a log for review at our weekly meetings.
Any press inquiries of the Project will be referred to City staff.
We will ensure that telephone numbers for normal working hours, evenings, and weekends for our staff, contractor, utilities, and emergency services are provided to all concerned parties.
In addition, we will maintain documents and records utilizing the City’s filing system at the job sites. We will ensure that contractor(s) are submitting proper labor reports, time and material reports, material invoices and/or tickets, certifications, warranties and all other such documents as necessary for a complete and successful project.
Task No. 2.2 – Construction Inspection
TKE will provide full time construction inspection for the duration of the project’s field work (estimated at 9-months). Our construction inspector will provide daily construction inspection to verify that the project is progressing in compliance with the contract documents and City requirements. He will regularly discuss anticipated construction activities to ensure quality compliance and to ensure the project is proceeding efficiently. We will require strict compliance with Project and City requirements for all construction activities. All materials will be reviewed against approved material submittals as they arrive on-site.
Our construction inspector will verify public safety provisions have been implemented at the start of each work day, at the construction site. Any deviations will be documented and the City will be advised. In addition, he will verify that construction is proceeding in accordance with contract document requirements. System service interruptions will be coordinated with City staff and residents, as required.
We will digitally photograph the activities and maintain copies in the project files and our construction inspector will prepare daily field reports, which will document all observed project activity, including location of the activity, number of workers present, construction equipment used, inspector present, weather conditions, and construction progress. All project documentation will be completed on City standard forms. All documents will be submitted in hard copy, electronic copy formats, and/or the cloud-based sharing platform. TKE will provide all inspection equipment needed.
214
Mr. Richard Burgess
Proposal to Provide Construction Management and Inspection Services for the Adelanto WWTP Process Improvement Plan
March 19, 2025 Page 5 of 5
Task No. 3 – Post Construction
TKE will establish punch-lists for project completion, deliver maintenance bonds and/or manufacturer warranties, ensure that all items are satisfactorily completed and we will perform any post-completion project analysis and reporting necessary and as required.
Through the course of construction, the construction manager will document all changes.
Once the project has been completed, TKE compare our as-built redlines with the contractor’s as-built redlines for conformity, then send to the City and Engineer of Record to incorporate into a final set of record drawings.
We will forward copies of all records in digital format and we will prepare a summary of construction changes, final cost, and schedule revisions. In addition, TKE will provide a final narrative summary report documenting construction activities.
In accordance with the project specifications the estimated construction period of 9-months or 180 working days should be adequate to complete the field construction.
II. FEE
TKE will provide the services described in our proposal for $274,800.00. Our fee amount is shown on the attached fee breakdown table. Our fee is a “time and materials basis” estimate; TKE will not provide added services without prior written approval by the City. Fees for construction administration services will be provided in accordance with our attached rate schedule and are assumed on a 220 working day overall Project schedule, with 180 working day construction schedule. We propose to invoice the City monthly in accordance with our rate schedule, not to exceed the amounts specified.
Thank you for your consideration. TKE would very much appreciate the opportunity to interview with you to further discuss how the City can benefit with our services. If you have any questions, please call me at (951) 680-0440 or e-mail me at [email protected].
Sincerely,
Terry Renner, P.E., P.L.S., Q.S.D.
Senior Vice President
TKE Engineering, Inc.
Attachments:
Fee Breakdown Table
Rate Schedule
215
Total
Task No. Task Hours $ Hours $ Hours $ Hours $ Hours $ $ 1 Preconstruction Services
1.1 Project Coordination 8 1,400 $ 12 1,860 $ 8 720 $ 4 540 $ - $ 4,520 $
1.2 Material Submittal Review 40 7,000 $ 80 12,400 $ 4 360 $ - $ - $ 19,760 $
1.3 Pre-Construction Conference 1 175 $ 4 620 $ 2 180 $ 1 135 $ - $ 1,110 $ 2 Construction Services
2.1 Construction Administration2.) 72 12,600 $ 144 22,320 $ 18 1,620 $ - $ - $ 36,540 $ 2.3 Construction Inspection3.) $ - - $ 36 3,240 $ 1440 194,400 $ - $ 197,640 $ 3 Post Construction 12 2,100 $ 18 2,790 $ 8 720 $ 12 1,620 $ - $ 7,230 $ Subtotal: 133 23,275 $ 258 39,990 $ 76 6,840 $ 1,457 196,695 $ 0 - $ 266,800 $ Reimbursables (@3%)1.): $ 8,004
CM/Inspection Total: $ 274,804
Rounded CM/Inspection Total: 274,800 $
Rates: Notes:
Construction Manager $ /HR 1.) Reimbursables Include Cost for Prints, Copies, Mileage, Etc. 175 Assistant Construction Manager $ /HR 2.) Assumes 220 Working Days with Part Time Construction Management (i.e. 4-6 hours per week) 155Clerical 90 $ /HR 3.) Assumes 180 Working Days with Full Time Inspection (i.e. 40 hours per week)Senior Construction Inspector $ /HR 135 TKE Engineering, Inc.
Clerical Inspector Survey Crew
City of Adelanto
Construction Management and Inspection Services for the Adelanto WWTP Process Improvement Plan
Consulting Engineering Fee Breakdown
Construction Manager
Assistant Construction
Manager
216
Revised June 2024
RATE SCHEDULE
2024-2025
HOURLY
RATE
Principal in Charge.. .......... .......... .......... ...................... .......... .......... .......... $185.00 Project Manager/Construction Manager/Licensed Surveyor ..... .......... .......... $175.00 Traffic Engineer (TE).......... .......... .......... ...................... .......... .......... .......... $185.00 Senior Engineer/Project Engineer (PE)/Senior Plan Checker.... .......... .......... $165.00 Assistant Project Manager/Associate Engineer.............. .......... .......... .......... $155.00 Assistant Engineer/Plan Checker/Designer.................... .......... .......... .......... $145.00 AutoCAD Technician.......... .......... .......... ...................... .......... .......... .......... $135.00 Engineering Technician...... .......... .......... ...................... .......... .......... .......... $105.00 Clerical ........ .......... ......... .......... .......... ...................... .......... .......... .......... $ 90.00 Forensic Engineering ......... .......... .......... ...................... .......... .......... .......... $300.00 Expert Witness Testimony .......... .......... ...................... .......... .......... .......... $400.00
SURVEYING SERVICES
2-Man Survey Crew (Prevailing Wage).... ...................... .......... .......... .......... $260.00
DEVELOPMENT SERVICES
Managing Director... .......... .......... .......... ...................... .......... .......... .......... $185.00 Senior Project Manager ..... .......... .......... ...................... .......... .......... .......... $135.00 Project Manager...... .......... .......... .......... ...................... .......... .......... .......... $105.00
CONSTRUCTION SERVICES
Senior Construction Inspector (Prevailing Wage) ........... .......... .......... .......... $135.00 Construction Inspector (Prevailing Wage) ...................... .......... .......... .......... $125.00
REIMBURSABLE COSTS
In-house Reproduction ...... .......... .......... ...................... .......... .......... .......... Cost Printing and Materials ........ .......... .......... ...................... .......... .......... .......... Cost + 10% Express Mail/Courier/Next Day Service .. ...................... .......... .......... .......... Cost + 10% Special Subconsultant Services ... .......... ...................... .......... .......... .......... Cost + 10% 217
Final Engineering Specifications – Issued for Bid
Adelanto WWTP Process Improvement Plan
April 2024
Prepared For:
City of Adelanto
Prepared by:
Pacific Advanced Civil Engineering, Inc.
17520 Newhope St, Ste 200
Fountain Valley, CA 92708
Contact Person: James A. Matthews, PE PACE JN #B810
218
SECTION 00 0110
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110-1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
Section
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
00 0110 Table of Contents
DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01 1100 Summary of Work
01 1400 Work Restrictions
01 1420 Protection of Existing Facilities
01 2000 Price and Payment Procedures
01 2973 Schedule of Values
01 3100 Project Management and Coordination
01 3119 Project Meetings
01 3200 Construction Progress Documentation
01 3233 Photographic Documentation
01 3300 Submittal Procedures
01 3529 Health, Safety and Emergency Response
01 3553 Security Requirements
01 4100 Regulatory Requirements
01 4210 Abbreviations of Institutions
01 4219 Reference Standards
01 4333 Manufacturer's Field Services
01 4500 Quality Control
01 5100 Temporary Utilities
01 5626 Temporary Fencing
01 5713 Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control
01 5719 Temporary Environmental Controls
01 5726 Site Watering for Dust Control
01 6200 Product options
01 7113 Mobilization
01 7123 Field Engineering
01 7329 Cutting and Patching
01 7400 Cleaning and Waste Management
01 7700 Closeout Procedures
01 7823 Operating and Maintenance Data
01 7839 Project Record Documents
DIVISION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS
02 0100 Maintenance of Existing Conditions
02 0225 Temporary Sewer Bypass Plan
219
SECTION 00 0110
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110-2
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
Section
DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE
03 0100 Concrete Formwork
03 0150 Concrete Accessories
03 0200 Reinforcement Steel
03 0290 Joints in Concrete
03 0300 Cast-In-Place Concrete
03 0315 Grout
03 0604 Finished Surface Grouting
03 0700 Concrete Saw-Cutting and Core-Drilling
03 0931 Epoxy Injection System
03 0932 Corrosion Resistant Mortar
DIVISION 04 – MASONRY (Not Used)
DIVISION 05 - METALS
05 1200 Structural Steel Framing
05 3000 Metal Decking
05 4100 Structural Metal Stud Framing
05 5000 Metal Fabrications
05 5213 Pipe and Tube Railings
DIVISION 06 - WOOD AND PLASTICS (Not Used)
DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07 1616 Crystalline Waterproofing
07 2100 Thermal Insulation
07 5400 Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing
07 6200 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim
07 9200 Joint Sealants
220
SECTION 00 0110
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110-3
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
Section
DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS
08 1113 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames
08 3300 Chain Operated Insulated Service Doors
08 4113 Aluminum-Framed Entrances and Storefronts
08 7100 Door Hardware
DIVISION 09 - FINISHES
09 9100 Painting
09 9700 Special Coatings
DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES
10 1400 Signage
DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT
11 1000 Equipment General Provision
DIVISION 12 – FURNISHINGS (Not Used)
DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION (Not Used)
DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS (Not Used)
DIVISION 21 – FIRE SUPPRESSION (Not Used)
DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING
22 0000 Plumbing
221
SECTION 00 0110
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110-4
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
Section
DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) 23 0000 Ventilating, Heating and Air Conditioning
23 0800 Commissioning of HVAC
DIVISION 25 – INTEGRATED AUTOMATION (Not Used)
DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL
26 0000 General Electrical Requirements
26 0001 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods
26 0126 Maintenance Testing of Electrical Systems
26 0500 Supporting Devices
26 0505 General Provisions for Electrical Systems
26 0519 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 26 0523 Instrumentation and Communication Cables
26 0526 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems
26 0533 Outlet, Pull, and Junction Boxes
26 0534 Conduit for Electrical Systems
26 0543 Underground Ducts and Manholes
26 0553 Identification for Electrical Systems
26 0573 Short Circuit Studies
26 0583 Terminal Blocks
26 0800 Commissioning of Electrical
26 0916 Electrical Controls, Relays and Alarms
26 1216 Dry Type Transformers
26 2416 Panel Boards
26 2416.10 Distribution Panel Boards
26 2420 Induction Motors
26 2716 Electrical Cabinets and Enclosures
26 2726 Wiring Devices
26 2813 600 V Fuses
26 2816 Disconnect Switches
26 2822 Low Voltage Circuit Breakers
26 2923 Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives
26 5000 Lighting
DIVISION 27 – COMMUNICATIONS (Not Used)
222
SECTION 00 0110
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110-5
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
Section
DIVISION 28 – ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY (Not Used) DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK
31 0513 Soils for Earthwork
31 0516 Aggregates for Earthwork
31 0519.13 Geotextiles for Earthwork
31 2316 Excavation
31 2323 Fill
31 2323.33 Flowable Fill
31 2333 Trenching and Backfilling
31 2500 Erosions and Sedimentation Control
DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
32 1216 Asphalt Paving
32 1313 Concrete Paving
32 1600 Concrete Curbs, Gutters, Sidewalks, and Driveways DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES
33 0010 Pipeline Connections to Existing Facilities
33 0110 Disinfection of Water Utility Piping Systems
33 0130 Sanitary Sewer System Testing
33 0505 Hydrostatic Testing
33 0526 Utility Identification
33 1416 Site Water and Wastewater Distribution Piping (PVC) 33 1417 Site Water and Wastewater Distribution Piping (DIP) DIVISION 34 – TRANSPORTATION (Not Used)
223
SECTION 00 0110
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110-6
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
Section
DIVISION 40 – PROCESS INTERCONNECTIONS
40 0500 Piping General
40 0501 Identification for Process Piping
40 0507 Hangers and Supports for Process Piping
40 0519 Ductile Iron Process Pipe
40 0523 Stainless Steel Piping and Tubing
40 0531 Thermoplastic Process Pipe and Tubing
40 0555 Valves General
40 0556 Miscellaneous Valves
40 0557 Actuators for Process Valves and Gates
40 0559 Slide Gates and Weirs
40 0562 Plug Valves
40 0563 Ball Valves
40 0564 Butterfly Valves
40 0565 Check Valves
40 4200 Process Piping and Equipment Insulation
40 6000 Control Descriptions and Program Modifications
40 9000 Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems 40 9010 Primary Sensors and Field Instruments
40 9213 Primary Control Valves
40 9243 Electric Actuators
DIVISION 41 – MATERIAL PROCESSING AND HANDLING EQUIPMENT (Not Used) DIVISION 43 – PROCESS GAS AND LIQUID HANDLING, PURIFICATION AND STORAGE EQUIPMENT (Not Used)
DIVISION 44 – POLLUTION AND WASTE CONTROL EQUIPMENT (Not Used) DIVISION 46 – WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIPMENT
46 0553 Identification for Water and Wastewater Equipment 46 0600 Submersible Wastewater Pumps (Influent Pump)
46 3333 Polymer Chemical Feed Systems
46 5100 Centrifugal Aeration Turbo Blowers
END OF SECTION 00 0110
224
SUMMARY OF WORK 01 1100 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 01 1100 – SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The WORK to be performed under this Contract shall consist of furnishing parts, tools, equipment, materials, supplies and manufactured articles, and furnishing all labor, transportation, and services, including fuel, power, water, and essential communications, and performing all work or other operations required for the fulfillment of the Contract in strict accordance with the Contract Documents. The WORK shall be constructed in a manner consistent with the Contract Documents and require that all work, materials, and services not expressly indicated or called for in the Contract Documents, which may be necessary for the complete and proper construction of the WORK, in good faith, shall be provided.
B. The WORK will conform to all Federal, State and Regulatory standards and the “City of Adelanto Standard Drawings and Specifications”, “Green Book” and the “Adelanto Public Utility Authority Water and Sewer Standards.”
1.2 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. The WORK of this Contract comprises construction of Improvements to the exiting City of Adelanto WWTP. The WORK shall include the following major work items:
The City of Adelanto WWTP Improvement Plan will include, but is not limited to modifications, upgrades, and new installation in the following areas:
1. Coordination of this Project Work with the work of a separate City Work Order Project for the Installation of two (2) new replacement Washer Compactor Screenings Handling Systems at the existing facility Headworks.
2. Receive and Install a new Sewage Handling Submersible Pump pre-purchased by the City.
The CONTRACTOR’s work includes all Installation services and “balance of system” as indicated in the Contract documents, including piping, electrical, control, civil works and required ancillary systems improvements. This WORK will require bypass pumping of the existing influent wastewater. The CONTRACTOR is required to prepare and submit a Bypass Pumping Plan to be reviewed and approved by the ENGINEER of Record and the City’s Operations Staff.
3. Receive and Install a new Aeration Supply Blower pre-purchased by the City. The CONTRACTOR’s work includes all Installation services and “balance of system” as indicated in the Contract documents, including piping, electrical, control, and required ancillary systems improvements.
4. Supply, Installation, Configuration, and Commissioning of two (2) new 16” Butterfly Valves within the existing Main Aeration Supply Piping and Relocate existing Electric Modulating Valve Actuators to the new 16” Butterfly Valves.
5. Supply, Installation, Configuration, and Commissioning of new Dissolved Oxygen (DO) and Water Quality Instrumentation in both existing Biolac Aeration Basins.
6. Supply and Installation of a new insulated Pre-Engineered Metal Building. The building shall be supplied with lighting, receptacles, heating, and ventilation as well as the required process equipment.
7. Supply, Installation, Configuration, and Commissioning of two (2) new Polymer Injection Systems and associated controls.
8. Supply, Installation, Configuration, and Commissioning of two (2) new Total Suspended Solids (TSS) Meters in the existing Clarifier Splitter Box and RAS discharge manifold.
9. Supply, Installation, Configuration and Commissioning of two (2) new Sludge Blanket Depth Meters in the existing Secondary Clarifiers.
10. Supply, Installation, Configuration and Commissioning of a new multi-parameter instrument transmitter for the four (4) sensors listed in lines 10 & 11 above.
11. Supply, Installation, Configuration and Commissioning of two (2) new Modulating Electric 225
SUMMARY OF WORK 01 1100 - 2
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
Valve Actuators on the two (2) existing manual 12” clarifier underflow plug valves.
12. Modifications to the Junction Structure #1 to divert flow to the Chlorine Contact Tank
13. Refurbish the existing Chlorine Contact Tank, Vertical Turbine Pumps and Hydropneumatic tank for implementation of reliable plant water supply system.
14. Modifications to the existing Influent Lift Station Control Panel and Lift Station RIO located in MCC-A, Biolac Control Panel, Secondary Clarifier RIO Panel to incorporate new PLC and Field Hardware as indicated in the Project Plans and Specifications.
15. Modification of PLC and RIO software configurations and PLC programming to integrate process and functional control changes as identified in the Project Specifications.
16. Integration of new Process Equipment, Instrumentation and PLC programming with the Existing WWTP central SCADA System.
B. The WORK includes obtaining any permits related or required by the Contract. All permit fees are to be paid by the City.
1.3 WORK BY OTHERS
A. Where two (2) or more Contracts are being performed at one time on the same Site or adjacent land in such manner that work under one (1) Contract may interfere with work under another, the sequence and order of the WORK in either or both Contracts to the agreement of both contracting entities shall be determined. When the Site of one (1) Contract is the necessary or convenient means of access for performance of work under another, the privilege of access or other reasonable privilege to the CONTRACTOR so desiring may be granted, to the extent, amount, and in manner and at a time that shall be determined. Conduct its operations so as to cause a minimum of interference with the work of such other CONTRACTORS, and shall cooperate fully with such CONTRACTORS to allow continued safe access to their respective portions of the Site, as required to perform work under their respective contracts.
B. Interference with Work on Utilities: Cooperate fully with all utility forces or forces of other public or private agencies engaged in the relocation, altering, or otherwise rearranging of any facilities, which interfere with the progress of the WORK, and shall schedule the WORK so as to minimize interference with said relocation, altering or other rearranging of facilities. Any delays, reduction in work efficiency or hardships incurred shall be identified and resolved to the satisfaction of both parties.
1.4 USE OF SITE
A. Use of the Site shall be limited to its construction operations, including on-site storage of materials, on-site fabrication facilities and field offices.
B. All or part of the existing Site may be utilized during the entire period of construction for the conduct of normal operations. Cooperate and coordinate to facilitate operations and to minimize interference with the operations at the same time. In any event, access to the site during the period of construction shall be allowed.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 – EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 1100
226
WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 1400 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 01 1400 – WORK RESTRICTIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 HIGHWAY LIMITATIONS
A. Make investigation of the condition of available public and private roads and of clearances, restrictions, bridge load limits, and other limitations affecting transportation and ingress and egress to the site of the WORK.
1.2 TEMPORARY CROSSINGS
A. General: Continuous, unobstructed, safe, and adequate pedestrian and vehicular access shall be provided. Vehicular access to residential driveways shall be maintained to the property line.
B. Street Use: Nothing herein shall be construed to entitle any entity to the exclusive use of any public street, alleyway or parking area during the performance of the WORK hereunder, and it shall so conduct its operations as not to interfere unnecessarily with the authorized work of utility companies or other agencies in such streets, alleyways or parking areas. No streets shall be closed to the public without first obtaining permission from the proper governmental authority. Where excavation is being performed in primary streets or highways, one lane in each direction shall be kept open to traffic at all times unless otherwise indicated. Toe boards shall be provided to retain excavated material if required by the ENGINEER or the agency having jurisdiction over the street or highway. Fire hydrants on or adjacent to the WORK shall be kept accessible to fire-fighting equipment at all times. Temporary provisions shall be made to assure the use of sidewalks and the proper functioning of all gutters, storm drain inlets and other drainage facilities.
C. Traffic Control: For the protection of traffic in public or private streets and ways, provide, place, and maintain all necessary barricades, traffic cones, warning signs, lights and other safety devices.
1. Take all necessary precautions for the protection of the WORK and the safety of the public.
Barricades and obstructions shall be illuminated at night and all lights shall be kept burning from sunset until sunrise. Station guards or flaggers may be required by the public authorities within their respective jurisdictions in order to conform to such special safety regulations relating to traffic control Signs, signals and barricades shall conform to the requirements Subpart G, Part 1926, of the OSHA Safety and Health Standards for Construction.
1.3 WORK AND STORAGE AREA
A. The CONTRACTOR shall designate and arrange for the use, a portion of the property adjacent to the WORK for its exclusive use during the term of the Contract as storage and shop area for its construction operations relative to this Contract.
PART 1 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 2 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 1400
227
PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES 01 1420 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 01 1420 – PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall protect all existing utilities and improvements, not designated for removal, and shall restore damaged or temporarily relocated utilities and improvements to a condition equal to or better than prior to such damage or temporary relocation, all in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a Protection Plan prior to commencement of Work in accordance to Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures.
1.2 RIGHTS-OF-WAY
A. WORK that would affect any oil, gas, sewer, or water pipeline; any telephone, telegraph, or electric transmission line; any fence; or any other structure, shall not be performed nor shall the entry upon the rights-of-way involved until notified that authority has been secured from the proper party.
B. After authority has been obtained, said party shall be given due notice of its intention to begin work, if required by said party, and shall remove, shore, support, or otherwise protect such pipeline, transmission line, ditch, fence, or structure, or replace the same.
1.3 RESTORATION OF PAVEMENT
A. General: All paved areas including asphaltic concrete berms cut or damaged during construction shall be replaced with similar materials of equal thickness to match the existing adjacent undisturbed areas, except where specific resurfacing requirements have been called for in the Contract Documents or in the requirements of the agency issuing the permit. The pavement restoration requirement to match existing sections shall apply to all components of existing sections, including sub-base, base, and pavement. Temporary and permanent pavement shall conform to the requirements of the affected pavement owner. Pavements that are subject to partial removal shall be neatly saw cut in straight lines.
1.4 EXISTING UTILITIES AND IMPROVEMENTS
A. General: Protect underground Utilities and other improvements, which may be impaired during construction operations, regardless of whether or not the Utilities are indicated on the Drawings.
Take all possible precautions for the protection of unforeseen Utility lines to provide for uninterrupted service and to provide such special protection as may be necessary.
B. Except where the Drawings indicate Utilities have been field located during design or certain Utility locations shall be exposed as part of the WORK, responsibility for exploratory excavations as it deems necessary to determine the exact locations and depths of Utilities, which may interfere with its work shall be required. All such exploratory excavations shall be performed as soon as practicable after Notice to Proceed and, in any event, a sufficient time in advance of construction to avoid possible delays progress.
C. The number of exploratory excavations required shall be that number which is sufficient to determine the alignment and grade of the utility.
D. OWNER's Right of Access: The right is reserved to the owners of public utilities and franchises to enter at any time upon any public street, alley, right-of-way, or easement for the purpose of making changes in their property made necessary by the WORK of this Contract. 228
PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES 01 1420 - 2
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
E. Underground Utilities Indicated: Existing Utility lines that are indicated or the locations of which are made known prior to excavation and that are to be retained. All Utility lines that are constructed during excavation operations shall be protected from damage during excavation and backfilling if damaged, shall be immediately repaired or replaced, unless otherwise repaired by the owner of the damaged Utility. If the owner of the damaged facility performs its own repairs, reimbursement to said owner for the costs of repair shall be required.
F. Underground Utilities Not Indicated: In the event that the existing utility lines are damaged that are not indicated or the locations of which are not made known prior to excavation, a verbal report of such damage shall be made immediately, and a written report thereof shall be made promptly thereafter. Immediately notify the owner of the damaged Utility. If directed, repairs shall be made under the provisions for changes and extra work contained in their Contract Agreement.
G. Costs of locating and repairing damage, not due to failure to exercise reasonable care and removing or relocating such Utility facilities, not indicated in the Contract Documents, with reasonable accuracy and for equipment on the project, which was actually working on that portion of the WORK which was interrupted or idled by removal or relocation of such Utility facilities, and which was necessarily idled during such work will be paid for as extra work resulting in the issuing of a change order in accordance with the provisions of the Contractual Agreement.
H. Approval of Repairs: All repairs to a damaged Utility or improvement are subject to inspection and approval by an authorized representative of the Utility or improvement owner before being concealed by backfill or other work.
I. Maintaining in Service: Unless indicated otherwise, oil and gasoline pipelines, power, and telephone or the communication cable ducts, gas and water mains, irrigation lines, sewer lines, storm drain lines, poles, and overhead power and communication wires and cables encountered along the line of the WORK shall remain continuously in service during all the operations under the Contract, unless other satisfactory arrangements are made with the owner of said pipelines, duct, main, irrigation line, sewer, storm drain, pole, or wire or cable. Responsible for and shall repair all damage due to its operations shall be required, and the provisions of this Section shall not be abated even in the event such damage occurs after backfilling or is not discovered until after completion of the backfilling.
1.5 NOTIFICATION
A. Prior to any excavation in the vicinity of any existing underground facilities, including all water, sewer, storm drain, gas, petroleum products, or other pipelines; all buried electric power, communications, or television cables; all traffic signal and street lighting facilities; and all roadway and state highway rights-of-way, notify the respective authorities representing the owners or agencies responsible for such facilities not less than 3 days nor more than 7 days prior to excavation so that a representative of said owners or agencies can be present during such work if they so desire.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 1420
229
PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2000 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 01 2000 - PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of applications for progress payments.
B. Documentation of changes in Contract Price and Contract Time.
C. Change procedures.
D. Correlation of the CONTRACTOR’s submittals based on changes.
E. Procedures for preparation and submittal of application for final payment.
1.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Electronic media printout including equivalent information will be considered in lieu of standard form specified; submit sample to the OWNER for approval.
B. Submit Schedule of Values in duplicate within 15 days after date of OWNER-CONTRACTOR Agreement.
C. Format: Utilize the Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Identify each line item with number and title of the specification Section. Identify site mobilization.
D. Include in each line item, the amount of Allowances specified in this Section. For unit cost Allowances, identify quantities taken from Contract Documents multiplied by the unit cost to achieve the total for the item.
E. Include separately from each line item, a direct proportional amount of Contractor's overhead and profit.
F. Revise schedule to list approved Change Orders, with each Application for Payment.
1.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS
A. Payment Period: Submit at intervals stipulated in the Agreement.
B. Electronic media printout including equivalent information will be considered in lieu of standard form specified; submit sample to ENGINEER for approval.
C. Forms filled out by hand will not be accepted.
D. For each item, provide a column for listing each of the following:
1. Item Number
2. Description of work
3. Scheduled Values
4. Previous Applications
5. Work in Place and Stored Materials under this Application
6. Authorized Change Orders
7. Total Completed and Stored to Date of Application
8. Percentage of Completion
9. Balance to Finish
10. Retainage
E. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer.
F. Use data from approved Schedule of Values. Provide dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of work performed and for stored products.
230
PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2000 - 2
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
G. List each authorized Change Order as a separate line item, listing Change Order number and dollar amount as for an original item of Work.
H. Submit one electronic copy of each Application for Payment to the OWNER’s Project Manager.
I. Include the following with the application:
1. Transmittal letter as specified for Submittals in Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures.
2. Construction progress schedule, revised and current as specified in Section 01 3200 – Construction Progress Documentation.
3. Current construction photographs specified in Section 01 3233 – Photographic Documentation.
4. Partial release of liens from major Subcontractors and vendors.
5. Sustainable design documentation applicable to work for which application is being made.
6. Project record documents as specified in Section 01 7839 – Project Record Documents, for review by Owner which will be returned to the CONTRACTOR.
7. Affidavits attesting to off-site stored products. Note that off-site stored items are also subject to Project Manager and/or Inspector visits.
J. When ENGINEER requires substantiating information, submit data justifying dollar amounts in question. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Show application number and date, and line item by number and description.
1.4 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
A. Submit name of the individual authorized to receive change documents and who will be responsible for informing others in CONTRACTOR's employ or subcontractors of changes to the Contract Documents.
B. For minor changes not involving an adjustment to the Contract Price or Contract Time, ENGINEER will issue instructions directly to CONTRACTOR.
C. For other required changes, ENGINEER will issue a document signed by OWNER instructing CONTRACTOR to proceed with the change, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.
1. The document will describe the required changes and will designate method of determining any change in Contract Price or Contract Time.
2. Promptly execute the change.
D. For changes for which advance pricing is desired, ENGINEER will issue a document that includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised drawings and specifications, a change in Contract Time for executing the change with a stipulation of any overtime work required and the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit a fixed price quotation within 14 days.
E. CONTRACTOR may propose a change by submitting a request for change to ENGINEER, describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work, with a statement describing the reason for the change, and the effect on the Contract Price and Contract Time with full documentation and a statement describing the effect on Work by separate or other CONTRACTORs. Document any requested substitutions.
F. Computation of Change in Contract Amount: As specified in the Agreement and Conditions of the Contract.
1. For change requested by ENGINEER for work falling under a fixed price contract, the amount will be based on CONTRACTOR's price quotation.
2. For change requested by CONTRACTOR, the amount will be based on the CONTRACTOR's request for a Change Order as approved by ENGINEER.
3. For pre-determined unit prices and quantities, the amount will be based on the fixed unit prices.
231
PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2000 - 3
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
4. For change ordered by ENGINEER without a quotation from CONTRACTOR, the amount will be determined by ENGINEER based on the CONTRACTOR's substantiation of costs as specified for Time and Material work.
G. Substantiation of Costs: Provide full information required for evaluation.
1. On request, provide following data:
a. Quantities of products, labor, and equipment
b. Taxes, insurance, and bonds
c. Overhead and Profit as defined in the Contract Documents d. Justification for any change in Contract Time
e. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented
2. Support each claim for additional costs with additional information:
a. Origin and date of claim
b. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom
c. Time records and wage rates paid
d. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented.
3. For Time and Material work, submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits indicated in the Conditions of the Contract.
H. Execution of Change Orders: ENGINEER will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in the Conditions of the Contract.
I. After execution of Change Order, promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Price.
J. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, revise sub-schedules to adjust times for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit.
K. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents.
1.5 APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT
A. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified for progress payments, identifying total adjusted Contract Price, previous payments, and sum remaining due.
B. Application for Final Payment will not be considered until the following have been accomplished:
1. All closeout procedures specified in Section 01 7700 – Closeout Procedures.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 2000
232
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 01 3100 – PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate the WORK of all crafts, trades, and subcontractors engaged on the WORK and he shall have final responsibility in regards to the Schedule, workmanship, and completeness of each and all parts of the WORK.
B. All crafts, trades and subcontractors shall be made to cooperate with each other and with others, as they may be involved in the installation of work, which adjoins, incorporates, precedes, or follows the work of another. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to point out areas of cooperation prior to execution of subcontractors Agreements and the assignment of the parts of the WORK. Each craft, trade and subcontractor shall be responsible to the CONTRACTOR, for furnishing embedded items, giving directions for doing all cutting and fitting, making all provisions for accommodating the WORK and for protecting, patching, repairing, and cleaning as required to satisfactorily perform the WORK.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for supervising all cutting, digging and other action of his subcontractors and workers. Where such action impairs the safety or function of any structure or component of the Project as determined by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall make such repairs, alterations, and additions as will bring said structure or component back to its original design condition at no additional cost to the OWNER.
D. The CONTRACTOR is expected to be familiar with the General Requirements and all Sections of the detailed Specifications for all other trades and to study all Drawings applicable to his WORK to the end that complete coordination between the trades will be affected. CONTRACTOR shall submit the Request for Information (RFI) to the ENGINEER if conflicts exist within the Contract Documents.
The CONTRACTOR shall review the RFI and submit, with comments, to the ENGINEER for review and response. The RFI request should include a requested response date. The ENGINEER will make every effort to meet that requested date. However, the ENGINEER will have 14 calendar days to review and respond back to the CONTRACTOR. If the natures of the RFI or circumstances surrounding the RFI are beyond the control of the ENGINEER, requiring the need of more than 14 calendar days, the ENGINEER will notify the CONTRACTOR within five business days of receipt that it will take longer than 14 calendar days. At that time, the CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER will establish an agreed upon response date.
Upon receipt of the RFI response, the CONTRACTOR shall distribute the RFI response as necessary. The CONTRACTOR will be required to keep and maintain a numbered log of the RFIs and responses. A copy of the log, and detail of each RFI shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for Project closeout.
E. At the discretion of the ENGINEER, additional clarification information may be provided to the CONTRACTOR, regarding the Contract Documents. This notification shall be submitted on an Engineering Supplemental Information (ESI) form. It is the intent of the ESI to provide additional clarification information to the Contract Documents. It is the intent of the ENGINEER to transmit the ESIs in a timely manner. However, the ENGINEER shall not be held responsible for rework to work performed prior to issuance of the ESI.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 3100
233
PROJECT MEETINGS 01 3119 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 01 3119 – PROJECT MEETINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Requirements for conducting conferences and meetings for the purposes of addressing issues related to the WORK, reviewing, and coordinating progress of the WORK and other matters of common interest, and includes the following:
1. Qualifications of Meeting Participants.
2. Preconstruction Conference Progress Meetings.
3. Pre-installation Meetings.
4. Weekly Meetings
5. Post Construction Meeting.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01 3200 – Construction Progress Documentation
2. Section 01 3233 – Photographic Documentation
1.2 QUALIFICATIONS OF MEETING PARTICIPANTS
A. Representatives of entities participating in meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of entity each represents.
1.3 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
A. Upon issuance of Notice to Proceed, or earlier when mutually agreeable, the OWNER/ENGINEER will arrange a preconstruction conference in convenient place for most persons invited.
B. Attending Preconstruction Conference: CONTRACTOR superintendent, OWNER, ENGINEER, representatives of utilities, major subcontractors and others involved in performance of the WORK, and others necessary to agenda.
C. OWNER/ENGINEER will preside at conference.
D. Purpose of Conference: To establish working understanding between parties and to discuss Construction Schedule, shop drawing and other submittals, cost breakdown of major lump sum items, processing of submittals and applications for payment, and other subjects pertinent to execution of the WORK.
E. Agenda Will Include:
1. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents.
2. Distribution and discussion of list of major subcontractors and suppliers.
3. Proposed progress schedules and critical construction sequencing.
4. Major equipment deliveries and priorities.
5. Project coordination.
6. Designation of responsible personnel.
7. Procedures and Processing of:
a. Field decisions
b. Proposal requests
c. Submittals
d. Change Orders
e. Applications for Payment
f. Record Documents
8. Use of Premises:
a. Office, construction, and storage areas
b. OWNER's requirements
234
PROJECT MEETINGS 01 3119 - 2
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
9. Construction facilities, controls, and construction aids
10. Owner’s Geotechnical Evaluation/Soils Report
11. Temporary utilities
12. Safety and first aid procedures
13. Security procedures
14. Housekeeping procedures
15. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan and Dust control F. The CONTRACTOR will record minutes of meeting and distribute copies of minutes within 7 days of meeting to participants and interested parties.
1.4 PROGRESS MEETINGS
A. Weekly Progress Meetings:
1. Conduct progress meetings at least once every week in CONTRACTOR’S field office.
2. Require attendance of all subcontractors who are or are proximate to be actively involved in the WORK, or who are necessary to agenda.
3. Invite OWNER, ENGINEER, and Utility Companies when the WORK affects their interests, and others necessary to agenda. CONTRACTOR shall set up multiple-party audio conferencing to allow for OWNER, ENGINEER, and other OWNER’s Representative to call in.
4. CONTRACTOR will preside at meetings.
5. Purpose of Progress Meetings: To expedite work of subcontractors or other organizations that are not meeting scheduled progress, resolve conflicts, and coordinate and expedite execution of the WORK.
6. Verify:
a. Actual start and finish dates of completed activities since last progress meeting. b. Durations and progress of activities not completed.
c. Reason, time, and cost data for Change Order WORK that will be incorporated into Progress Schedule and application for payment.
d. Percentage completion of items on Application for Payment. e. Reasons for required revisions to Progress Schedule and their effect on Contract Time and Contract Price.
7. Discuss potential problems which may impede scheduled progress and corrective measures.
8. CONTRACTOR will provide weekly digital photographs of construction for OWNER and ENGINEER. The photos shall be properly labeled prior to submission.
9. The CONTRACTOR will record minutes of meeting and distribute copies of minutes within 7 days of meeting to participants and interested parties.
B. Monthly Progress Meetings:
1. Conduct OWNERS monthly progress meetings at least once every month in CONTRACTORS field office. Same as weekly meeting
2. Distribute to each anticipated participant written notice and agenda of each meeting at least 4 days before meeting.
3. Invite OWNER, ENGINEER, and Utility Companies when the WORK affects their interests, and others necessary to agenda.
4. Complete and bring Application for Payment and Progress Schedule to progress meeting.
5. Prepare and distribute agenda.
6. CONTRACTOR will preside at meetings.
7. Review progress of the WORK, Progress Schedule, narrative report, Application for:
a. Payment, record documents, and additional items of current interest that are pertinent to execution of the WORK.
8. Verify:
a. Actual start and finish dates of completed activities since last progress meeting. b. Durations and progress of activities not completed.
235
PROJECT MEETINGS 01 3119 - 3
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
c. Reason, time, and cost data for Change Order WORK that will be incorporated into Progress Schedule and application for payment.
d. Percentage completion of items on Application for Payment. e. Reasons for required revisions to Progress Schedule and their effect on Contract Time and Contract Price.
9. Discuss potential problems which may impede scheduled progress and corrective measures.
10. The CONTRACTOR will record minutes of meeting and distribute copies of minutes within 7 days of meeting to participants and interested parties.
1.5 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. General: Meet with manufacturers and installers of major units of construction which require coordination between subcontractors.
B. Distribute to each anticipated participant written notice and agenda of each meeting at least 7 days before meeting.
C. Schedule meeting at least 7 days in advance of installation.
D. Conduct meetings in CONTRACTOR's field office or other mutually agreed upon place.
E. Require attendance of Superintendent, appropriate manufacturers, and installers of major units of constructions, and affected subcontractors.
F. Invite OWNER and ENGINEER.
G. CONTRACTOR will preside at meetings.
H. Record minutes of meeting and distribute copies of minutes within 7 days of meeting to participants and interested parties.
1.6 POST CONSTRUCTION MEETING
A. Meet with and inspect the WORK just prior to Substantial Completion and again prior to final completion with OWNER and ENGINEER.
B. Arrange meeting at least 7 days before meeting.
C. Meet in CONTRACTOR's office or other mutually agreed upon place.
D. Inspect the WORK and draft list of items to be completed or corrected.
E. Review service and maintenance contracts, and take appropriate corrective action when necessary.
F. Complete or correct defective work and extend correction period accordingly.
G. Require attendance of Superintendent, appropriate manufacturers, and installers of major units of constructions, and affected subcontractors.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 3119
236
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 01 3200 – CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Preparation, submittal and maintenance of computerized progress schedule and reports, contract time adjustments and payment requests, including the following:
1. Preliminary Schedule
2. Baseline Schedule
3. 2-Week Look-Ahead Schedule
4. Schedule Updates
5. Schedule Revisions
6. Time Impact Analyses
7. Final Schedule Submittal
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01 3300 – Submittals Procedures
2. Section 01 3119 – Project Meetings
3. Section 01 7700 – Closeout Procedures
C. OWNER reserves the right to disapprove scheduler when submitted by CONTRACTOR if not qualified. OWNER reserves the right to remove scheduler from the project if found to be incompetent.
1.2 PRECONSTRUCTION SCHEDULING MEETING
A. The OWNER/ENGINEER will conduct a Preconstruction Schedule Meeting within 14 Calendar days after Notice to Proceed. This meeting may be separate from the Preconstruction Conference Meeting and would cover schedule issues exclusively.
B. At the meeting, scheduling requirements shall be reviewed with CONTRACTOR. These include schedule preparation, reporting requirements, updates, revisions, and schedule delay analysis.
CONTRACTOR shall present their schedule methodology, planned sequence of operations, and present their proposed activity coding structure.
C. Coding Structure: CONTRACTOR shall submit proposed coding structure, identifying the code fields and the associated code values it intends to use in the project schedule. The coding structure shall, include at a minimum, code fields for Project Segment or Phase, Area of Work, Type of Work, Submittal/Procurement/Construction and Responsibility/Subcontractor.
1.3 PREPARATION
A. Preparation and submittal of Progress Schedule represents CONTRACTORS intention to execute the WORK within specified time and constraints.
B. Failure to include an activity required for execution of the Work does not excuse CONTRACTOR from completing the WORK and portions thereof within specified times and at price specified in Agreement. Failure of CONTRACTOR to include required schedule constraints, sequences or milestones in schedule shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of obligation to conform to requirements of Contract. Acceptance of schedule shall not waive Contract requirements. In event of conflict between accepted schedule and Contract requirements, terms of Contract shall govern at all times, unless requirements are waived in writing by the OWNER.
C. Reference Schedule to calendar days with beginning of Contract Time as Day "1." 237
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 2
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
D. Should CONTRACTOR submit a Baseline Schedule showing project completion more than 20 working days prior to Contract completion date OWNER may issue Change Order, at no cost to OWNER, revising time of performance of WORK and Contract completion date to match CONTRACTORS schedule completion date. Contract milestone dates, if any, shall be adjusted accordingly.
E. Schedule Logic: Schedule shall be assembled to show order in which CONTRACTOR proposes to carry out WORK, indicate restrictions of access, availability of Work areas, and availability and use of manpower, materials, and equipment. Following criteria shall form basis for assembly of schedule logic.
1. Which activities must be completed before subsequent activities can be started?
2. Which activities can be performed concurrently?
3. Which activities must be started immediately following completed activities?
4. What major facility, equipment or manpower restrictions are required for sequencing these activities?
1.4 SUBMITTAL OF PROGRESS SCHEDULES
A. Submit preliminary
B. Submit, on a monthly basis, updated schedules as specified. Submit final schedule update as specified.
C. Submit revised schedules and time impact analyses as specified.
1.5 NETWORK DETAILS AND GRAPHICAL OUTPUT
A. Produce a clear, legible, and accurate calendar based, time scaled, graphical network diagram.
Group activities related to the same physical areas of the WORK. Produce the network diagram based upon the early start of all activities.
B. Include for each activity, the description, activity number, estimated duration in calendar days, total float, and all activity relationship lines.
C. Illustrate order and interdependence of activities and sequence in which WORK is planned to be accomplished. Incorporate the basic concept of the precedence diagram network method to show how the start of one activity is dependent upon the start or completion of preceding activities and its completion restrict the start of following activities.
D. Indicate the critical path for the project.
E. Identify system shutdown dates, system tie-in dates, specified interim completion or milestone dates and contract completion date as milestones.
F. Include, in addition to Construction Activities:
1. Submission dates and review periods for major equipment submittals.
2. Any activity by the OWNER that may affect progress or required completion dates.
3. Equipment and long-lead material deliveries over eight (8) weeks.
4. Approvals required by regulatory agencies or other third parties.
1.6 SCHEDULE OF SHOP DRAWING AND SAMPLE SUBMITTALS
A. After the Schedule has been submitted and accepted by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall print out, submit list of all shop drawings and sample submittals for all WORK using early start dates. This listing will contain all submittals required for the entire WORK including those listed above.
1.7 UPDATING THE SCHEDULE
A. Update the schedule on a monthly basis, using the first of each month as a data date.
B. Should monthly Schedule Update show project completion later than current Contract completion date, CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit a plan to show how the project will get back on schedule.
238
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 3
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
1.8 REVISIONS TO SCHEDULE
A. Submit revised schedule within five (5) calendar days:
1. When delay in completion of any activity or group of activities indicates an overrun of the Contract time or milestone dates by 20 working days or 5% of the remaining duration, whichever is less.
2. When delays in submittals, deliveries or work stoppages are encountered making necessary the re-planning or rescheduling of activities.
3. When the schedule does not represent the actual progress of activities.
4. When any change to the sequence of activities, the completion date for major Portions of the work or when changes occur which affect the critical path.
5. When Contract modification necessitates schedule revision, submit schedule analysis of change order work with cost proposal.
B. Submit revised schedule and materials as specified under Article, "Submittal of Progress Schedule."
C. Make revisions on most recently accepted version of schedule.
D. Schedule Revisions shall not be prepared or submitted with Schedule Updates. They shall be separate submittals and shall be noted as Schedule Revisions.
E. Only upon acceptance of a revision by the OWNER shall it be reflected in the next monthly Schedule Update.
F. Schedule Revisions submitted for the purpose of mitigating a CONTRACTOR caused project delay (Recovery Schedule) shall not be implemented until the OWNER reviews and accepts the Schedule Revision.
1.9 ADJUSTMENT OF CONTRACT TIMES
A. If the CONTRACTOR believes that the OWNER has impacted its work, such that the project completion date will be delayed, the CONTRACTOR must submit proof demonstrating the delay to the critical path. This proof, in the form of a Time Impact Analysis, may entitle the CONTRACTOR to an adjustment of contract time.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 3200
239
PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01 3233 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 01 3233 – PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. CONTRACTOR is responsible for the preparation, submittal, and maintenance of digital construction progress photos.
B. Construction photographs provided by CONTRACTOR shall be in the form of digital files.
C. Related Sections:
1. Section 01 3119 – Project Meetings
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Images must be created using only digital photographic equipment. Camera should be capable of utilizing a moderate wide-angle lens system and have electronic flash capable of properly illuminating a large interior space. The digital camera must have a sensor capacity of at least 6.1 megapixels and produce original uncompressed JPEG format image files that open to display at dimensions which exceed 20x30 inches, at a minimum of 72 dpi (1500 x 2200 pixel) resolution.
The camera shall automatically imprint the date and time the photo is taken into one corner of the image. Digital images shall be saved in JPEG format and properly labeled.
B. Digital copies shall be provided for OWNER and ENGINEER by CONTRACTOR at each weekly progress meeting.
C. Saved images shall include detailed photograph description along with month, day, and year and separated by Work type.
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 3233
240
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 01 3300 – SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Shop Drawing, Descriptive Literature, Project Data, and Samples (specifically, when Samples are requested) for all manufactured or fabricated items shall be Submitted by the CONTRACTOR.
CONTRACTOR shall examine and review the Submittal to ensure that the information is in the form and in the manner required by the ENGINEER. The review of the Submittal by the ENGINEER shall not be construed as a complete check or approval, but will only indicate that the general method of construction and detailing is satisfactory. Review of such Submittal will not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for any errors, which may exist. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the dimensions and design of adequate connections, details and satisfactory of all WORK.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. The term "Submittals" shall mean shop drawings, manufacturer's drawings, catalog sheets, brochures, descriptive literature, diagrams, schedules, calculations, material lists, performance charts, test reports, office and field samples and items of similar nature, which are normally Submitted for the ENGINEER’s review for conformance with the Design Concept and compliance with the Contract Documents.
1.3 GENERAL CONDITIONS
A. Review by the ENGINEER of shop drawings or submittals of material and equipment shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from the responsibilities of furnishing proper dimension, size, quantity, materials, and all performance characteristics to, efficiently perform the Requirements and intent of the Contract Documents. Review shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR responsibility for errors of any kind on the shop drawings. Review is intended only to assure conformance with the design concept of the Project and compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. Review of shop drawings shall not be construed as releasing the CONTRACTOR from the responsibility of complying with the Contract Documents.
B. Do not consider Submittals as Contract Documents. Purpose of Submittals is to demonstrate how CONTRACTOR intends to conform to the design concepts.
1.4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SUBMITTALS
A. Shop drawings shall be prepared by a qualified detailer. Details shall be identified by reference to sheet and detail numbers shown on Contract Documents. Where applicable, show fabrication, layout, setting and erection details. Shop drawings are defined as original drawings prepared by the CONTRACTOR, subcontractor, suppliers, or distributors performing WORK under this Contract.
Shop drawings illustrate some portion of the WORK and show fabrication, layout, setting or erection details of equipment, materials, and components. Shop drawings shall be folded to an approximate size of 8½-inch x 11-inch and in such manner that the title block will be located in the lower right-hand corner of the exposed surface.
B. Project data shall include manufacturer's standard schematic drawings modified to delete information, which is not applicable to the Project and shall be supplemented to provide additional information applicable to the Project. Each copy of descriptive literature shall be clearly marked to identify pertinent information as it applies to the Project.
C. Where samples are required, they shall be adequate to illustrate materials, equipment, or workmanship and to establish Standards by which completed WORK is judged. Provide sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate functional characteristics of product and material, with integrally related parts and attachment devices, along with a full range of color samples.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall review and check Submittals, indicating his review by initials and date. 241
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 2
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
E. If the Submittals deviate from the Contract Drawings and/or Specifications, the CONTRACTOR shall clearly identify the deviation and state any reasons for the deviation. The ENGINEER may approve a change. Any costs resulting from a change will be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.
F. Additional information on particular items, such as special drawings, schedules, calculations, performance curves and material details, shall be provided when specifically requested by the Technical Specifications.
G. Submittals for all electrically operated items (including instrumentation and controls) shall include complete wiring diagrams showing lead, runs, number of wires, wire size, color coding, all terminations and connections and coordination with related equipment.
H. Equipment shop drawings shall indicate all factory or shop paint coatings applied by suppliers, manufacturers, and fabricators; the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for insuring the compatibility of such coatings with the field applied paint products and systems.
I. Fastener Specifications of manufacturer shall be indicated on equipment shop drawings.
J. No material shall be fabricated or shipped unless the applicable drawings or Submittals have been reviewed and approved by the CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER.
K. All bulletins, brochures, instructions, parts lists, and warranties packaged with and accompanying materials and products delivered to and installed in the Project shall be saved and transmitted to the ENGINEER for safe keeping and preparations of the Operation &Maintenance Manuals.
L. One electronic of the Submittals (in pdf format) shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR to the ENGINEER.
1.5 SUBCONTRACTOR OR VENDOR RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Verify field measurements, field construction criteria, catalog numbers and similar data.
B. Coordinate each Submittal with requirements of Work and Contract Documents.
C. Submit two (2) hard copies and one electronic copy (in pdf format), excluding samples or markups, of the shop drawings to the CONTRACTOR for review and submission to the ENGINEER for review. Number of hard copies to the CONTRACTOR can be modified with CONTRACTOR’S approval.
1.6 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Submit complete listing of all required shop drawing submittals by Specification Section to the ENGINEER.
B. Submit shop drawings, product data, samples, and other pertinent information in sufficient detail to show compliance with specified requirements.
C. Check, verify and revise Submittals as necessary to bring them into conformance with Contract Documents and actual field conditions.
1. Determine and verify quantities, dimensions, specified design and performance criteria, materials, catalog numbers and similar data.
2. Coordinate Submittal with other Submittals and with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
3. Include a copy of the specific Specification Section with checkmarks to indicate conformance and “X’s” to indicate deviation or non-conformance of each subsection. Explanation of nonconformance or deviation will need to be attached, along with proposed change as required.
D. After completion of checking, verification and revising, stamp, sign and date Submittals indicating review and approval and submit to ENGINEER.
242
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 3
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
1. Stamp and signature indicate CONTRACTOR has satisfied shop drawing review responsibilities and constitutes written review of shop drawing with general conformance with the Contract Documents.
2. Shop drawings without CONTRACTOR written reviewed stamp and signature will be returned for resubmission.
E. Shop Drawings: Submit one electronic copy (in pdf format) to the ENGINEER. One (1) electronic copy will be returned with reviewer’s comments.
F. Product Data and Manufacturer’s Instructions: Submit one electronic copy (pdf format). Excise or cross out non-applicable information and clearly mark applicable information with citations to and terminology consistent with Contract Documents.
1. One (1) electronic copy will be returned with reviewer’s comments and stamp.
G. Samples: Submit two (2) samples labeled with reference to applicable Contract Documents. Label will be returned with reviewer’s selection when appropriate, comments and stamp. Samples will not be returned unless return is requested in writing and additional samples are submitted.
H. Assume risk expense and delays when proceeding with work related to required Submittals without review and acceptance.
I. Submittals in AutoCAD and PDF Format: Product Equipment Submittal shall also include the following:
1. Equipment Shop Drawings & Diagrams: Submit electronic AutoCAD (2008 or later) drawings of the actual process equipment to be installed for use by the ENGINEER.
2. Contractor using other software shall be required to provide to the ENGINEER conclusive evidence of 100% data transfer compatibility.
J. Deferred Submittals: Submit any and all requested deferred submittals as required by the Building Permit or local governing agency.
1.7 ENGINEER’S RESPONSIBILITY
A. ENGINEER’s review of shop drawings, samples or test procedures will be only for conformance with design concepts and for compliance with information given in Contract Documents.
1. ENGINEER’s review does not extend to:
a. Accuracy of dimensions, quantities or performance of equipment and systems designed by CONTRACTOR, subcontractor, or Vendor.
b. CONTRACTOR or subcontractor means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures, except when specified, indicated on the Drawings, or required by Contract Documents.
c. Safety precautions or programs related to safety, which shall remain the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR and the subcontractor.
B. Except as may be provided in subsequent Specification, a submittal will be returned within 10 working days. The submit review period is based on a maximum volume of 5 submittals. When Submittal cannot be returned within that period, ENGINEER will, within a reasonable time after receipt of the Submittals, give notice of the date by which that submittal will be returned.
C. For Submittals returned No Exceptions Taken – Submittal is considered in conformance with the design concept.
D. For Submittals returned Accepted with Correction Noted – Make Correction Noted/See all Comments, CONTRACTOR shall incorporate all review comments into the work, but resubmittal of an amended Submittal is not required.
E. For Submittals returned Submit Specific Item – CONTRACTOR shall develop a new Submittal package with materials, equipment, methods, etc. that meet the requirements of the Contract Documents for that specific item.
243
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 4
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
F. For Submittals returned Revised and Resubmit – Make Corrections Note/See All Comments, CONTRACTOR shall incorporate the review comments into a complete revised package and resubmit it for review.
G. For Submittals returned Rejected – See All Comments, CONTRACTOR shall develop a new Submittal package with materials, equipment, methods, etc. that meet the requirements of the Contract Documents.
H. For Submittals returned Submittal Not Reviewed, Filed for Record, no further action is required by the CONTRACTOR for this Submittal.
I. ENGINEER will be entitled to rely upon the accuracy or completeness of designs, calculations or certification made by licensed professionals accompanying a particular Submittal whether or not a stamp or seal is required by Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations.
J. Costs incurred by the ENGINEER, as a result, of additional reviews of a particular Submittal after the second time it has been reviewed shall be borne by CONTRACTOR. Reimbursement to ENGINEER will be made by issuance of a Change Order.
1.8 MINOR OR INCIDENTAL PRODUCTS AND EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES A. Shop Drawings of minor or incidental fabricated products will not be required, unless requested.
B. Submit tabulated lists of minor or incidental products showing the names of the manufactures and catalog numbers, with Product Data and Samples, as required to, determine acceptability.
1.9 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMAITON OR RECORD ONLY
A. Submit one electronic copy of each. None will be returned.
B. Mill Test Reports:
1. Submit three (3) certified copies of factory and mill test reports for record only and one (1) electronic copy. No copies will be returned.
2. Do not incorporate Products in the work, which have not passed testing and inspection satisfactorily.
3. Pay for mill and factory tests.
C. Reinforcing Steel:
1. Submit reinforcing steel fabrication and setting drawings for information or record only. No copies will be returned.
2. Note deviations and variations as specified for shop drawings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 3300
244
HEALTH, SAFETY, AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES 01 3529-1 B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 01 3529 – HEALTH, SAFETY, AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Development and maintenance of a Construction Safety Plan.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. OSHA.
1.3 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY PLAN
A. Detail the Methods and Procedures to comply with Federal, State, and Local Health and Safety Laws, Rules and Requirements for the duration of the Contract Times. Include the following:
1. Identification of the Certified or Licensed Safety Consultant who will prepare, initiate, maintain and supervise safety programs, and procedures.
2. Procedures for providing workers with an awareness of safety and health hazards expected to be encountered in the course of construction.
3. Safety equipment appropriate to the safety and health hazards expected to be encountered during construction. Include warning devices, barricades, safety equipment in public rightof-way and protected areas, and safety equipment used in multi-level structures.
4. Methods for minimizing employees' exposure to safety and health hazards expected during construction.
5. Procedures for reporting safety or health hazards.
6. Procedures to follow to correct a recognized safety and health hazard.
7. Procedures for investigation of accidents, injuries, illnesses and unusual events that have occurred at the construction site.
8. Periodic and scheduled inspections of general work areas and specific work stations.
9. Training for employees and workers at the jobsite.
10. Methods of communication of safe working conditions, work practices and required personal protection equipment.
B. Assume responsibility for every aspect of Health and Safety on the jobsite, including the health and safety of Subcontractors, suppliers, and other persons on the jobsite.
1. Forward available information and reports to the Safety Consultant who shall make the necessary recommendations concerning worker health and safety at the jobsite.
2. Employ additional health and safety measures specified by the Safety Consultant, as necessary, for workers in accordance with OSHA guidelines.
C. Transmit to OWNER and ENGINEER copies of reports and other documents related to accidents or injuries encountered during construction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 3529
245
SECURITY PROCEDURES 01 3553 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 01 3553 - SECURITY PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Security measures including formal security program, entry control, personnel identification, guard service, and miscellaneous restrictions.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 1100 – Summary of Work: use of premises and occupancy.
B. Section 01 5100 – Temporary Utilities
1.3 SECURITY PROGRAM
A. Protect Work, existing premises and Owner's operations from theft, vandalism, and unauthorized entry.
B. Initiate program in coordination with Owner's existing security system at project mobilization.
C. Maintain program throughout construction period until directed by Engineer.
1.4 ENTRY CONTROL
A. Restrict entrance of persons and vehicles into Project site and existing facilities.
B. Allow entrance only to authorized persons with proper identification.
C. Maintain log of workers and visitors, make available to Owner on request.
D. Owner will control entrance of persons and vehicles related to Owner's operations.
E. Contractor shall control entrance of persons and vehicles related to Owner's operations.
F. Coordinate access of Owner's personnel to site in coordination with Owner's security forces.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 3553
246
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 01 4100 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 01 4100 – REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL
A. Throughout the Contract Documents, reference is made to Codes and Standards which establish qualities and types of workmanship and materials and which establish methods for testing and reporting on the pertinent characteristics.
B. Work Included: Where materials or workmanship are required by these Contract Documents to meet or exceed the specifically named Code or Standard, it is the Contractor's responsibility to provide materials and workmanship which meet or exceed the specifically named Code or Standard.
C. Related Work: Specific naming of the Codes or Standards occurs on the Drawings and in other Sections of these Specifications.
D. Quality Control: It is the Contractor's responsibility to verify the requirements of the specifically named Codes and Standards to verify that the items produced for this WORK meet or exceed the specified requirements.
E. The Engineer reserves the right to reject items incorporated into the WORK which fail to meet the specified minimum requirements or accept non-complying items subject to an adjustment in the Contract amount approved by the Engineer and the Owner.
F. Governing authorities have been contacted where necessary to obtain information needed for the preparation of Contract Documents. It is the Intention of the Contract Documents to comply with all applicable laws, statues, building codes, and regulations.
G. Codes referenced for the preparation of these Contract Documents include, but are not necessarily limited to the latest edition of the following:
1. The Americans with Disabilities Act
2. California State Law
3. ANSI A117.1
4. International Building Code
5. International Energy Conservation Code
6. International Fire Code
7. International Mechanical Code
8. International Plumbing Code
9. Life Safety Code, NFPA 101
10. National Electrical Code
11. National Fire Protection Codes
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 4100
247
ABBREVIATIONS OF INSTITUTIONS 01 4210 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 01 4210 – ABBREVIATIONS OF INSTITUTIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL
A. Wherever in these Specifications, references are made to the Standards, Specifications, or other Published Data of the various International, National, Regional, or Local Organizations, such organizations may be referred to by their acronym or abbreviation only. As a guide, to the User of these Specifications the following acronyms or abbreviations, which may appear in these Specifications, shall have the meanings indicated herein.
1.2 ABBREVIATIONS
AA Aluminum Association
AAMA Architectural Aluminum Manufacturer's Association
AAR Association of American Railroads
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists ACI American Concrete Institute
AFBMA Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturer's Association, Inc.
AFPA American Forest Products Association
AGA American Gas Association
AGMA American Gear Manufacturers Association
AHA American Hardboard Association
AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers
AI The Asphalt Institute
AIA American Institute of Architects
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute
AITC American Institute of Timber Construction
AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association
ANS American Nuclear Society
ANSI American National Standards Institute, Inc.
APA American Plywood Association or American Parquet Association, Inc.
API American Petroleum Institute
APWA American Public Works Association
ARI Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute
ASA Acoustical Society of America
ASAE American Society of Agricultural Engineers
ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers ASLE American Society of Lubricating Engineers
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASNT American Society of Nondestructive Testing
248
ABBREVIATIONS OF INSTITUTIONS 01 4210 - 2
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
ASQC American Society for Quality Control
ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineers
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
AWCI American Wire Cloth Institute
AWPA American Wood Preservers Association
AWPI American Wood Preservers Institute
AWS American Welding Society
AWWA American Water Works Association
BBC Basic Building Code, Building Officials and Code Administrators International BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturer's Association
CABO Council of American Building Officials
CBM Certified Ballast Manufacturers
CDA Copper Development Association
CEMA Conveyors Equipment Manufacturer's Association
CGA Compressed Gas Association
CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturer's Institute
CMA Concrete Masonry Association
CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
DCDMA Diamond Core Drill Manufacturer's Association
DHI Door and Hardware Institute
DIPRA Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association
EIA Electronic Industries Association
ETL Electrical Test Laboratories
EPA Environmental Protection Agency
FCC Federal Communications Commission
FCI Fluid Controls Institute
FM Factory Mutual System
FPL Forest Products Laboratory
HI Hydronics Institute
HPMA Hardwood Plywood Manufacturers Association
IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials ICBO International Conference of Building Officials
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
IES Illuminating Engineering Society
IME Institute of Makers of Explosives
IP Institute of Petroleum (London)
IPC Institute of Printed Circuits
IPCEA Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association
ISDI Insulated Steel Door Systems Institute
ISA Instrument Society of America
ISEA Industrial Safety Equipment Association
249
ABBREVIATIONS OF INSTITUTIONS 01 4210 - 3
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
ISO International Organization for Standardization
ITE Institute of Traffic Engineers
MBMA Metal Building Manufacturer's Association
MIL Military Standards (DoD)
MPTA Mechanical Power Transmission Association
MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society
MTI Marine Testing Institute
NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturer's NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers
NAGDM National Association of Garage Door Manufacturers NB National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors (alternate NBBPVI) NBS National Bureau of Standards (Now NIST)
NCCLS National Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards NEC National Electrical Code
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association
NETA International Electrical Testing Association
NFPA National Fire Protection Association or National Fluid Power Association or National Forest Products Association
NISO National Information Standards Organization
NLGI National Lubricating Grease Institute
NMA National Microfilm Association
NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association
NSF National Sanitation Foundation
NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturers Association
NWWDA National Wood Window and Door Association
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration
PCA Portland Cement Association
PPI Plastics Pipe Institute
RCRA Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
RIS Redwood Inspection Service
RMA Rubber Manufacturers Association
RVIA Recreational Vehicle Industry Association
RWMA Resistance Welder Manufacturer's Association
SAE Society of Automotive Engineers
SAMA Scientific Apparatus Makers Association
SDI Steel Door Institute
SMA Screen Manufacturers Association
SMACCMA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association SPI Society of the Plastics Industry, Inc.
SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau
SPR Simplified Practice Recommendation
250
ABBREVIATIONS OF INSTITUTIONS 01 4210 - 4
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SSA Swedish Standards Association
SBC Southern Standard Building Code, Southern Building Code Congress SSPC Society for Protective Coating
SSPWC Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction TAPPI Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry TFI The Fertilizer Institute
TIA Telecommunications Industries Association
TPI Truss Plate Institute
UBC Uniform Building Code
UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau
WCRSI Western Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
WEF Water Environment Federation
WIC Woodwork Institute of California
WRI Wire Reinforcement Institute, Inc.
WPA Western Wood Products Association
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 4210
251
REFERENCE STANDARDS 01 4219 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 01 4219 – REFERENCE STANDARDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL
A. Titles of Sections and Paragraphs: Titles and Subtitles accompanying Specification Sections and paragraphs are for convenience and Reference only and do not form a part of the Specifications.
B. Applicable Publications: Whenever in these Specifications References are made to Published Specifications, Codes, Standards or other Requirements, it shall be understood that wherever no date is specified, only the latest Specifications, Standards or Requirements of the respective issuing agencies, which have been published as of the date that the Contract shall apply; except to the extent that said Standards or Requirements may be in conflict with applicable Laws, Ordinances or Governing Codes. No Requirements set forth in the Specifications or shown on the Drawings will be waived because of any provision of, or omission from, said Standards or Requirements.
C. Specialists, Assignments: In certain instances, Specification text requires (or implies) that specific WORK is to be assigned to specialists or expert entities, who must be engaged for the performance of that WORK. Such assignments shall be recognized as Special Requirements. These Requirements shall not be interpreted so as to conflict with the enforcement of Building Codes and similar Regulations Governing the WORK; also, they are not intended to interfere with Local Union Jurisdiction Settlements and similar conventions. Such assignments are intended to establish which party or entity involved in a specific unit of work is recognized as "Expert" for the indicated construction processes or operations. Nevertheless, the final responsibility for fulfillment of the entire set of Contract Requirements remains.
1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Construct the WORK in accordance with the Contract Documents and the referenced portions of those Referenced Codes, Standards and Specifications.
B. Verify the following references agree with the plans and local requirements - References herein to "Building Code" shall mean International Building Code (IBC) 2021. Similarly, references to "Mechanical Code" or "International Mechanical Code," "Plumbing Code" or "Uniform Plumbing Code," "Fire Code" or "International Fire Code," shall mean International Mechanical Code (IMC) 2021, Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC) 2021 and International Fire Code (IFC) 2021. "Electric Code" or "National Electric Code (NEC)" shall mean the National Electric Code of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 2021. The latest edition of the codes as approved by the Municipal Code and used by the local agency as of the date that the WORK is advertised for bids, as adopted by the agency having jurisdiction, shall apply to the WORK herein, including all Addenda, Modifications, Amendments, or other Lawful changes thereto.
C. In case of conflict between Codes, Reference Standards, Drawings and the other Contract Documents, the most stringent Requirements shall govern. All conflicts shall be brought to the attention of the ENGINEER for clarification and directions prior to ordering or providing any materials or furnishing labor through the RFI process. The most stringent Requirements may be bid on.
D. References herein to "OSHA Regulations for Construction" shall mean Title 29, Part 1926, Construction Safety and Health Regulations, Code of Federal Regulations (OSHA), including all changes and amendments thereto.
E. References herein to "OSHA Standards" shall mean Title 29, Part 1910, Occupational Safety and Health Standards (OSHA), Code of Federal Regulations, including all changes and Amendments thereto.
F. Applicable Standard Specifications: References in the Contract Documents to "Standard Specifications" or SSPWC shall mean the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. 252
REFERENCE STANDARDS 01 4219 - 2
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
1.3 REGULATIONS RELATED TO HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
A. Responsibility for all work included in the Contract Documents, regardless if shown or not, shall comply with all EPA, OSHA, RCRA, NFPA, and any other Federal, State, and Local Regulations governing the storage and conveyance of hazardous materials, including petroleum products.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 4219
253
MANUFACTURER’S FIELD SERVICES 01 4333 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 01 4333 – MANUFACTURER’S FIELD SERVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. Equipment pre-purchased by the City DOES NOT INCLUDE the cost coordination and/or actual field services for manufacturer’s inspections and verification of proper field installation nor field services of the manufacture for start-up, commissioning or adjustments, which are required to be performed. The CONTRACTOR shall pay for, coordinate and manage performance of these services as part of performing the Work on this Project.
B. General: Provide a qualified service representative from each equipment company manufacturing or supplying equipment to perform the duties herein described and as required by the various sections of the Specifications. All costs to perform these services shall be included in the supplier’s proposal in accordance with the scope of work.
C. Supervision of Installation: The supplier shall provide direct and/or indirect supervision of the workers and CONTRACTOR, in accordance with the scope of work, to ensure that proper procedures are followed during equipment installation.
1.2 EQUIPMENT CHECK OUT:
A. After installation of the equipment has been completed and the equipment is presumably ready for operation but before it is operated by others, the representative shall inspect, operate, test and adjust the equipment. The inspection shall include but shall not be limited to, the following points as applicable:
1. Soundness (without cracked or otherwise damaged parts)
2. Completeness in all details as specified
3. Correctness of setting, alignment and relative arrangement of various parts
4. Adequacy and correctness of packing, sealing and lubricants
5. Completeness in electrical and controls
6. The operation, testing and adjustment shall be as required to prove that the equipment has been installed properly and is capable of satisfactory operation under the conditions specified. On completion of his WORK, the CONTRACTOR, manufacturer or supplier's representatives shall submit a complete signed report of the result of his inspection, operation, adjustments and tests. The report shall include descriptions of the points inspected, tests and adjustments made, quantitative results obtained if such are specified and suggestions for precautions to be taken to ensure proper maintenance. The report also shall include a certificate that the equipment conforms to the requirements of the Contract Documents and is ready for permanent operation and that nothing in the installation will render the manufacturer's warranty null and void.
B. Field Tests: As required by the individual specification sections, the manufacturer's representative shall be present when the field tests are made.
C. Operator Training: As required by the individual specification sections, the manufacturer’s representative shall provide hands-on training to maintenance personnel in the proper operation and maintenance of the equipment prior to placing the equipment in full operation.
D. Post-startup Services: As required by the individual specification sections, the manufacturer’s representative shall provide services beyond the startup of the equipment. Services may include assistance in the calibration, tuning and troubleshooting, plus any additional training, which may be required during the agreed time after the equipment, is accepted.
E. The CONTRACTOR shall be the supplier for items not specifically included in the supplier’s scope of work.
254
MANUFACTURER’S FIELD SERVICES 01 4333 - 2
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
END OF SECTION 01 4333
255
QUALITY CONTROL 01 4500 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 01 4500 – QUALITY CONTROL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The Specific Quality Control Requirements for the WORK are indicated throughout the Contract Documents. The Requirements of this Section are primarily related to performance of the WORK beyond furnishing of manufactured products. The term "Quality Control" includes pre-activity inspection, follow up meetings, sampling and testing, and associated requirements.
1.2 INSPECTION AT PLACE OF MANUFACTURE
A. Unless otherwise indicated, all products, materials, and equipment shall be subject to inspection by the ENGINEER at the place of manufacture.
B. Unless noted otherwise, the presence of the ENGINEER at the place of manufacturer is not required; however, this shall not relieve responsibility for providing products, materials and equipment that comply with all requirements of the Contract Documents.
1.3 SAMPLING AND TESTING
A. Unless otherwise indicated, all sampling and testing will be in accordance with the methods prescribed in the current standards of the ASTM, as applicable to the class and nature of the article or materials considered.
1.4 INSPECTION AND TESTING SERVICE
A. Independent inspection and testing laboratory service shall comply with the following:
1. Unless noted otherwise by the Specifications, an independent firm will be appointed and employed by the OWNER to perform special inspection and soils and concrete testing.
2. Perform inspections, testing and other services as required.
3. Submit Reports of Testing to the ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR, and OWNER indicating observations, results of the tests, and indicating compliance or non-compliance with Contract Documents.
4. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER 48 hours prior to the expected time for operations requiring inspection and laboratory testing services is required.
5. The same independent firm on instructions shall perform retesting required because of nonconformance to requirements.
6. For tests and samples required, arrangements shall be made with an independent firm for payment and scheduling of testing. Responsibility shall be taken for the cost of sampling and testing.
7. Provide an overall report on inspection and test results for project closeout.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Inspection: Inspect materials or equipment upon arrival on the job site, prior to installation and reject damaged and defective items.
B. Measurements: Verify measurements and dimensions of the WORK, as an integral step of starting each installation.
C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Where installations include manufactured products, compliance with manufacturer's applicable instructions and recommendations for installation, to whatever extent these are more explicit or more stringent than applicable requirements indicated in Contract Documents is required.
END OF SECTION 01 4500
256
TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01 5100 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 01 5100 – TEMPORARY UTILITIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The Temporary Utilities services available for the construction of the facility improvements as well as the associated responsibility are defined here in.
1.2 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Scheduled Uses: In conjunction with establishment of Job Progress Schedule, establish a Schedule for implementation and termination of service for each temporary utility at the earliest feasible time and change over from use of temporary utility service to permanent service.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Provide new or used materials and equipment, which are in substantially undamaged condition and without significant deterioration and which are recognized in the construction industry, by compliance with appropriate standards, as being suitable for intended use in each case. The Utility Company provides a portion of temporary utility, the remaining portion with compatible materials and equipment, shall be provided and comply with recommendations of the Utility Company.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION OF TEMPORARY UTILITY SERVICES
A. General: Wherever feasible, engage the Utility Company for installation of temporary services to the project, or at a minimum, to make a connection to the existing utility service. Locate services that will not interfere with Total Project Construction WORK; including installation of permanent utility services; maintain temporary services as installed for required period of use and relocate, modify or extend as necessary from time to time during that period as required to accommodate total project construction WORK.
B. Approval of Electrical Connections: Temporary connections for electricity shall be subject to approval of the OWNER and the power company representative and shall be removed in like manner, prior to final acceptance of the WORK. Electrical power is available on site for the construction of this facility and will be furnished by the OWNER. Any and all CONTRACTOR required services, connection, hookup and removals are the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.
The CONTRACTOR must submit a plan to the OWNER for review of the desired electrical connections prior to making any connections. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for coordinating the connections with the OWNER/ENGINEER prior to making any connection. Any disruption to the existing treatment facility due to the Contractor electrical connections or usage will be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.
C. Separation of Circuits: Unless otherwise permitted by the CONTRACTOR, circuits used for power purposes shall be separate from lighting circuits.
D. Construction Wiring: Wiring for temporary electric light and power shall be properly installed and maintained and shall be securely fastened in place. Electrical facilities shall conform to the requirements of Subpart K of the OSHA Safety and Health Standards for Construction.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
A. Power: Provide power required for its operations under the Contract, and shall provide and maintain all temporary power lines required to perform the WORK in a safe and satisfactory manner. 257
TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01 5100 - 2
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
3.3 INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING
A. Construction Lighting: WORK conducted under conditions of deficient daylight shall be suitably lighted to insure proper WORK and to afford adequate facilities for inspection and safe working conditions.
B. Temporary Lighting: Provide a general, weatherproof, grounded temporary lighting system suitable to perform the WORK where needed.
3.4 WATER SUPPLY
A. Water is available on site for the construction of this facility and will be furnished by the OWNER.
B. General: The CONTRACTOR will be required to coordinate with the OWNER before making any water connections. The CONTRACTOR must submit a plan to the OWNER for review of the desired water connections prior to making any connections. For each such connection made, first attach to the pipeline a valve, and backflow preventer as required by the OWNER. The Contractor is responsible for installation and removal of all facilities necessary to convey the water from the source to the points of usage.
C. Bottled Water: The CONTRACTOR is responsible for any and all bottled water brought to the site.
3.5 INSTALLATION OF SANITARY FACILITIES
A. Toilet Facilities: Fixed or portable chemical toilets shall be provided wherever needed for the use of employees. Toilets at construction job sites shall conform to the requirements of Subpart D, Section 1926.51 of the OSHA Standards for Construction.
3.6 INSTALLATION OF COMMUNICATIONS
A. Telephone Services: Provide and maintain at all times during the progress of the WORK not less than one telephone in good working order at its own field construction office at or near the Site.
Each such telephone shall be connected to an established exchange for toll service and with all other telephones utilized. Cell phones are an acceptable alternative to land lines.
3.7 OPERATIONS AND TERMINATIONS
A. Inspections: Prior to placing temporary utility services into use, Inspect and test each service and arrange for governing authorities' required inspection and tests, and obtain required certifications and permits for use thereof.
B. Protection: Maintain distinct markers for underground lines, and protect from damage during excavating operations.
C. Termination and Removal: When need for a temporary utility service or a substantial portion thereof has ended, or when its service has been replaced by use of permanent services, or not later than time of substantial completion, promptly remove installation unless requested to retain it for a longer period. Complete and restore WORK, which may have been delayed or affected by installation and use of temporary utility, including repairs to construction and grades and restoration and cleaning of exposed surfaces.
END OF SECTION 01 5100
258
TEMPORARY FENCING 01 5626 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 01 5626 – TEMPORARY FENCING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Contractor shall determine temporary fence type, layout, and location of gates. Construction and maintenance of temporary fencing shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR.
B. It is CONTRACTOR’s responsibility to determine the need to secure the yard/staging areas as well as any and all construction sites or activities within the Project. The OWNER will not be responsible in any manner for any missing, stolen, or damaged to any and all contractor property, yard, equipment or construction activity, this is the contractor’s responsibility.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures:
1. Shop drawings shall indicate the layout of temporary fencing, location and size of gates, existing pavement and roads, access to fire hydrants and hose connections, access to private property, and other site-specific conditions. The Plan shall be prepared after a site observation and verification of existing conditions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 TEMPORARY CHAIN LINK FENCING
A. Unless otherwise indicated, type of temporary chain link fencing shall be Contractor’s option.
Following types are acceptable:
1. New Materials or previously used salvage chain link fencing in good condition.
2. Posts: Galvanized steel pipe of diameter to provide rigidity. Post shall be inserted in precast concrete blocks.
3. Fabric: Woven galvanized steel wire mesh. Provide in continuous lengths to be wire tied to fence posts or prefabricated into modular pipe-framed fence panels.
B. Gates: Provide personnel and vehicle gates of the quantity and size required for functional access to site.
1. Fabricate of same material as used for fencing
2. Vehicle gates:
a. Minimum width: 20 feet to allow access for emergency vehicles b. Capable of manual operation by one person.
2.2 PLASTIC MESH FENCING
A. Where required to provide visual warning and control, provide plastic mesh fencing supported by steel posts driven into ground or set in precast concrete blocks B. Height: 36” Minimum
C. Color: Safety Orange
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 LAYOUT
A. Access: Provide gates for personnel, delivery of materials, and access by emergency vehicles. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure to maintain access to private property throughout construction. 259
TEMPORARY FENCING 01 5626 - 2
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Plastic mesh fencing: Space steel support posts to ensure mesh remains vertical and at proper height. Securely tie mesh to posts.
3.4 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL
A. Maintain fencing in good condition. If damaged, immediately repair.
B. Remove temporary fencing upon completion of Work or when no longer required for security or control. Backfill holes and compact. Holes in pavement shall be surfaced to match existing paving.
Repair damage caused by installation of temporary fencing.
END OF SECTION 01 5626
260
TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 01 5713 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 01 5713 – TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Prevention of erosion due to construction activities.
B. Prevention of sedimentation of waterways, open drainage ways, and storm and sanitary sewers due to construction activities.
C. Restoration of areas eroded due to insufficient preventive measures.
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 03 3000 – Cast-in-Place Concrete: Concrete for temporary and permanent erosion control structures indicated on drawings.
1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS: Most recently approved edition/revision of the following:
A. ASTM D4355 - Deterioration of Geotextiles by Exposure to Light, Moisture, and Heat in a Xenon Arc Type Apparatus
B. ASTM D4491 Water Permeability of Geotextiles by Permittivity C. ASTM D4533 - Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotextiles D. ASTM D4632 - Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles E. ASTM D4751 - Determining Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile F. ASTM D4873 - Identification, Storage, and Handling of Geosynthetic Rolls and Samples G. EPA (NPDES) - National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES), Construction General Permit; current edition.
H. FHWA FLP-94-005 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control; Federal Highway Administration
I. USDA TR-55 - Urban Hydrology for Small Watersheds; USDA Natural Resources Conservation Service
1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Perform all work and take all measures necessary to control soil erosion resulting from construction operations, to prevent the flow of sediment from the site, to contain construction materials (including excavation and backfill) within the protected working area, and to stabilize soil banks from erosion caused by stormwater flood zones so as to, prevent damage to the adjacent water courses and to the project site.
B. Do not employ any construction method that violates a rule, regulation, guideline, or procedure established by Federal, State, or local agencies having jurisdiction over the environmental effects of construction.
C. Pollutants such as chemicals, fuels, lubricants, bitumen, raw sewage, and other harmful waste shall not be discharged into or alongside of any body of water or into natural or man-made channels leading thereto.
D. Prepare and submit a Stormwater Prevention Plan to the ENGINEER for his records in accordance with AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION and with the plans as provided with in the Construction Documents. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for all aspects of this plan, its monitoring, maintaining of the reports and keeping a copy of documents on site as required by AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION.
261
TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 01 5713 - 2
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
E. Prepare and submit a monitoring program and reporting plan to the ENGINEER for his records in accordance with AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. Submit to the ENGINEER for his records on a monthly basis copies of the monitoring reports taken throughout the month.
F. Prepare and submit the Notice of Intent (NOI) as required by AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. Submit Copy of NOI to the ENGINEER for his records.
G. Comply with all requirements of U.S. Environmental Protection Agency for erosion and sedimentation control, as specified for the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES), Phases I and II, under requirements for the 2003 Construction General Permit (CGP), whether the project is required by law to comply or not.
H. Timing: Put preventive measures in place as soon as possible after disturbance of surface cover and before precipitation occurs.
I. Storm Water Runoff: Control increased storm water runoff due to disturbance of surface cover due to construction activities for this project.
1. Prevent runoff into storm and sanitary sewer systems, including open drainage channels, in excess of actual capacity or amount allowed by authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is less.
2. Anticipate runoff volume due to the most extreme short term and 24-hour rainfall events that might occur in 25 years.
J. Erosion on Site: Minimize wind, water, and vehicular erosion of soil on project site due to construction activities for this project.
1. Control movement of sediment and soil from temporary stockpiles of soil.
2. Prevent development of ruts due to equipment and vehicular traffic.
3. If erosion occurs due to non-compliance with these requirements, restore eroded areas at no cost to Owner.
K. Erosion Off Site: Prevent erosion of soil and deposition of sediment on other properties caused by water leaving the project site due to construction activities for this project.
1. Prevent windblown soil from leaving the project site.
2. Prevent tracking of mud onto public roads outside site.
3. Prevent mud and sediment from flowing onto sidewalks and pavements.
4. If erosion occurs due to non-compliance with these requirements, restore eroded areas at no cost to Owner.
L. Sedimentation of Waterways on Site: Prevent sedimentation of waterways on the project site, including rivers, streams, lakes, ponds, open drainage ways, storm sewers, and sanitary sewers.
1. If sedimentation occurs, install or correct preventive measures immediately at no cost to Owner; remove deposited sediments; comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
2. If sediment basins are used as temporary preventive measures, pump dry and remove deposited sediment after each storm.
M. Sedimentation of Waterways Off Site: Prevent sedimentation of waterways off the project site, including rivers, streams, lakes, ponds, open drainage ways, storm sewers, and sanitary sewers.
1. If sedimentation occurs, install or correct preventive measures immediately at no cost to Owner; remove deposited sediments; comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
N. Open Water: Prevent standing water that could become stagnant.
O. Maintenance: Maintain temporary preventive measures until permanent measures have been established.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures, for submittal procedures. 262
TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 01 5713 - 3
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
B. Stormwater Prevention Plan:
1. Submit not less than 30 days prior to anticipated start of clearing, grading, or other work involving disturbance of ground surface cover.
2. Include:
a. Site plan identifying soils and vegetation, existing erosion problems, and areas vulnerable to erosion due to topography, soils, vegetation, or drainage. b. Measurements of existing turbidity of waterways.
c. Site plan showing grading; new improvements; temporary roads, traffic accesses, and other temporary construction; and proposed preventive measures. d. Where extensive areas of soil will be disturbed, include storm water flow and volume calculations, soil loss predictions, and proposed preventive measures. e. Schedule of temporary preventive measures, in relation to ground disturbing activities. f. Other information required by law.
g. Format required by law is acceptable, provided any additional information specified is also included.
h. Obtain the approval of the Plan by authorities having jurisdiction. i. Obtain the approval of the Plan by Owner.
C. Certificate: Mill certificate for silt fence fabric attesting that fabric and factory seams comply with specified requirements, signed by legally authorized official of manufacturer; indicate actual minimum average roll values; identify fabric by roll identification numbers.
D. Inspection Reports: Submit report of each inspection; identify each preventive measure, indicate condition, and specify maintenance or repair required and accomplished.
E. Maintenance Instructions: Provide instructions covering inspection and maintenance for temporary measures that must remain after Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Mulch: Use one of the following:
1. Straw or hay
2. Wood waste, chips, or bark
3. Erosion control matting or netting
4. Cutback asphalt
5. Polyethylene film, where specifically indicated only B. Grass Seed for Temporary Cover: Select a species appropriate to climate, planting season, and intended purpose. If same area will later be planted with permanent vegetation, do not use species known to be excessively competitive or prone to volunteer in subsequent seasons.
C. Bales: Air dry, rectangular straw bales.
1. Cross-Section: 14 by 18 inches, minimum
2. Bindings: Wire or string, around long dimension
D. Bale Stakes: One of the following, minimum 3 feet long:
1. Steel U- or T-section, with minimum mass of 1.33 lb. per linear foot
2. Wood, 2 by 2 inches in cross-section
E. Silt Fence Fabric: Polypropylene geotextile resistant to common soil chemicals, mildew, and insects; non-biodegradable; in longest lengths possible; fabric including seams with the following minimum average roll lengths:
1. Average Opening Size: 30 U.S. Std. Sieve, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D4751.
2. Permittivity: 0.05 sec^-1, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D4491. 263
TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 01 5713 - 4
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
3. Ultraviolet Resistance: Retaining at least 70 percent of tensile strength, when tested in accordance with ASTM D4355 after 500 hours exposure.
4. Tensile Strength: 100 lb.-f, minimum, in cross-machine direction; 124 lb.-f, minimum, in machine direction; when tested in accordance with ASTM D4632.
5. Elongation: 15 to 30 percent, when tested in accordance with ASTM D4632.
6. Tear Strength: 55 lb.-f, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D4533.
7. Color: Manufacturer's standard, with embedment and fastener lines preprinted.
8. Manufacturers:
a. TenCate: www.tencate.com
b. North American Green: www.nagreen.com
c. Propex Geosynthetics: www.geotextile.com
F. Silt Fence Posts: One of the following, minimum 5 feet long:
1. Steel U- or T-section, with minimum mass of 1.33 lb. per linear foot
2. Softwood, 4 by 4 inches in cross section
3. Hardwood, 2 by 2 inches in cross section
4. Bank stabilization shall be durable UV resistant high performance turf reinforcement mats (HP TRMs). Tensile strength of 4000 lb./ft meets US EPA definition of a high performance TRM. Acceptable products are Pyramat or ENGINEER-approved equal.
G. Concrete: See Section 03 3000 – Cast-in-Place Concrete.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine site and identify existing features that contribute to erosion resistance; maintain such existing features to greatest extent possible.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Schedule work so that soil surfaces are left exposed for the minimum amount of time.
3.3 SCOPE OF PREVENTIVE MEASURES
A. In all cases, if permanent erosion resistant measures have been installed temporary preventive measures are not required.
B. Construction Entrances: Traffic-bearing aggregate surface.
1. Width: As required; 20 feet, minimum
2. Length: 50 feet, minimum
3. Provide at each construction entrance from public right-of-way.
4. Where necessary to prevent tracking of mud onto right-of-way, provide wheel washing area out of direct traffic lane, with drain into sediment trap or basin.
C. Linear Sediment Barriers: Made of silt fences.
1. Provide linear sediment barriers:
a. Along downhill perimeter edge of disturbed areas, including soil stockpiles b. Along the top of the slope or top bank of drainage channels and swales that traverse disturbed areas
c. Along the toe of cut slopes and fill slopes
d. Perpendicular to flow across the bottom of existing and new drainage channels and swales that traverse disturbed areas or carry runoff from disturbed areas; space at maximum of 200 feet apart.
e. Across the entrances to culverts that receive runoff from disturbed areas f. Space sediment barriers with the following maximum slope length upslope from barrier:
1) Slope of Less Than 2 Percent: 100 feet
264
TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 01 5713 - 5
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
2) Slope Between 2 and 5 Percent: 75 feet
3) Slope Between 5 and 10 Percent: 50 feet
4) Slope Between 10 and 20 Percent: 25 feet
5) Slope Over 20 Percent: 15 feet
D. Storm Drain Curb Inlet Sediment Trap: Protect each curb inlet using one of the following measures:
1. Filter fabric wrapped around hollow concrete blocks blocking entire inlet face area; use one piece of fabric wrapped at least 1-1/2 times around concrete blocks and secured to prevent dislodging; orient cores of blocks so runoff passes into inlet.
2. Straw bale row blocking entire inlet face area; anchor into pavement.
E. Storm Drain Drop Inlet Sediment Traps: As detailed on drawings.
F. Temporary Splash Pads: Stone aggregate over filter fabric; size to suit application; provide at downspout outlets and storm water outlets.
G. Soil Stockpiles: Protect using one of the following measures:
1. Cover with polyethylene film, secured by placing soil on outer edges.
2. Cover with mulch at least 4 inches thickness of pine needles, sawdust, bark, wood chips, or shredded leaves, or 6 inches of straw or hay.
H. Mulching: Use only for areas that may be subjected to erosion for less than 6 months.
1. Wood Waste: Use only on slopes 3:1 or flatter; no anchoring required.
2. Asphalt: Use only where no traffic, either vehicular or pedestrian, is anticipated.
I. Temporary Seeding: Use where temporary vegetated cover is required.
3.4 INSTALLATION
A. Traffic-Bearing Aggregate Surface:
1. Excavate minimum of 6 inches.
2. Place geotextile fabric full width and length, with minimum 12-inch overlap at joints.
3. Place and compact at least 6 inches of 1.5 to 3.5 inch diameter stone.
B. Silt Fences:
1. Store and handle fabric in accordance with ASTM D4873.
2. Where slope gradient is less than 3:1 or barriers will be in place less than 6 months, use nominal 16 inch high barriers with minimum 36-inch-long posts spaced at 6 feet maximum, with fabric embedded at least 4 inches in ground.
3. Where slope gradient is steeper than 3:1 or barriers will be in place over 6 months, use nominal 28-inch-high barriers, minimum 48-inch-long posts spaced at 6 feet maximum, with fabric embedded at least 6 inches in ground.
4. Where slope gradient is steeper than 3:1 and vertical height of slope between barriers is more than 20 feet, use nominal 32-inch-high barriers with woven wire reinforcement and steel posts spaced at 4 feet maximum, with fabric embedded at least 6 inches in ground.
5. Install with top of fabric at nominal height and embedment as specified.
6. Embed bottom of fabric in a trench on the upslope side of fence, with 2 inches of fabric laid flat on bottom of trench facing upslope; backfill trench and compact.
7. Do not splice fabric width; minimize splices in fabric length; splice at post only, overlapping at least 18 inches, with extra post.
8. Fasten fabric to wood posts using one of the following:
a. Four ¾-inch-diameter, 1-inch-long, 14-gauge nails.
b. Five 17-gauge staples with ¾-inch-wide crown and ½-inch legs. c. Fasten fabric to steel posts using wire, nylon cord, or integral pockets. d. Wherever runoff will flow around end of barrier or over the top, provide temporary splash pad or other outlet protection; at such outlets in the run of the barrier, make barrier not more than 12 inches high with post spacing not more than 4 feet. 265
TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 01 5713 - 6
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
C. Straw Bale Rows:
1. Install bales in continuous rows with ends butting tightly, with one bale at each end of row turned uphill.
2. Install bales so that bindings are not in contact with the ground.
3. Embed bales at least 4 inches in the ground.
4. Anchor bales with at least two stakes per bale, driven at least 18 inches into the ground; drive first stake in each bale toward the previously placed bale to force bales together.
5. Fill gaps between ends of bales with loose straw wedged tightly.
6. Place soil excavated for trench against bales on the upslope side of the row, compacted.
D. Mulching Over Large Areas:
1. Dry Straw and Hay: Apply 2-1/2 tons per acre; anchor using dull disc harrow or emulsified asphalt applied using same spraying machine at 100 gallons of water per ton of mulch.
2. Wood Waste: Apply 6 to 9 tons per acre.
3. Asphalt: Apply at 1200 gallons per acre.
4. Erosion Control Matting: Comply with manufacturer's instructions.
E. Mulching Over Small and Medium Areas:
1. Dry Straw and Hay: Apply 4 to 6 inches depth.
2. Wood Waste: Apply 2 to 3inches depth.
3. Pine Needles: Apply 2 to 3 inches depth.
4. Asphalt: Apply 1/4 gallon per square yard.
5. Erosion Control Matting: Comply with manufacturer's instructions.
F. Temporary Seeding:
1. When hydraulic seeder is used, seedbed preparation is not required.
2. When surface soil has been sealed by rainfall or consists of smooth undisturbed cut slopes, and conventional or manual seeding is to be used, prepare seedbed by scarifying sufficiently to allow seed to lodge and germinate.
3. If temporary mulching was used on planting area but not removed, apply nitrogen fertilizer at 1 pound per 1000 sq. ft.
4. On soils of very low fertility, apply 10-10-10 fertilizer at rate of 12 to 16 pounds per 1000 sq. ft.
5. Incorporate fertilizer into soil before seeding.
6. Apply seed uniformly; if using drill or cultipacker seeders place seed 1/2 to 1 inch deep.
7. Irrigate as required to thoroughly wet soil to depth that will ensure germination, without causing runoff or erosion.
8. Repeat irrigation as required until grass is established.
3.5 MAINTENANCE
A. Inspect preventive measures weekly, within 24 hours after the end of any storm that produces
0.5 inches or more rainfall at the project site, and daily during prolonged rainfall.
B. Repair deficiencies immediately.
C. Silt Fences:
1. Promptly replace fabric that deteriorates unless need for fence has passed.
2. Remove silt deposits that exceed one-third of the height of the fence.
3. Repair fences that are undercut by runoff or otherwise damaged, whether by runoff or other causes.
D. Straw Bale Rows:
1. Promptly replace bales that fall apart or otherwise deteriorate unless need has passed.
2. Remove silt deposits that exceed one-half of the height of the bales. 266
TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 01 5713 - 7
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
3. Repair bale rows that are undercut by runoff or otherwise damaged, whether by runoff or other causes.
E. Clean out temporary sediment control structures weekly and relocate soil on site.
F. Place sediment in appropriate locations on site; do not remove from site.
3.6 CLEAN UP
A. Remove temporary measures after permanent measures have been installed, unless permitted to remain by Engineer.
B. Clean out temporary sediment control structures that are to remain as permanent measures.
C. Where removal of temporary measures would leave exposed soil, shape surface to an acceptable grade and finish to match adjacent ground surfaces.
END OF SECTION 01 5713
267
TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS 01 5719 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 01 5719 – TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 EXPLOSIVES AND BLASTING
A. The use of explosives on the WORK will not be permitted.
1.2 RUBBISH CONTROL
A. During the progress of the WORK, the CONTRACTOR shall keep the Site and other areas used by it in a neat and clean condition, and free from any accumulation of rubbish. Dispose of all rubbish and waste materials of any nature occurring at the Site, and shall establish regular intervals of collection and disposal of such materials and waste. Keep its haul roads free from dirt, rubbish and unnecessary obstructions resulting from its operations. Disposal of all rubbish and surplus materials shall be off the Site in accordance with local codes and ordinances governing locations and methods of disposal, and in conformance with all applicable safety laws, and to the particular requirements of Part 1926 of the OSHA Safety and Health Standards for Construction.
1.3 SANITATION
A. Toilet Facilities: The CONTRACTOR shall provide fixed or portable chemical toilets wherever needed for the use of employees. Toilets at construction job sites shall conform to the requirements of Part 1926 of the OSHA Standards for Construction.
B. Sanitary and Other Organic Wastes: The CONTRACTOR shall establish a regular daily collection of all sanitary and organic wastes. All wastes and refuse from sanitary facilities provided or organic material wastes from any other source related to operations shall be disposed of away from the Site in accordance with all laws and regulations pertaining thereto.
1.4 CHEMICALS
A. All chemicals used or furnished by the CONTRACTOR for or during project construction, whether defoliant, soil sterilant, herbicide, pesticide, disinfectant, polymer, reactant or of other classification, shall show approval of either the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the U.S.
Department of Agriculture. Use of all such chemicals and disposal of residues shall be in strict accordance with the printed instructions of the manufacturer.
1.5 CULTURAL RESOURCES
A. Attention is directed to the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 (16 U.S.C. 470) and 36 CFR 800, which provides for the preservation of potential historical architectural, archaeological, or cultural resources (hereinafter called "cultural resources").
B. Conform to the applicable requirements of the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 as it relates to the preservation of cultural resources.
C. In the event potential cultural resources are discovered during subsurface excavations at the site of construction, the following procedures shall be instituted:
1. The CONTRACTOR shall issue a Field Order directive to cease all construction operations at the location of such potential cultural resources find.
2. Such Field Order shall be effective until such time as a qualified archaeologist can be called to assess the value of these potential cultural resources and make recommendations to the State Historic Preservation Office.
D. If the archaeologist determines that the potential find is a bona fide cultural resource, at the direction of the State Historic Preservation Office, work shall be suspended at the location of the find under the provisions for changes contained in the Contractual Agreement.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 5719
268
SITE WATERING FOR DUST CONTROL 01 5726 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 01 5726 – SITE WATERING FOR DUST CONTROL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DUST ABATEMENT
A. Preventative measures to limit the production of dust in amounts damaging to property, cultivated vegetation or domestic animals, or causing a nuisance to persons living in or occupying buildings in the vicinity shall be taken in to account. Responsibility for any damage resulting from dust originating from its operations shall be the CONTRACTOR’s. The dust abatement measures shall be maintained at all times during construction of the project, in accordance with the requirements of the AHJ.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. The CONTRACTOR shall take necessary measures to control any and all dust related to or as a result of construction activities under this Contract. The water necessary for the dust control operation will be Owner furnished, beyond that the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to provide whatever means necessary to accomplish the task of Dust Control. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any damage resulting from dust originating from construction activities under this Contract.
END OF SECTION 01 5726
269
PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 6200 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 01 6200 – PRODUCT OPTIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DEFINITIONS
A. The word "Products" as used in the Contract Documents is defined to include purchased items for incorporation into the WORK, regardless of whether specifically purchased for the project or taken from stock of previously purchased products. The word "Materials," is defined as products which must be substantially cut, shaped, worked, mixed, finished, refined or otherwise fabricated, processed, installed or applied to form WORK. The word "Equipment" is defined as products with operational parts, regardless of whether motorized or manually operated, and particularly including products with service connections (wiring, piping and other like items). Definitions in this paragraph are not intended to negate the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents, including "specialties," "systems," "structure," "finishes," "accessories," "furnishings," "special construction" and similar terms, which are self-explanatory and have recognized meanings in the construction industry.
B. Neither "Products" nor "Materials" nor "Equipment" includes machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the WORK.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: To the greatest extent possible for each unit of WORK, the CONTRACTOR shall provide products, materials and equipment of a singular generic kind from a single source.
B. Compatibility of Options: Where more than one choice is available as options for selection of a product, material or equipment, select an option, which is compatible with other products, materials or equipment. Compatibility is a basic general requirement of product, material and equipment selections.
1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Deliver and store the product in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations and by methods and means that will prevent damage, deterioration and loss including theft. Delivery schedules shall be controlled to minimize long-term storage of products at the Site and overcrowding of construction spaces. In particular, ensure coordination to ensure minimum holding or storage times for flammable, hazardous, easily damaged or sensitive materials to deterioration, theft, and other sources of loss.
1.4 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
A. Products shall be transported by methods to avoid damage and shall be delivered in undamaged condition in manufacturer's unopened containers and packaging.
B. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products, materials and equipment by methods to prevent soiling and damage.
C. Provide additional protection during handling to prevent marring and otherwise damaging products, packaging, and surrounding surfaces.
1.5 STORAGE AND PROTECTION
A. Products shall be stored in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and with seals and labels intact and legible. Sensitive products shall be stored in weather-tight climate controlled enclosures and temperature and humidity ranges shall be maintained within tolerances required by manufacturer's recommendations.
B. For exterior storage of fabricated products, products shall be placed on sloped supports above ground. Products subject to deterioration shall be covered with impervious sheet covering and ventilation shall be provided to avoid condensation.
270
PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 6200 - 2
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
C. Loose granular materials shall be stored on solid flat surfaces in a well-drained area and shall be prevented from mixing with foreign matter.
D. Storage shall be arranged to provide access for inspection. Periodically inspect to assure products are undamaged and are maintained under required conditions.
E. Storage shall be arranged in a manner to provide access for maintenance of stored items and for inspection.
1.6 MAINTENANCE OF PRODUCTS IN STORAGE
A. Stored products shall be periodically inspected on a scheduled basis.
B. Comply with manufacturer's product storage requirements and recommendations.
C. Maintain manufacturer-required environmental conditions continuously.
D. Ensure that surfaces of products exposed to the elements are not adversely affected and that weathering of finishes does not occur.
E. For mechanical and electrical equipment, provide a copy of the manufacturer's service instructions with each item and the exterior of the package shall contain notice that instructions are included.
F. Products shall be serviced on a regularly scheduled basis, and a log of services shall be maintained and submitted as a record document prior to final acceptance by the ENGINEER in accordance with the Contract Documents.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 6200
271
MOBILIZATION 01 7113 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 01 7113 – MOBILIZATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. Mobilization shall include verification by the CONTRACTOR that all permits have been obtained; moving onto the site of all plant and equipment; furnishing and erecting plants, temporary buildings and other construction facilities; and implementing security requirements; all as required for the proper performance and completion of the WORK. Mobilization shall include the following principal items:
1. Moving onto the site all materials and equipment required for first month operations
2. Installing temporary construction power, wiring and lighting facilities if applicable
3. Establishing a fire protection system as required.
4. Developing a construction water supply as required.
5. Providing field office trailers, complete with all specified furnishings and utility services (if available) including telephones, telephone appurtenances and copying machine
6. Providing all on-site communication facilities including telephones
7. Providing on-site sanitary facilities and potable water facilities
8. Arranging for and erection of work and storage yard. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for obtaining a laydown area sufficient for the Work.
9. Constructing and implementing security features and requirements complying with Section 01 3553 – Security Procedures.
10. Obtaining all required permits for the project.
11. Comply with all OSHA required notices and establish a safety program
12. Having the superintendent or authorized representatives at the job site as required for execution of the work
13. Provide and implement an on-site Construction SWPPP features and requirements complying with Section 01 5713 – Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control.
14. Provide and implement an on-site Dust Control Plan features and requirements complying with Section 01 5719 – Temporary Environmental Control.
15. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install a Project Identification Sign. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a Shop Drawing for review and approval by the OWNER. The sign shall be fabricated/painted by a professional experienced in the trade. The paint used shall resist weathering and fading for the scheduled construction project duration. Two, 4”x4”x8’ supports shall be supplied by the CONTRACTOR. The project identification sign shall be securely bolted to the supports and shall be installed and located as directed by the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR shall repair the sign structure and supports as necessary for the duration of the project. The sign and supports shall be maintained in a neat and clean condition. The CONTRACTOR shall remove and properly dispose of the sign upon completion of the project. Costs associated with supplying, erecting, and maintaining the project identification sign shall be considered incidental to the Contract and no separate payment will be allowed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 7113
272
FIELD ENGINEERING 01 7123 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 01 7123 – FIELD ENGINEERING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Field Engineering to Establish Lines and Grades for the WORK.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01 7700 – Closeout Procedures
1.2 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall verify all dimensions on the Drawings and shall report to the OWNER and ENGINEER any discrepancies before proceeding with related Work. The CONTRACTOR shall perform all survey and layout Work per the benchmark information on the Project Plans. All surveying Work must conform to the Professional Land Surveyors’ Act (Business and Professions Code Section 8700 et seq). All Project surveying notes, “cut-sheets”, and electronic files are to be provided to the OWNER after the completion of each surveying activity and all final surveying notes shall be provided before final payment.
B. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for hiring a Surveyor to set survey points to be used for reestablishments of disturbed monuments and submit Corner Records to the County Surveyor. A copy of the submitted Corner Records must be provided to the County prior to actual disturbance of the monuments. The CONTRACTOR shall also cause all disturbed survey monuments within the project work area to be re-established at the end of the project. This also includes filing Corner Records and Record of Survey with the County Surveyor within 7 days of substantial completion of the construction work and submitting a copy to the OWNER of the filed paperwork receipt within 2 days of submission. The CONTRACTOR is required to provide a copy of the County Surveyor’s acceptance within 2 days of receipt.
C. Construction stakes shall be set and stationed by the CONTRACTOR at its expense. Unless otherwise indicated, surveying costs shall be included in the price of items bid. No separate payment will be made. Re-staking and replacement of construction survey markers damaged as a result of the Work, vandalism, or accident shall be at the CONTRACTOR’s expense.
D. The Surveyor shall survey all underground utilities, valves, bends, joints, etc. prior to backfill.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Surveyor or Engineer: Registered Civil Engineer or Land Surveyor in the State where Project is located.
1.4 CONSTRUCTION STAKES, LINES, AND GRADES
A. Furnish and install construction stakes, lines, and grades in accordance with the Construction Documents.
1.5 Distances shall be measured on horizontal planes, except elevations and structural dimensions.
A. PERMANENT SURVEY MARKERS
B. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for hiring an independent surveyor to tie-out all monuments and log all valve and manhole locations within the project’s limits of work before construction work begins, providing the OWNER with a Monument Inventory List, and providing the OWNER proof of re-establishing of those monuments after work is done. The CONTRACTOR will:
273
FIELD ENGINEERING 01 7123 - 2
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
1. Set survey points outside the affected work area that reference and locate each controlling survey monument that may be disturbed,
2. file a Corner Record or Record of Survey with the County Surveyor after setting the survey points to be used for re-establishment of the disturbed controlling survey monuments, and
3. file a Corner Record or Record of Survey with the County Surveyor after re-establishment of the disturbed controlling survey monuments.
1.6 RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall prepare record documents in accordance with Section 01 7839 – Project Record Documents.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 7123
274
CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 7329 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 01 7329 – CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. Perform all WORK associated with cutting and patching for connection to existing service lines.
This shall be complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. Do not cut and patch in a manner that would result in a failure of the WORK to perform as intended, decreased energy performance, increased maintenance, decreased-operational life or decreased safety.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Match existing materials for cutting and patching work with new materials conforming to Project Requirements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Inspect conditions prior to WORK to identify scope and type of WORK required. Protect adjacent WORK. Notify CONTRACTOR and OWNER of WORK requiring interruption to building services or OWNER’s operations.
B. Perform WORK with Workmen skilled in the trades involved.
C. Cutting: Use cutting tools, not chopping tools. Make neat holes. Minimize damage to adjacent work. Check for concealed utilities and structure before cutting.
D. Patching: Make patches, seams and joints durable and inconspicuous. Comply with tolerances for new WORK.
E. Clean WORK area and areas affected by cutting and patching operations.
END OF SECTION 01 7329
275
CLEANING AND WASTE MANAGEMENT 01 7400 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 01 7400 – CLEANING AND WASTE MANAGEMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. On a continuous basis, maintain premises free from accumulations of waste, debris and rubbish, caused by operations.
B. At completion of WORK, remove waste materials, rubbish, tools, equipment, machinery and surplus materials, and clean all sight-exposed surfaces; leave Project clean and ready for operation/occupancy.
C. Related Sections:
1. Section 01 7329 – Cutting and Patching
2. Section 01 7700 – Closeout Procedures
1.2 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
A. Hazards control:
1. Store volatile wastes in covered metal containers, and remove from premises daily.
2. Prevent accumulation of wastes, which create hazardous conditions.
3. Provide adequate ventilation during use of volatile or noxious substances.
B. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with local ordinances and anti-pollution laws.
1. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on Project site without written permission from the OWNER.
2. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains.
3. Do not dispose of wastes into streams or waterways.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Use only cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer of surface to be cleaned.
B. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Execute cleaning to ensure that grounds and public properties are maintained free from accumulations of waste materials and rubbish.
B. Wet down dry materials and rubbish to prevent blowing dust.
C. At reasonable intervals during progress of Work, clean site, and public properties, and dispose of waste materials, debris, and rubbish.
D. Provide on-site containers for collection of waste materials, debris, and rubbish.
E. Remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from site and legally dispose of at public or private dumping areas off OWNER's property.
F. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible; do not drop or throw materials from heights.
G. Each subcontractor areas of work shall thoroughly be cleaned of all materials and equipment installed from their areas of work.
276
CLEANING AND WASTE MANAGEMENT 01 7400 - 2
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
3.2 FINAL CLEANING
A. Employ experienced workers, or professional cleaners, for final cleaning.
B. In preparation for substantial completion, conduct final inspection of sight-exposed interior and exterior surface, and of concealed spaces.
C. Repair, patch and touch up marred surfaces to specified finish, to match adjacent surfaces.
D. Broom clean paved surfaces; rake clean other surfaces of grounds.
E. Maintain cleaning until Project, or portion thereof, is occupied by OWNER.
F. The CONTRACTOR shall restore or replace existing property or structures as promptly and practicable as work progresses.
END OF SECTION 01 7400
277
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 01 7700 – CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Related Sections:
1. Section 00 7000 – Conditions of the Contract
2. Section 01 7400 – Cleaning and Waste Management
1.2 PERFORMANCE CLEAN WATER TESTING
A. Clean water testing shall be performed for all phases of the project. Certification of each clean water test shall be provided to the ENGINEER and OWNER prior to Substantial Completion of each phase.
B. Perform a pre-start systems check in order to provide an efficient transition for start-up of facility.
The performance testing shall proceed as follows:
1. Perform systems checks, which include verification of proper equipment installation, operation, and calibration with the manufacturers or their representatives. Certification of proper operation and installation of the equipment shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR and/ or Manufacturer.
2. Verify the performance of the equipment and controls through full scale operation using clean water. Water shall be conveyed to the facility and the basins shall be filled to their normal operating level. Treated effluent water for testing shall be provided by the OWNER.
Disinfection to a minimum of 2 ppm and not to exceed 4 ppm of chlorine shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR. A disinfection plan shall be provided to the ENGINEER.
3. Temporary piping and pumping equipment shall be installed by the CONTRACTOR for the conveyance of water to the facility for the purpose of clean water testing. All equipment shall be tested in normal operating mode to verify proper operation of all equipment in conjunction with the plant control system.
4. Water shall be recycled through the plant for a total systems check for a period of at least 24 hours, or until the Engineer has determined that no adjustments are necessary. At discretion and direction of the Engineer, make adjustments or repairs to coordinate the operation of the systems and extend the duration, terminate, and restart the pre-start systems check as necessary.
1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. Submit written certification to that the project phase is substantially complete.
B. Submit list of major items to be completed or corrected.
C. Engineer will make an inspection within seven days after receipt of certification, together with a representative.
D. Should ENGINEER consider that work is substantially complete:
1. Prepare, and submit to ENGINEER, a list of the items to be completed or corrected, as a. determined by on-site observation.
2. Engineer will prepare and issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion, containing:
a. Date of Substantial Completion.
b. List of items to be completed or corrected, verified and amended. c. The time required to complete or correct work of listed items. d. Responsibilities for:
1) Insurance
2) Utilities
3) Operation of mechanical, electrical and other systems 4) Maintenance and cleaning
278
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 2
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
5) Security
e. Signatures of: ENGINEER
3. Complete work listed for completion or correction, within designated time.
E. Should ENGINEER consider that work is not substantially complete:
1. He shall immediately notify, in writing, stating reasons.
2. Complete work, and send second written notice to ENGINEER, certifying that Project, or designated portion of project of substantially complete.
3. ENGINEER will re-review work.
1.4 FINAL INSPECTION
A. Submit written certification that:
1. Contract Documents have been reviewed.
2. Project has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents.
3. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents.
4. Equipment and systems have been tested in presence of ENGINEER and are operational.
5. Project is completed and ready for final inspection.
B. ENGINEER will make final on-site observation/review within seven (7) days after receipt of certification.
C. Should ENGINEER consider that work is finally complete in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents, he shall prepare and issue the following:
1. Certificate of Completion;
2. Complete sets of As-Builts received; and
3. A Request to make Project Closeout submittals.
D. Should ENGINEER consider that work is not finally complete:
1. He shall notify, in writing, stating reasons.
2. Take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies, and send second written notice to ENGINEER certifying that work is complete.
3. ENGINEER will re-review the work.
1.5 FINAL CLEANING UP
A. The work will not be considered as completed and final payment made until all final cleanup has been done in a satisfactory manner. See Section 01 7400 – Cleaning and Waste Management for detailed requirements.
1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Submit the following Closeout Submittals upon completion of the Work and at least 7 days prior to submitting Application for Final Payment:
1. Evidence of Compliance and Closeout with Requirements of Governing Authorities.
2. Project Record Documents.
3. Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
4. Equipment Field Service Installation, Certification, Certificate of Warranty and Evidence of Training per Section 01 4333 – Manufacturer’s Field Services.
5. Warranties and Bonds.
6. Keys and Keying Schedule.
7. Evidence of Payment and Release of Liens as outlined in Conditions of the Contract.
8. Release of claims as outlined in Conditions of the Contract.
9. Completed As-built Drawings and Documentation.
10. Survey Record Documents as specified in Section 01 7123 – Field Engineering.
11. Certificate of Final Completion.
279
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 3
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
1.7 EVIDENCE OF COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF GOVERNING AUTHORITIES A. Submit the following:
1. Certificate of Occupancy (City of Adelanto):
2. Certificate of Inspection (City of Adelanto):
a. Mechanical
b. Electrical
1.8 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Maintain at Project site, available to OWNER and ENGINEER, one copy of the Contract Documents, shop drawings and other submittals, in good order.
1. Mark and record field changes and detailed information contained in submittals and change orders.
2. Record actual depths, horizontal and vertical location of underground pipes, duct banks and other buried utilities. Reference dimensions to permanent surface features.
3. Identify specific details of pipe connections, location of existing buried features located during excavation, and the final locations of piping, equipment, electrical conduits, manholes, and pull boxes.
4. Identify location of spare conduits including beginning, ending and routing through pull boxes, and manholes. Record spare conductors, including number and size, within spare conduits, and filled conduits.
5. Provide schedules, lists, layout drawings, and wiring diagrams.
6. Make annotations with erasable colored pencil conforming to the following color code:
Additions: Red
Deletions: Green
Comments: Blue
Dimensions: Graphite
B. Maintain documents separate from those used for construction.
1. Label documents “RECORD DOCUMENTS”
C. Keep documents current:
1. Record required information at the time the material and equipment is installed and before permanently concealing.
D. Deliver record documents with the transmittal letter containing date, Project title, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER’S name and address, list of documents, and signature of CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.
E. During progress meetings, record documents will be reviewed to ascertain that changes have been recorded.
1.9 WARRANTIES AND BONDS
A. Provide executed Warranty or Guaranty Form if required by Contract Documents.
B. Provide specified additional warranties, guarantees, and bonds form manufacturers and suppliers.
1.10 CERTIFICATE OF FINAL COMPLETION
A. When the 7-day operational test has been successfully completed, ENGINEER will certify that new facilities are operationally complete. ENGINEER will submit a list of known items (punch-list) still to be completed or corrected prior to contract completion.
B. List of items to be completed or corrected will be amended as items are resolved by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.
C. When all items have been completed or corrected, submit written certification that the entire work is complete in accordance with the Contract Documents and request final inspection. 280
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 4
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
D. Upon completion of final inspection, ENGINEER will either prepare a written acceptance of the entire work or advise CONSTRUCTION MANAGER of work not complete. If necessary, inspection procedures will be repeated.
1.11 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
A. Submit final applications in accordance with requirements of Contractual Agreement.
1.12 FINAL CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT
A. OWNER will issue final certificate in accordance with provisions of Contractual Agreement.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 7700
281
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 01 7823 – OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. Compile product data and related information appropriate for maintenance and operation of equipment furnished under the Contract. Prepare Operating and Maintenance Manual as specified.
B. Instruct OWNER’s personnel in the maintenance and operation of equipment and systems as outlined herein.
C. In addition to Operating and Maintenance Data, the Manufacturer's printed recommended Installation Practice shall be included. If not part of the Operating and Maintenance Manual, separate written installation instructions shall be provided, serving to assist the CONTRACTOR in equipment installation.
D. Related Sections:
1. Section 00 7000 – Conditions of the Contract
2. Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures
1.2 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
A. Every piece of equipment furnished and installed shall be provided with complete maintenance and operations manuals. These shall be detailed in instructions to the OWNER’s personnel. They shall be attractively bound for the OWNER’s records. After approval, the CONTRACTOR shall store all manuals until the completion of the project or until requested by the ENGINEER. The manuals will be stored and delivered to the OWNER in an organized format.
B. Provide three (3) hard copies plus one (1) electronic version in PDF format. One (1) copy shall be delivered to the job site shipped with the equipment, one (1) to the OWNER’s office, and one (1) copy shall be delivered to the CONTRACTOR’s main office.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures.
1.4 CONTENT OF MANUAL
A. Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume, arranged in systematic order.
1. CONTRACTOR, name of responsible principal, address, and telephone number.
2. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to the content of the volume.
3. List, with each product, the name, address, and telephone number of:
a. Actual start and finish dates of completed activities since last progress meeting. b. Subcontractor or installer.
c. Maintenance contractor, as appropriate.
d. Identify the area of responsibility of each.
e. Local source of supply for parts and replacement.
4. Identify each product, by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents.
B. Product Data:
1. Include only those sheets, which are pertinent to the specific product. References to other sizes and types or models of similar equipment shall be deleted or lined out.
2. Annotate each sheet to:
a. Clearly identify the specific product or part installed. b. Clearly identify the data applicable to the installation. c. Provide a parts list for all new equipment items, with catalog numbers and other data necessary for ordering replacement parts.
282
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 2
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
d. Delete references to inapplicable information.
3. Clear and concise instructions for the operation, adjustment, lubrication, and other maintenance of the equipment including a lubrication chart.
C. Drawings:
1. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate:
a. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems. b. Control and flow diagrams.
2. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure correct illustration of complete installation.
D. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation:
1. Organize in a consistent format under separate headings for different procedures.
2. Provide a logical sequence of instructions for each procedure.
E. Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued: Provide information sheet for OWNER's personnel.
1. Proper procedures in the event of failure.
2. Instances which might affect the validity of warranties or bonds.
F. The manuals must be approved by the OWNER before final payment on the equipment is made.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXECUTION
A. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for coordinating and verifying the accuracy of the information presented in the O&M Manuals. O&M Manuals shall be marked up to clearly indicate the project specific model and options utilized within the Project.
END OF SECTION 01 7823
283
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 01 7839 – PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR and its Subcontractors at the start of the project shall provide a clean set of Drawings and mark on them, in large writing “As Built.” This set of drawings will be kept at the job site trailer and used to indicate with a red pencil, pen or marker the “As Built” conditions of the project. These drawings will be updated as the work progresses to reflect the “As Built” conditions.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to ensure that the “As Built” drawings are being kept up to date.
C. Upon substantial completion the CONTRACTOR shall obtain all “As Built” drawings and review them for accuracy and completeness, this includes surveying of utilities as required by Section 01 7123 – Field Engineering. After the CONTRACTOR has reviewed and confirmed accuracy and completeness of the “As Built” drawings the CONTRACTOR shall submit the drawings and survey information to the ENGINEER of record.
1. All survey As-Built information shall be submitted to the ENGINEER in AutoCAD format.
D. Upon receipt of the “As Built” drawings the ENGINEER shall make all necessary changes to the documents and provide a Record Drawing set to the CONTRACTOR for their use and distribution as required for project closeout, see Section 01 7700 – Closeout Procedures.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 7839
284
MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 0100 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 02 0100 - MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. The work of this Section as defined in the Contract includes all work necessary to satisfactorily prepare the site as shown on the accepted drawings and as specified herein, with considerations for the requirements for providing continuous wastewater pumping and operation through the existing treatment plant during all construction activities, and other requirements affecting the sequence of construction. Following this preparation, the entire site shall be in such a condition as to easily continue with the next operation whether it be excavating, backfilling, or any other operations that are a part of the project. Site preparation includes clearing, grubbing, grading, tree and shrub removal, native grass stripping and removing and disposing of all debris within the limits of the project and such other areas as may be indicated on the plans or required work, except such objects as are designated to remain or are to be removed in accordance with the plans. This work shall also include the preservation from injury or defacement of all vegetation and objects designated to remain.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SITE SURVEY AND LAYOUT
A. The Contractor shall establish construction, and clearing limits by providing the initial site survey and field staking. The initial staking will include property line limits, easements and access points and structure locations with offsets. The OWNER shall provide the CONTRACTOR the survey data for the project to include the survey control points, hubs, etc. and benchmarks for the site. The contractor shall layout required construction staking.
3.2 PERMITS
A. Verify all required permits have been secured for this work. Comply with applicable local Health and Air Pollution Control requirements. In the absence of specific ordinances, periodic watering shall be done to control dust throughout the work. Make all necessary arrangements for water required for this work.
3.3 PRIMARY SITE ACCESS
A. The Contractor shall provide clearing, grubbing, and stripping as defined in the contract.
B. The Contractor shall develop any necessary access to the Site, including access entrance barriers to prohibit entry of unauthorized persons as defined in the Contract. The contractor shall provide at the project site access barriers to prohibit entry of unauthorized persons as defined in the Contract.
C. Adequately support existing structures, sidewalks, slabs, pavements, utilities, and other facilities that may be affected by the proposed construction as defined in the Contract.
D. Utility Interference: Where existing utilities interfere with the work, notify the utility owner before proceeding in accordance with the General Conditions.
3.4 CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND STRIPPING
A. The Contractor shall perform this work as defined in the Geotechnical Evaluation and or Soils Report.
285
MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 0100 - 2
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
B. Construction areas shall be cleared of grass and weeds to at least a depth of 1 inch and cleared of structures, pavement, sidewalks, concrete or masonry debris, trees, logs, upturned stumps, loose boulders, and any other objectionable material of any kind which would interfere with the performance or completion of the Work, create a hazard to safety, or impair the subsequent usefulness of the Work, or obstruct its operation. Trees and other natural vegetation outside the actual lines of construction shall be protected from damage during construction.
C. Within the limits of clearing, the areas below the natural ground surface shall be grubbed to a depth necessary to remove all stumps, roots, buried logs and all other objectionable material. Septic tanks, drain fields, and connection lines and any other underground structures, debris or waste shall be removed if found on the Site. All objectionable material from the clearing and grubbing process shall be removed from the Site and wasted in approved safe locations.
3.5 OVEREXCAVATION, REGRADING AND BACKFILL UNDER FILL AREAS A. All grading and excavation shall conform to the requirements of the Geotechnical Evaluation and or Soils Report.
3.6 EXISTING UTILITY/TREATMENT SERVICES
A. At start of work, Contractor shall locate and identify all utility services located within the construction limits (both underground and overhead). Utilize Blue Stake services and private location services as required, including potholing, as may be necessary.
B. Contractor shall disconnect or reroute all existing services, where such services will be affected by construction operations. Comply with all instructions issued during the pre-construction conference regarding coordination, advance notice, emergency repairs, etc.
C. All DISCONNECTIONS OR TERMINATIONS SHALL BE PERFORMED IN SAFE MANNER. 1) The existing facilities will be maintained in continuous operation during construction of the project, except for limited shut-downs, or as specifically coordinated by the Contractor and Owner/operations staff. To this end, the Contractor shall establish a schedule of activities in cooperation with the Owner, which shall be updated from time to time to meet the requirements of this section.
D. Plans and specifications from which most of the existing facilities were constructed are available from the Owner.
E. The work sequence and constraints presented in this section do not describe all items affecting the completion of the Work, but are intended to describe important events necessary to minimize disruption of the existing facilities to the maximum extent practical.
F. The existing facility where Contractor’s work is to be done will be operated and maintained by the Owner’s operating and sewer maintenance staff throughout the construction period. The Contractor shall provide all necessary access to the operating staff’s personnel as required to safely and efficiently operate/maintain the facilities. At all times during the Contract duration, the Contractor is to provide the operating staff’s personnel and representatives safe and immediate access to all process control equipment. Additionally, the Contractor is to provide for unimpeded access for all delivery vehicles transporting materials, chemicals and equipment to the facility for the operating staff’s operations.
G. Existing systems or individual equipment items in use shall be isolated, decommissioned, deenergized, or depressurized only as allowed by the plant operations staff. This work will be done in accordance with the detailed outage plan and schedule to be submitted by the Contractor and the conditions specified in this section (if determined by the Owner to be necessary).
H. The Contractor shall design and provide all necessary bulkheads, cofferdams, and support structures to allow isolation of work areas from tanks, pipes, and/or channels which are in service.
Bulkheads, cofferdams, and support structures shall conform to applicable OSHA requirements. 286
MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 0100 - 3
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
I. The Contractor shall provide all necessary temporary pumps, piping, power, electrical wiring, controls, and labor during and subsequent to all shutdown activities as required. The Contractor shall maintain adequate access to the facilities, utilities, and equipment during construction to allow continued operation and maintenance by Owner’s personnel to take place.
J. If valves need to be opened or closed, or pumps turned off or on, or similar operations performed, this is to be performed by the operations staff working in coordination with Contractor personnel.
K. The Contractor shall minimize shutdown times through advanced planning. Work shall not proceed prior to the approval of associated submittals. For example, excavation plans shall be approved prior to the initiation of excavation, piping installation drawings shall be approved prior to the initiation of piping installation, etc. Contractor shall have all equipment, materials, and labor on hand at time of shutdown.
L. By following the suggested sequence for any procedure described in this section, the Contractor assumes full responsibility for its use.
M. Protect all existing utilities, including but not limited to, electrical, water, sanitary, gas, data and telephone. Existing utilities are to remain in service during construction. Provide temporary utilities as necessary and as approved by the Engineer and Owner.
3.02 BYPASSING DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Bypassing of untreated (or partially treated) wastewaters to surface waters or drainage courses will not be permitted. Bypassing of untreated wastewaters to the constructed retention basin will not be allowed. All bypassing operations shall be coordinated with and approved by the Owner.
3.03 REMOVAL OF EXISTING STRUCTURES AND EQUIPMENT
A. The Contractor shall remove existing equipment, structures, piping, valves, and other items as indicated on the Drawings. Where the plans indicate "Remove and Save" or “Remove and Salvage”, the Contractor shall carefully remove the item and protect it so as to avoid damage, shall thoroughly clean it, and stockpile it at a location on the site designated by Owner staff. Where the plans indicate "Remove and Reinstall", or "Relocate", the items shall be carefully removed and reerected or reinstalled at another location as shown, after cleaning and such repairs and adjustments made as are necessary. Where indicated to be "Remove and Waste", the Contractor shall remove the item and dispose of it off the site at his expense or may salvage it for his own gain.
3.04 COORDINATION WITH OPERATIONS STAFF
A. The Contractor shall coordinate his operations with the operations staff for the existing lift station.
The Contractor shall notify the DESIGN/BUILDER and operations staff in writing of the Contractor's planned procedure for each specific alteration of existing facilities at least two weeks before the alteration begins. The Contractor shall not begin an alteration until specific permission has been granted by the operations staff in each case. The DESIGN/BUILDER will coordinate the Contractor's planned procedure with the operating personnel. The making of connections to existing facilities or other operations that interfere with the operation of existing equipment shall be completed only after written approval has been granted by the DESIGN/BUILDER and operations staff and shall be completed as quickly as possible and with as little delay as possible.
B. Any operational functions of the existing lift station that are required to be done to facilitate Contractor's operation will be done by the Owner’s personnel only.
C. The Owner’s operation and maintenance personnel will cooperate in every way that is practicable in order to expedite Contractor's operation; however, if it is necessary for the proper operation or maintenance of portions of the lift station, the Contractor shall reschedule his operations so there shall be no conflict with necessary operations or maintenance of the lift station. 287
MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 0100 - 4
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
3.05 SHUTDOWNS
A. Shutdowns of the lift station operations shall be accomplished by the Owner’s operating personnel only when properly coordinated in advance by the Contractor with the DESIGN/BUILDER in accordance with the requirements of this section.
1. The Contractor shall submit a detailed outage plan and time schedule for operations which will make it necessary to remove a tank, pipeline, channel, electrical conduit, equipment or structure from service.
2. The plan shall be submitted to the DESIGN/BUILDER for review and approval at least two weeks prior to the scheduled outage.
3. The schedule shall be coordinated with the overall construction schedule and shall meet the restrictions and conditions specified in this section. The detailed plan shall describe the Contractor’s method for preventing overflows, the length of time required to complete said operation, the necessary personnel and equipment which the Contractor shall provide in order to prevent overflows.
4. The plan shall also include a contingency plan if the work cannot be completed as scheduled.
5. The Contractor shall not proceed with the subject work until the submitted plan has been returned to the Contractor with the approval of the DESIGN/BUILDER. All costs for preparing and implementing both the outage and contingency plans shall be borne by the Contractor.
6. Contractor shall provide a minimum of two weeks advanced notice in writing for all shutdowns.
B. Shutdowns shall be allowed only when, in the opinion of the DESIGN/BUILDER and operations staff, projected sewage flows can be safely stored or handled for the duration of the shutdown.
C. All shutdowns shall be kept to the absolute minimum in duration and number.
D. Shutdowns shall be coordinated so that as many items of work requiring such shutdowns as possible can be executed concurrently.
E. The Contractor shall seal off all potential sources of leaks and/or overflows associated with the construction and shall remove all loose materials from the structures and piping prior to resumption of flow at the end of a shutdown.
F. No scheduled shutdown of flow shall begin until all necessary materials and equipment for completion of that work are on the job site and have been checked by the Engineer. This requirement shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his responsibility for completion of the project within the period allowed, but is only to reassure the Owner that the work item can be completed as scheduled.
G. Piping shutdowns shall be scheduled by the Contractor in coordination with the operating personnel at least two weeks in advance.
H. Unless coordinated and agreeable with the Owner, shutdowns shall be initiated and completed only during normal working hours for operating personnel.
I. Equipment required for bypass pumping or flow diversions during construction shall be provided, maintained and operated by the Contractor continuously on a 24-hour daily basis. The Contractor shall arrange for refueling of equipment as necessary and shall make appropriate arrangements for back-up equipment in case of failures.
288
MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 0100 - 5
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
3.06 INTERFERENCE WITH EXISTING LINES AND FACILITILES
A. The Contractor will be required to relocate or replace any pipe lines, electric conduits, or other facilities which must be disturbed for new construction work and which are required for plant operation, or make other arrangements satisfactory to the OWNER. Such relocation and replacement may be of temporary type, to be used until work is completed. In the event of accidental damage to existing lines resulting in interruption of service to yard lighting circuits or to any other facility which may be needed for use by the Owner prior to the Contractor's next regularly scheduled work period, the Contractor shall repair to the satisfaction of the Owner such lines prior to stopping work on the day of such damage.
B. At no cost to the Owner, the Contractor will be required to relocate or replace any vaults, boxes, posts, or other facilities which must be disturbed for new construction work and which are required for plant operation, or make other arrangements satisfactory to the Engineer.
3.07 DEWATERING AND CLEANING OF STRUCTURES AND PIPELINES A. The operating staff will dewater structures and pipelines to the extent this can be accomplished through existing valves and facilities. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to provide necessary pumps, piping, and other equipment to complete the drainage of the structures and pipelines.
Dewatering operations shall be conducted in close coordination with operating staff, and no discharges to drainage courses will be permitted.
B. All flushing and cleaning of dewatered structures shall be done by the Contractor in a manner satisfactory to the DESIGN/BUILDER. In all cases the Contractor shall conform with OSHA requirements for work in confined spaces, including the provision of adequate ventilation.
END OF SECTION 02 0100
289
MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 0225 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 02 0225 – TEMPORARY SEWER BYPASS PLAN
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 SITE LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK
A. The Project consists of improvements to the existing Adelanto WWTP facility, which specifically include the facility’s existing Influent Lift Station. The Influent Lift Station improvement WORK will require temporary bypass pumping to maintain operation, which will be provided by the CONTRACTOR, in accordance with the Project Plans and Specifications.
B. Related Sections:
1. The CONTRACTOR shall follow all applicable Sections of the Project Specifications for Construction of the Station Improvements.
2. See Contract Drawings for details and requirements in addition to these specifications.
3. The CONTRACTOR shall utilize the Sewer Bypass Plan developed and provided by APUA and presented in the Appendix of these specifications. The CONTRACTOR shall thoroughly review the APUA Sewer Bypass Plan and provide a Statement of Acceptance, which includes any requested Changes or Deviations, for Review and Approval by APUA, prior to the commencement of Work on the Influent Lift Station.
1.2 CONTRACTOR LIABILITY
A. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for the temporary handling of sewage throughout the construction of the station improvements. Existing influent flow rates vary and shall be verified prior to construction.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all local, state, and federal conditions and regulations.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with the Regional Water Quality Control Board (RWQCB), Adelanto Public Utility Authority (APUA) Standard Provisions and Standard Drawings, and Air Quality Management District Permits, and Regulations. The contractor shall cooperate with APUA Staff and other regulators and environmental agencies. Access shall not be impeded to adjacent commercial and/or residential buildings, driveways, and parking lots.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for continuity of sanitary sewer service to each facility connected to the trunk sewers (within the vicinity of the construction site) during the execution of the WORK to be performed under this Contract. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters dwellings or other structures due to in any part to a failure of the bypass piping system or to noncompliance with the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for cleanup, repair, property damage costs, fines imposed by jurisdictional authorities, and all claims arising there from. All spills shall be contained and returned to the sewer system.
E. In the event the Regional Water Quality Control Board levies a fine on the OWNER because of a sewage spill caused by the CONTRACTOR (directly or indirectly) due to its lack of attention to procedures or other negligence, the CONTRACTOR shall be held responsible and liable for reimbursing the OWNER for the entire amount of any fine imposed. The OWNER may access the amount of the fine against the payment due the CONTRACTOR. The California Water Code gives the Regional Water Quality Control Board authority to fine up to $10 per gallon and $10,000 per day for an illicit discharge.
F. The CONTRACTOR shall construct, operate, maintain, and remove, without damage to existing structures, all temporary sewage handling facilities. The CONTRACTOR shall submit details of proposed equipment for temporary handling of sewage as specified. The system shall operate as specified to ensure that neither the upstream nor downstream systems are threatened with sewage overload or spill. Under no circumstances shall sewage or solids be deposited onto the ground surface, streets, or into ditches, catch basins or storm drains or natural drainage ways. Sewage shall be handled in a manner so as not to create a public nuisance or health hazard. 290
MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 0225 - 2
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures.
B. After a thorough review of the APUA Sewer Bypass Plan provided in the Appendix of these specifications, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a Statement of Acceptance of the Sewer Bypass Plan, which includes any requested Changes or Deviations, for Review and Approval by APUA, prior to the commencement of Work on the Influent Lift Station.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall submit the following additional information to APUA, prior to the commencement of Work on the Influent Lift Station.
1. Planned phasing/sequence of Pump Station construction, modifications, and improvements.
2. Planned hours of construction.
3. Details of Bypass System layout, equipment, and materials (if different from the APUA Plan).
4. Provide a list of names and contact information of the Person(s) responsible for executing the Sewer Bypass Plan. These Include but are not limited to:
a. Bypass Contractor’s Project Manager
b.Bypass System Operator
c. Electrician
d. Emergency Response Contact
1.4 PERMITS
A. Verify all required permits have been secured for this WORK. Comply with applicable local Air Pollution Control requirements. Make all necessary arrangements for water required for this WORK.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 PUMPING EQUIPMENT
A. See Approved APUA Sewer Bypass Plan in the Appendix of these Specifications.
2.2 TEMPORARY PLUGS
A. Temporary plugs shall be a heavy-duty inflatable type with a steel rod through plug centerline, a retaining plate, and an eye-lift on both ends. Plugs shall be new, made of natural rubber, and shall show no cracks or signs of damage. The plugs shall have a flexible sealing design to compensate for any irregular interior surface of the manholes/pipes. The plug length shall be suitable for the specific application. Plugs shall be equipped with continuous pressure monitoring and an audible alarm when the pressure drops below the minimum pressure recommended by the manufacturer.
The installed pressure shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the application. The eyelifts shall be secured to a 5/8-inch diameter stainless steel pulling cable accessible for removal without entry. Plugs shall be set and removed during nighttime, and/or during low-flows to the pump station.
2.3 TRENCH PLATES
A. Trench widths greater than 5 feet, 3 inches (5'-3”) shall require a Structural Design by a California Registered Civil Engineer.
B. Trench plates shall be A-36 Grade Steel, shall have a non-skid resistant surface finish, and shall be recessed into existing pavement to form a smooth surface. The minimum thickness provided shall be determined by using the design for HS20-44 truck loading per the Caltrans Bridge Design Specifications Manual. Trench plate surface shall be designed with a nominal coefficient of friction of 0.35 as determined by California Test Method 342. Trench plates shall extend a minimum of 12 inches beyond the limits of excavation and the existing pavement shall be cold planed to the thickness off the provided plates and to the length and width of the plates to recess the plates into the pavement. All plates shall be without deformation. Permanently deformed plates are subject to removal. All excavations shall be backfilled at the end of the work day, or shall be plated as needed. 291
MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 0225 - 3
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING, OPERATION & MAINAINANCE AND REMOVAL
OF BYPASS PUMPING SYSTEMS
A. See Approved APUA Sewer Bypass Plan in the Appendix of these Specifications.
END OF SECTION 02 0225
292
CONCRETE FORMWORK 03 0100 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 03 0100 – CONCRETE FORMWORK
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. Furnish all materials for concrete formwork, bracing, shoring and supports and shall design and construct all falsework, all in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents.
1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Codes: All codes, as referenced herein.
B. Government Standards:
1. PS 1 Construction and Industrial Plywood
2. PS 20 American Softwood Lumber Standard
C. Commercial Standards:
1. ACI 117 Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials
2. ACI 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete
3. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete
4. ACI 347 Guide to Formwork for Concrete
5. ACI 350/350R Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Structures and Commentary
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be furnished in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittals.
B. Submittals shall include the following:
1. Proposed falsework showing general layout, sizes of members, anticipated stresses, grade of materials to be used in the falsework, means of protecting existing construction, which supports falsework, and typical soil conditions.
2. Form ties and all related accessories, including taper tie plugs, if taper ties are used.
3. Form gaskets.
4. Water stops
5. Joint location and pouring sequence.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Tolerances: The variation from established grade or lines shall not exceed ¼-inch in 10 feet and there shall be no offsets or visible waviness in the finished surface. All other tolerances shall be within the tolerances of ACI 117 and ACI 350/350R.
B. Qualifications of Formwork Manufacturers: Use only forming systems manufactured by manufacturers having a minimum of five years’ experience, except as otherwise specified, or accepted in writing by the ENGINEER.
C. Regulatory Requirements: Install work of this Section in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Except as otherwise expressly accepted by the ENGINEER, all lumber brought on the job site for use as forms, shoring, or bracing shall be new material. All forms shall be smooth surface forms and shall be of the following materials:
1. Walls: Steel or plywood panel
2. Columns: Steel, plywood or fiber glass
293
CONCRETE FORMWORK 03 0100 - 2
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
3. Roof and floor: Plywood
4. All other work: Steel panels, plywood or tongue and groove lumber
2.2 FORM AND FALSEWORK MATERIALS
A. Materials for concrete forms, formwork and falsework shall conform to the following requirements:
1. Lumber shall be Douglas Fir or Southern Yellow Pine, construction grade or better, in conformance with U.S. Product Standard PS 20.
2. Plywood for concrete formwork shall be new, waterproof, synthetic resin bonded; exterior type Douglas Fir or Southern Yellow Pine plywood manufactured especially for concrete formwork and shall conform to the requirements of PS 1 for Concrete Forms, Class I, and shall be edge sealed.
3. Form materials shall be metal, wood, plywood or other approved material that will not adversely affect the concrete and will facilitate placement of concrete to the shape, form, line and grade shown. Metal forms shall be an approved type that will accomplish such results.
Wood forms for surfaces to be painted shall be Medium Density Overlaid plywood, MDO Ext. Grade.
B. Unless otherwise shown, exterior corners in concrete members shall be provided with ¾-inch chamfers. Re-entrant corners in concrete members shall not have fillets unless otherwise shown.
C. Forms and falsework to support the roof and floor slabs shall be designed for the total dead load, plus a live load of 50 psf (minimum). The minimum design load for combined dead and live loads shall be 100 psf.
2.3 FORM TIES
A. Form ties shall be provided with a plastic cone or other suitable means for forming a conical hole to insure that the form tie may be broken off back of the face of the concrete. The maximum diameter of removable cones for rod ties, or of other removable form-tie fasteners having a circular cross-section, shall not exceed 1½ inches; and all such fasteners shall be such as to leave holes of regular shape for reaming. Form ties for water-retaining structures shall have integral waterstops.
Integral waterstops shall tightly fit the form tie so that they cannot be moved from mid-point of the tie. Form ties shall be Burke Penta-Tie System by The Burke Company; Richmond Snap-Tys by the Richmond Screw Anchor Company; or ENGINEER-approved equal.
B. Removable taper ties may be used when approved by the ENGINEER. A preformed neoprene or polyurethane tapered plug sized to seat at the center of the wall shall be inserted in the hole left by the removal of the taper tie. Use Burke Taper-Tie System by The Burke Company; Taper-Ty by the Richmond Screw Anchor Company; or ENGINEER-approved equal.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Forms to confine the concrete and shape it to the required lines shall be used wherever necessary.
The CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for the adequate design of all forms, and any forms, which are unsafe or inadequate in any respect, shall promptly be removed from the WORK and replaced at the CONTRACTOR's expense. Provide worker protection from protruding reinforcement bars in accordance with applicable safety codes. A sufficient number of forms of each kind shall be provided to permit the required rate of progress to be maintained. The design and inspection of concrete forms, falsework and shoring shall comply with applicable local, state and Federal regulations. Plumb and string lines shall be installed before concrete placement and shall be maintained during placement. Such lines shall be used by CONTRACTOR personnel and by the ENGINEER, shall be in sufficient number, and properly installed. During concrete placement, the CONTRACTOR shall continually monitor plumb and string line form positions and immediately correct deficiencies.
294
CONCRETE FORMWORK 03 0100 - 3
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
B. Concrete forms shall conform to the shape, lines, and dimensions of members as called for on the Contract Drawings, and shall be substantial, free from surface defects, and sufficiently tight to prevent leakage. Forms shall be properly braced or tied together to maintain their position and shape under a load of freshly placed concrete. If adequate foundation for shores cannot be secured, trussed supports shall be provided.
3.2 FORM DESIGN
A. All forms shall be true in every respect to the required shape and size, shall conform to the established alignment and grade, and shall be of sufficient strength and rigidity to maintain their position and shape under the loads and operations incident to placing and vibrating the concrete.
Suitable and effective means shall be provided on all forms for holding adjacent edges and ends of panels and sections tightly together and in accurate alignment to prevent the formation of ridges, fins, offsets or similar surface defects in the finished concrete. Plywood, 5/8-inch and greater in thickness, may be fastened directly to studding if the studs are spaced close enough to prevent visible deflection marks in the concrete. The forms shall be tight to prevent the loss of water, cement and fines during placing and vibrating of the concrete. Specifically, the bottom of wall forms that rest on concrete footings or slabs shall be provided with a gasket to prevent loss of fines and paste during placement and vibration of concrete. Such gasket may be a 1- to 1½-inch diameter polyethylene rod held in position to the underside of the wall form. Adequate clean-out holes shall be provided at the bottom of each lift of forms. The size, number and location of such clean-outs shall be as acceptable to the ENGINEER. Whenever concrete cannot be placed from the top of a wall form in a manner that meets the requirements of the Contract Documents, form windows shall be provided in, the size and spacing needed to allow placement of concrete to the requirements of Section 03 0300 – Cast-in-Place Concrete. The size, number and location of such form windows shall be as acceptable to the ENGINEER.
3.3 CONSTRUCTION
A. Vertical Surfaces: All vertical surfaces of concrete members shall be formed, except where placement of the concrete against the ground is shown. Not less than 1-inch of concrete shall be added to the thickness of the concrete member as shown where concrete is permitted to be placed against trimmed ground in lieu of forms. Such permission will be granted only for members of comparatively limited height and where the character of the ground is such that it can be trimmed to the required lines and will stand securely without caving or sloughing until the concrete has been placed.
B. Construction Joints: Concrete construction joints will not be permitted at locations other than those shown or specified, except as may be acceptable to the ENGINEER. When a second lift is placed on hardened concrete, special precautions shall be taken in the way of the number, location, and tightening of ties at the top of the old lift and bottom of the new to prevent any unsatisfactory affect whatsoever on the concrete. Pipe stubs and anchor bolts shall be set in the forms where required.
C. Form Ties:
1. Embedded Ties: Holes left by the removal of form tie cones shall be reamed with suitable toothed reamers to leave the surface of the holes clean and rough before being filled with mortar as specified for "Finish of Concrete Surfaces" in Section 03 0300 – Cast-in-Place Concrete. Wire ties for holding forms will not be permitted. No form-tying device or part thereof, other than metal, shall be left embedded in the concrete. Ties shall not be removed in such manner as to leave a hole extending through the interior of the concrete members.
The use of snap-ties, which cause spalling of the concrete upon form stripping or tie removal, will not be permitted. If steel panel forms are used, rubber grommets shall be provided where the ties pass through the form in order to prevent loss of cement paste. Where metal rods extending through the concrete are used to support or to strengthen forms, the rods shall remain embedded and shall terminate not less than 1 inch back from the formed face or faces of the concrete.
295
CONCRETE FORMWORK 03 0100 - 4
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
2. Removable Ties: Where taper ties are approved for use, the larger end of the taper tie shall be on the wet side of walls in water retaining structures. After the taper tie is removed, the hole shall be thoroughly cleaned and roughened for bond. A precast neoprene or polyurethane tapered plug shall be located at the wall centerline. The hole shall be completely filled with non-shrink grout for water bearing and below-grade walls. The hole shall be completely filled with non-shrink or regular cement grout for above-grade walls, which are dry on both sides. Exposed faces of walls shall have the outer 2 inches of the exposed face filled with a cement grout, which shall match the color and texture of the surrounding wall surface or approved equal.
3.4 REUSE OF FORMS
A. Forms may be reused only if in good condition and only if acceptable to the ENGINEER. Light sanding between uses will be required wherever necessary to obtain uniform surface texture on all exposed concrete surfaces. Exposed concrete surfaces are defined as surfaces, which are permanently exposed to view. In the case of forms for the inside wall surfaces of hydraulic/water retaining structures, unused tie rod holes in forms shall be covered with metal caps or shall be filled by other methods acceptable to the ENGINEER.
3.5 REMOVAL OF FORMS
A. Careful procedures for the removal of forms shall be strictly followed, and this work shall be done with care to avoid injury to the concrete. No heavy loading on green concrete will be permitted.
In the case of roof slabs and above-ground floor slabs, forms shall remain in place until test cylinders for the roof concrete attain a minimum compressive strength of 75% of the 28-day strength specified in Section 03 0300 – Cast-in-Place Concrete; provided, that no forms shall be disturbed or removed under an individual panel or unit before the concrete in the adjacent panel or unit has attained 75% of the specified 28-day strength and has been in place for a minimum of 7 days. The time required to establish said strength shall be as determined by the ENGINEER.
The CONTRACTOR shall contract with a testing agency that will make several test cylinders for this purpose from concrete used in the first group of roof panels placed. If the time so determined is more than the 7-day minimum, then that time shall be used as the minimum length of time. Forms for all vertical walls of waterholding structures shall remain in place at least 36 hours after the concrete has been placed; or, timeframe based upon pre-approved CONTRACTOR pour schedule.
Forms for all parts of the WORK not specifically mentioned herein shall remain in place for periods of time as recommended in ACI 347.
3.6 MAINTENANCE OF FORMS
A. Forms shall be maintained at all times in good condition, particularly as to size, shape, strength, rigidity, tightness and smoothness of surface. Forms, when in place, shall conform to the established alignment and grades. Before concrete is placed, the forms shall be thoroughly cleaned.
The form surfaces shall be treated with a nonstaining mineral oil or other lubricant acceptable to the ENGINEER. Any excess lubricant shall be satisfactorily removed before placing the concrete.
Where field oiling of forms is required, the CONTRACTOR shall perform the oiling at least two weeks in advance of their use. Care shall be exercised to keep oil off the surfaces of steel reinforcement and other metal items to be embedded in concrete.
3.7 FALSEWORK
A. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the design, engineering, construction, maintenance, and safety of all falsework, including staging, walkways, forms, ladders, and similar appurtenances, which shall equal or exceed the applicable requirements of the provisions of the OSHA Safety and Health Standards for Construction and the requirements specified herein.
B. All falsework shall be designed and constructed to provide the necessary rigidity and to support the loads. Falsework for the support of a superstructure shall be designed to support the loads that would be imposed if the entire superstructure were placed at one time. 296
CONCRETE FORMWORK 03 0100 - 5
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
C. Falsework shall be placed upon a solid footing, safe against undermining, and protected from softening. When the falsework is supported on timber piles, the maximum calculated pile loading shall not exceed 20 tons. When falsework is supported on any portion of the structure, which is already constructed, the load imposed by the falsework shall be spread, distributed and braced in such a way as to avoid any possibility of damage to the structure.
END OF SECTION 03 0100
297
CONCRETE ACCESSORIES 03 0150 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 03 0150 – CONCRETE ACCESSORIES
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Provision of waterstops embedded in concrete and spanning control, expansion, and/or construction joints to create a continuous diaphragm to prevent fluid migration.
B. Provision of strip applied expanding waterstop, embedded in concrete and spanning pipe penetrations, to create a continuous diaphragm for prevention of fluid migration.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. PVC Waterstop:
1. Corps of Engineers: CRD-C 572-74
2. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM)
3. Bureau of Reclamation: C-902
4. Canadian General Standards Board: 41-GP-35M Types 1 & 3 B. Hydrophilic Waterstop: American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM)
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be furnished in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittals.
B. Product Data:
1. Polyvinyl chloride waterstop: data of complete physical properties.
2. Stripped applied waterstop: data of complete physical properties.
C. Samples:
1. Polyvinyl chloride Waterstop.
2. Strip applied waterstop.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. PVC waterstops, Store waterstops under tarps to protect from oil, dirt, sunlight, and premature exposure to water.
B. Strip applied waterstop:
1. Protect waterstops from exposure to moisture that may cause premature waterstop expansion.
2. Store waterstops under cover to protect from oil, dirt, and sunlight.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 PVC WATERSTOPS FOR JOINTS
A. PVC Waterstops shall be used at all process tank perimeter and interior walls, to provide a migration barrier and watertight structure, protecting the tank exterior environment from the tank process water.
B. PVC Waterstops shall be constructed with use of starter walls, where there are conflicts with top or outer reinforcement bars at a joint.
C. For moving joints, provide flexible PVC waterstop as manufactured by Greenstreak, Ribbed with Centerbulb. Models No’s 696, 735, or equal.
D. For non-moving joints, provide flexible PVC waterstop as manufactured by Greenstreak, Flat Ribbed Model No’s 646, 679, or equal.
E. For retrofit waterstop installations Greenstreak Model 581, 667, or equal shall be used.
F. The PVC waterstop shall be extruded from an elastomeric plastic material of which the basic resin is prime virgin polyvinyl chloride. The PVC compound shall not contain any scrapped or reclaimed material or pigment whatsoever.
298
CONCRETE ACCESSORIES 03 0150 - 2
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
G. Performance Requirements as follows:
Property Test Method Required Limits
Water absorption ASTM D570 0.15% max
Tear Resistance ASTM D624 200 lb/in (35 kN/m) min.
Ultimate Elongation ASTM D638 350% min.
Tensile Strength ASTM D638 2000 psi (13.78 Mpa) min.
Low Temperature Brittleness ASTM D746 No Failure @ -35o F (-37o C) Stiffness in Flexure ASTM D747 600 psi (4.13 Mpa) min.
Specific Gravity ASTM D792 1.45 max.
Hardness, Shore A ASTM D2240 79 +3
Tensile Strength after
accelerated extraction
CRD-C 572 1850 psi (11.03 Mpa) min.
Elongation after accelerated
extraction
CRD-C 572 300% min.
Effect of Alkalies after 7 days:
Weight Change
Hardness Change
CRD-C 572 between -0.10% / +0.25%
+/- 5 points
2.2 STRIP APPLIED WATERSTOP FOR PIPING & PENETRATIONS THROUGH THE TANK A. Provide strip applied expanding waterstop comprised of bentonite clay, hydrophilic polymers, and butyl rubber. Product shall be SWELLSTOP, as supplied by Greenstreak, Inc., or equal.
B. Performance Requirements:
Property Test Method Required Limits
Specific Gravity ASTM D71 1.55 +/- 5%
Penetration ASTM D217
@ 77oF
40 +/- 5 at 150 GTL
Volatile Matter ASTM D6 1% max.
Application Temperature
Range
-10o to 125oF (-23o - 52oC)
Service Temperature Range -30o to 180oF (-34o - 82oC)
2.3 HYDROPHILIC / STRIP APPLIED WATERSTOP FOR CONCRETE CAST AGAINST
EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES AND FOR PIPING PENETRATIONS THROUGH
THE TANK
A. Provide strip applied expanding waterstop comprised of modified chloropene rubber. Product shall be “HYDROTITE”, as supplied by Greenstreak, Inc., CJ-1020-2K/2K-ADH, or equal.
B. The waterstop shall be a combination of chloroprene rubber and chloroprene rubber modified to impart hydrophilic properties.
C. The waterstop shall have a delay coating to inhibit initial expansion due to moisture present in fresh concrete.
299
CONCRETE ACCESSORIES 03 0150 - 3
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
D. Performance Requirements:
Property Test Method Min Required Limits
Tensile Strength (psi) ASTM D412 1300
Elongation (%) ASTM D412 400
Hardness (Shore A) ASTM D2240 50+/-5
Tear Resistance (lb/in) ASTM D624 100
Specific Gravity ASTM D792 1.38+/-0.1
2.4 ACCESSORIES
A. PVC Waterstops:
1. Provide factory made waterstop fabrications for all changes of direction, intersections, and transitions leaving only straight butt joint splices for the field.
2. Provide hog rings or grommets spaced at 12 inches on center along length of waterstop.
3. Provide Teflon coated thermostatically controlled waterstop splicing irons for field butt splices.
B. Strip Applied Waterstops:
1. Provide SWELLSTOP Primer Adhesive to continuously secure SWELLSTOP to concrete or equal.
2. Provide concrete nails as required to secure SWELLSTOP and HYDROTITE in vertical or overhead applications or equal.
3. On rough concrete surfaces apply LEAKMASTER to smooth surfaces and adhere to HYDROTITE.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. PVC Waterstop:
1. Refer to manufacturer installation recommendations.
2. Field butt splices shall be heat fused welded using a teflon covered thermostatically controlled waterstop splicing iron at approximately 380°F. Follow approved manufacturer recommendations.
3. Lapping of waterstop, use of adhesives, or solvents shall not be allowed.
4. Center waterstop in joint and secure waterstop in correct position using hog rings or grommets spaced at 12” on centers along the length of the waterstop and wire tie to adjacent reinforcing steel.
B. Strip Applied Waterstop:
1. Refer to manufacturer installation recommendations.
2. Apply primer/adhesive to dry pipe or pipe sleeve surface, 2 inches wide continuously along the joint, maintaining a minimum of 2 inches clear cover to concrete face.
3. Primer adhesive shall be allowed to “dry to the touch” (typically 30 minutes to several hours; dependent on site conditions) prior to application of waterstop.
4. Continuously adhere waterstop to pipe or pipe sleeve utilizing primer adhesive and maintaining a minimum of 2 inches clear cover to concrete face.
5. Apply waterstop the same day as primer adhesive.
6. Waterstop shall be butt spliced pressing ends together ensuring no separation or air pockets
7. Protect waterstop from moisture, dirt, oil, and sunlight during the progress of the work 300
CONCRETE ACCESSORIES 03 0150 - 4
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
8. Remove release paper from waterstop immediately prior to concrete placement.
9. Inspect waterstop for premature swelling, discontinuity, and debris contamination prior to concrete pour. Replace unacceptable waterstop.
10. Place and thoroughly vibrate concrete, taking care not to disturb or displace the waterstop.
Do not allow vibrator to contact the waterstop.
END OF SECTION 03 0150
301
REINFORCEMENT STEEL 03 0200 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 03 0200 – REINFORCEMENT STEEL
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. Furnish, fabricate and place all concrete reinforcement steel, welded wire fabric, couplers, and concrete inserts for use in reinforced concrete construction and perform all appurtenant work, including installation of all the wires, clips, supports, chairs, spacers, and other accessories, all in accordance with the Contract Documents.
1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Commercial Standards:
ACI 315 Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete ACI 350/350R Environmental Structures Code and Commentary ASTM A82 Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A615 Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement
ASTM A775 Specification for Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars AWS D1.4 Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel
CRSI MSP-1 Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute Manual of Standard Practice
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be furnished in accordance with Section 01 3300 - Submittals.
B. Submittals shall include shop bending diagrams, placing lists, drawings of all reinforcement steel prior to fabrication and mill test reports.
C. Details of the concrete reinforcement steel and concrete inserts shall be submitted at the earliest possible date after receipt by the CONTRACTOR of the Notice to Proceed. Said details of reinforcement steel for fabrication and erection shall conform to ACI 315 and the requirements specified and shown. The shop bending diagrams shall show the actual lengths of bars, to the nearest inch measured to the intersection of the extensions (tangents for bars of circular cross-section) of the outside surface. The shop drawings shall include bar placement diagrams, which clearly indicate the dimensions of each bar splice.
D. Where mechanical couplers are required or permitted to be used to splice reinforcement steel, submit manufacturer's literature which contains instructions and recommendations for installation for each type of coupler used; certified test reports which verify the load capacity of each type and size of coupler used; and shop drawings which show the location of each coupler with details of how they are to be installed in the formwork.
E. If reinforcement steel is spliced by welding at any location, submit mill test reports, which shall contain the information necessary for the determination of the carbon equivalent as specified in AWS D1.4. Submit a written welding procedure for each type of weld for each size of bar which is to be spliced by welding; merely a statement that AWS procedures will be followed is not acceptable.
F. Submit all reinforcing product mill certificates.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. If requested by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall provide samples from each heat of 302
REINFORCEMENT STEEL 03 0200 - 2
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
reinforcement steel delivered in a quantity adequate for testing. Costs of all tests will be paid by the CONTRACTOR.
B. If reinforcement steel is spliced by welding at any location, the CONTRACTOR shall submit certifications of procedure qualifications for each welding procedure used and certification of welder qualifications, for each welding procedure, and for each welder performing the work. Such qualifications shall be as specified in AWS D1.4.
C. If requested by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall provide samples of each type of welded splice used in the WORK in a quantity and of dimensions adequate for testing. At the discretion of the ENGINEER, radiographic testing of direct butt-welded splices will be performed. The CONTRACTOR shall provide assistance necessary to facilitate testing. The CONTRACTOR shall repair any weld, which fails to meet the requirements of AWS D1.4. The costs of testing will be paid by the CONTRACTOR.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 REINFORCEMENT STEEL
A. Reinforcement Steel for all cast-in-place reinforced concrete construction shall conform to the following requirements:
1. Bar reinforcement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A615 for Grade 60 Billet Steel Reinforcement or as otherwise shown.
2. Welded wire fabric reinforcement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A185 and the details shown; provided, that welded wire fabric with longitudinal wire of W4 size wire and smaller shall be either furnished in flat sheets or in rolls with a core diameter of not less than 10 inches; and provided further, that welded wire fabric with longitudinal wires larger than W4 size shall be furnished in flat sheets only.
3. Spiral reinforcement shall be cold-drawn steel wire conforming to the requirements of ASTM A82.
B. Accessories:
1. Accessories shall include all necessary chairs, slab bolsters, concrete blocks, tie wires, dips, supports, spacers and other devices to position reinforcement during concrete placement. All bar supports shall meet the requirements of the CRSI Manual of Standard Practice including special requirements for supporting epoxy coated reinforcing bars. Wire bar supports shall be CRSI Class 1 for maximum protection with a 1/8-inch minimum thickness of plastic coating, which extends at least ½-inch from the concrete surface. Plastic shall be gray in color.
2. Concrete blocks (dobies), used to support and position reinforcement steel, shall have the same or higher compressive strength as specified for the concrete in which it is located. Wire ties shall be embedded in concrete block bar supports.
C. Epoxy coating for reinforcing and accessories, where specified or shown, shall conform to ASTM A775.
2.2 MECHANICAL COUPLERS
A. Mechanical couplers shall be provided where shown and where approved by the ENGINEER. The couplers shall develop a tensile strength, which exceeds 125% of the yield strength of the reinforcement bars being spliced at each splice.
B. Where the type of coupler used is composed of more than one component, all components required for a complete splice shall be supplied. This shall apply to all mechanical splices, including those splices intended for future connections.
C. The reinforcement steel and coupler used shall be compatible for obtaining the required strength of the connection. Straight threaded type couplers shall require the use of the next larger size reinforcing bar or shall be used with reinforcing bars with specially forged ends which provide 303
REINFORCEMENT STEEL 03 0200 - 3
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
upset threads which do not decrease the basic cross-section of the bar.
D. Couplers shall be Lenton Form Saver as manufactured by Erico Products; Dowel Bar Splicer System as manufactured by Richmond Screw Anchor Company; or ENGINEER-approved equal.
2.3 WELDED SPLICES
A. Welded splices shall be provided where shown and where approved by the ENGINEER. All welded splices of reinforcement steel shall develop a tensile strength, which exceeds 125% of the yield strength of the reinforcement bars, which are connected.
B. All materials required to conform the welded splices to the requirements of AWS D1.4 shall be provided.
2.4 EPOXY GROUT
A. Epoxy for grouting reinforcing bars shall be specifically formulated for such application, for the moisture condition, application temperature and orientation of the hole to be filled. Epoxy grout shall meet the requirements found in Section 03 0315 - Grout.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. All reinforcement steel, welded wire fabric, couplers and other appurtenances shall be fabricated, and placed in accordance with the requirements of the Building Code and the Supplementary Requirements specified herein.
3.2 FABRICATION
A. General:
1. Reinforcement steel shall be accurately formed to the dimensions and shapes shown, and the fabricating details shall be prepared in accordance with ACI 315 and ACI 318, except as modified by the Contract Drawings. Stirrups and tie bars shall be bent around a pin having a diameter not less than 1½-inch for No. 3 bars, 2-inch for No. 4 bars, and 2½-inch for No. 5 bars. Bends for other bars shall be made around a pin having a diameter not less than 6 times the bar diameter, except for bars larger than 1 inch, in which case the bends shall be made around a pin of 8 bar diameters. Bars shall be bent cold.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall fabricate reinforcement bars for structures in accordance with bending diagrams, placing lists and placing drawings. Said drawings, diagrams and lists shall be prepared by the CONTRACTOR as specified under Section 01 0300 - Submittals.
B. Fabricating Tolerances: Bars used for concrete reinforcement shall meet the following requirements for fabricating tolerances:
1. Sheared length: + 1-inch
2. Depth of truss bars: + 0, - ½-inch
3. Stirrups, ties and spirals: + ½-inch
4. All other bends: + 1-inch
3.3 PLACING
A. Reinforcement steel shall be accurately positioned as shown, and shall be supported and wired together to prevent displacement, using annealed iron wire ties or suitable clips at intersections.
All reinforcement steel shall be supported by concrete, plastic or metal supports, spacers or metal hangers, which are strong and rigid enough to prevent any displacement of the reinforcement steel.
Where concrete is to be placed on the ground, supporting concrete blocks (or dobies) shall be used, in sufficient numbers to support the bars without settlement, but in no case shall such support be continuous. All concrete blocks used to support, reinforcement steel shall be tied to the steel with wire ties, which are embedded in the blocks. For concrete over formwork, the CONTRACTOR 304
REINFORCEMENT STEEL 03 0200 - 4
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
shall furnish concrete, metal, plastic or other acceptable bar chairs and spacers.
B. Limitations on the use of bar support materials shall be as follows:
1. Concrete Dobies: Permitted at all locations except where architectural finish is required.
2. Wire Bar Supports: Permitted only at slabs over dry areas, interior dry wall surfaces and exterior wall surfaces.
3. Plastic Bar Supports: Permitted at all locations except on grade.
C. Tie wires shall be bent away from the forms in order to provide the specified concrete coverage.
D. Bars additional to those shown which may be found necessary or desirable by the ENGINEER for the purpose of securing reinforcement in position shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR at its own expense.
E. Unless otherwise specified, reinforcement placing tolerances shall be within the limits specified in Section 7.5 of ACI 318 except where in conflict with the requirements of the Building Code.
F. Bars may be moved as necessary to avoid interference with other reinforcement steel, conduits or embedded items. If bars are moved more than one bar diameter, or enough to exceed the above tolerances, the resulting arrangement of bars shall be as acceptable to the ENGINEER.
G. Accessories supporting reinforcing bars shall be spaced such that there is no deflection of the accessory from the weight of the supported bars. When used to space the reinforcing bars from wall forms, the forms and bars shall be located so that there is no deflection of the accessory when the forms are tightened into position.
3.4 SPACING OF BARS
A. The clear distance between parallel bars (except in columns and between multiple layers of bars in beams) shall be not less than the nominal diameter of the bars nor less than 11/3 times the maximum size of the coarse aggregate, nor less than 1 inch.
B. Where reinforcement in beams or girders is placed in two (2) or more layers, the clear distance between layers shall be not less than one inch.
C. In columns, the clear distance between longitudinal bars shall be not less than 1½ times the bar diameter, nor less than 1½ times the maximum size of the coarse aggregate, nor less than 1½ inches.
D. The clear distance between bars shall also apply to the distance between a contact splice and adjacent splices or bars.
3.5 SPLICING
A. General:
1. Reinforcement bar splices shall only be used at locations shown. When it is necessary to splice reinforcement at points other than where shown, the character of the splice shall be as acceptable to the ENGINEER.
2. Unless, otherwise indicated, dowels shall match the size and spacing of the spliced bar.
B. Splices of Reinforcement:
1. The length of lap for reinforcement bars, unless otherwise shown shall be in accordance with ACI 318-89, Section 12.15.1 for a Class B splice.
2. Splices in column spiral reinforcement, when necessary, shall be made by welding or by a lap of 1½ turns.
C. Bending or Straightening: Reinforcement shall not be straightened or re-bent in a manner, which will injure the material. Bars with kinks or bends not shown shall not be used. All bars shall be bent cold, unless otherwise permitted by the ENGINEER. No bars partially embedded in concrete shall be field-bent except as shown or specifically permitted by the ENGINEER. 305
REINFORCEMENT STEEL 03 0200 - 5
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
D. Couplers, which are located at a joint face, shall be a type, which can be set either flush or recessed from the face. The couplers shall be sealed during concrete placement to completely eliminate concrete or cement paste from entering. Couplers intended for future connections shall be recessed a minimum of ½-inch from the concrete surface. After the concrete is placed, the coupler shall be plugged with plastic plugs, which have an O-ring seal and the recess filled with sealant to prevent any contact with water or other corrosive materials. Threaded couplers shall be plugged.
E. Unless noted otherwise, mechanical coupler spacing and capacity shall match the spacing and capacity of the reinforcing shown for the adjacent section.
3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Reinforcement steel shall at all times be protected from conditions conducive to corrosion until concrete is placed around it.
B. The surfaces of all reinforcement steel and other metalwork to be in contact with concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dirt, grease, loose scale and rust, grout, mortar, and other foreign substances immediately before the concrete is placed. Where there is delay in depositing concrete, reinforcement shall be reinserted and, if necessary recleaned.
3.7 EMBEDMENT OF DRILLED REINFORCING STEEL DOWELS
A. Hole Preparation:
1. The hole diameter shall be as recommended by the epoxy manufacturer but shall be no larger than 0.25 inch greater than the diameter of the outer surface of the reinforcing bar deformations.
2. The depth of the hole shall be as recommended by the epoxy manufacturer to fully develop the bar but shall not be less than 12 bar diameters, unless noted otherwise.
3. The hole shall be drilled by methods, which do not interfere with the proper bonding of epoxy.
4. Existing reinforcing steel in the vicinity, of proposed holes shall be located prior to drilling.
The location of holes to be drilled shall be adjusted to avoid drilling through or nicking any existing reinforcing bars.
5. The hole shall be blown clean with clean, dry compressed air to remove all dust and loose particles.
6. Epoxy shall be injected into the hole through a tube placed to the bottom of the hole. The tube shall be withdrawn as epoxy is placed but kept immersed to prevent formation of air pockets. The hole shall be filled to a depth that insures that excess material will be expelled from the hole during dowel placement.
7. Dowels shall be twisted during insertion into the partially filled hole so as to guarantee full wetting of the bar surface with epoxy. The bar shall be inserted slowly enough to avoid developing air pockets.
END OF SECTION 03 0200
306
JOINTS IN CONCRETE 03 0290 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 03 0290 – JOINTS IN CONCRETE
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. Construct all joints in concrete at the locations shown. Joints required in concrete structures are of various types and will be permitted only where shown, unless specifically accepted by the ENGINEER.
1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Commercial Standards:
ASTM C920 Specifications for Elastomeric Joint Sealants ASTM D412 Test Methods for Rubber Properties in Tension ASTM D624 Test Method for Rubber Property -- Tear Resistance ASTM D638 Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics ASTM D746 Test Method for Brittleness Temperature of Plastics and Elastomers by Impact ASTM D747 Test Method for Apparent Bending Modulus of Plastics by Means of a Cantilever Beam
ASTM D1056 Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials -- Sponge or Expanded Rubber ASTM D1752 Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction
ASTM D2240 Test Method for Rubber Property -- Durometer Hardness ASTM D2241 Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDRSeries)
1.3 TYPES OF JOINTS
A. Construction Joints: Provide where shown on the plans. When fresh concrete is placed against a hardened concrete surface, the joint between the two (2) pours is called a construction joint. Unless otherwise specified, all joints in water bearing members shall be provided with a waterstop and sealant groove of the shape specified and shown. The space so formed shall be filled with a joint sealant material as specified in Section 07 9200 – Caulking and Joint Sealant.
B. Contraction Joints: Provide where shown on the plans. Contraction joints are similar to construction joints except that the fresh concrete shall not bond to the hardened surface of the first pour, which shall be coated with a bond breaker. The slab reinforcement shall be stopped 4½ inches from the joint; which is provided with a sleeve-type dowel, to allow shrinkage of the concrete of the second pour. Waterstop and/or sealant groove shall also be provided when specified or shown.
C. Expansion Joints: Provide where shown on the plans. To allow the concrete to expand freely, a space is provided between the two pours, the joint shall be formed as shown. This space is obtained by placing a filler joint material against the first pour, which acts as a form for the second pour.
Unless otherwise specified, all expansion joints in water bearing members shall be provided with a waterstop as shown.
D. The space so formed shall be filled with a joint sealant material as specified in Section 07 9200 – Caulking and Joint Sealant. In order to keep the two (2) walls or slab elements in line the joint shall also be provided with a sleeve-type dowel as shown. 307
JOINTS IN CONCRETE 03 0290 - 2
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
E. Control Joints: The function of the control joint is to provide a weaker plane in the concrete, where shrinkage cracks will probably occur. Saw-cut in the concrete shall be provided at a minimum of 15 feet in both North/South and East/West directions. Control joints shall be 3/8 inch in width.
This groove is afterward filled with a joint sealant material as specified in Section 07 9200 – Caulking and Joint Sealant.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be furnished in accordance with Section 01 3300 - Submittals.
B. Waterstops: Prior to production of the material required under this contract, qualification samples shall be submitted. Such samples shall consist of extruded or molded sections of each size or shape to be used, and shall be accomplished so that the material and workmanship represents in all respects the material to be furnished under this contract. The balance of the material to be used under this contract shall not be produced until after the ENGINEER has reviewed the qualification samples. As defined in Section 03 0150 - Concrete Accessories.
C. Joint Location: Submit placement shop drawings showing the location and type of all joints for each structure, along with the associated pour sequence.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Waterstop Inspection: It is required that all waterstop field joints shall be subject to rigid inspection, and no such work shall be scheduled or started without having made prior arrangements with the ENGINEER to provide for the required inspections. Not less than 24 hours’ notice shall be provided to the ENGINEER for scheduling such inspections.
B. All field joints in waterstops shall be subject to rigid inspection for misalignment, bubbles, inadequate bond, porosity, cracks, offsets and other defects, which would reduce the potential resistance of the material to water pressure at any point. All defective joints shall be replaced with material, which shall pass said inspection, and all faulty material shall be removed from the site and disposed of at no additional cost.
C. The following waterstop defects represent a partial list of defects, which shall be grounds for rejection:
1. Offsets at joints greater than 1/16-inch or 15% of material thickness, at any point, whichever is less.
2. Exterior crack at joint, due to incomplete bond, which is deeper than 1/16-inch or 15% of material thickness, at any point, whichever is less.
3. Any combination of offset or exterior crack which will result in a net reduction in the crosssection of the waterstop in excess of 1/16-inch or 15% of material thickness at any point, whichever is less.
4. Misalignment of joint, which result in misalignment of the waterstop in excess of ½-inch in 10 feet.
5. Porosity in the welded joint as evidenced by visual inspection.
6. Bubbles or inadequate bonding which can be detected with a penknife test. (If, while prodding the entire joint with the point of a pen knife, the knife breaks through the outer portion of the weld into a bubble, the joint shall be considered defective.) D. Waterstop Samples: Prior to use of the waterstop material in the field, a sample of each size or shape of material to be used shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for review. These samples shall be fabricated so that the material and workmanship represent in all respects the fittings to be furnished under this contract. Field samples of fabricated fittings (crosses, tees, etc.) may be selected at random by the ENGINEER for testing by a laboratory at no additional expense to the ENGINEER.
When tested, they shall have a tensile strength across the joints equal to at least 600 psi.
E. Construction Joint Sealant: See Section 07 9200 – Caulking and Joint Sealant 308
JOINTS IN CONCRETE 03 0290 - 3
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 PVC AND HYDROPHILIC WATERSTOP
A. General: As defined in Section 03 0150 – Concrete Accessories.
2.2 BACKING ROD
A. Backing rod shall be an extruded closed-cell, polyethylene foam rod. The material shall be compatible with the joint sealant material used and shall have a tensile strength of not less than 40 psi and a compression deflection of approximately 25% at 8 psi. The rod shall be 1/8-inch larger in diameter than the joint width except that a 1-inch diameter rod shall be used for a ¾-inch wide joint.
2.3 BOND BREAKER
A. Bond breaker shall be Super Bond Breaker as manufactured by Burke Company, San Mateo, California; Select Cure CRB as manufactured by Select Products Co., Upland, California; or ENGINEER approved equal. It shall contain a fugitive dye so that areas of application will be readily distinguishable. Provide where shown on the plans.
2.4 SLIP DOWELS
A. Slip dowels in joints shall be A36 smooth epoxy-coated bars, conforming to ASTM A 775. Provide where shown on the plans.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Waterstops of the type specified herein shall be embedded in the concrete across joints as shown.
All waterstops shall be fully continuous for the extent of the joint. Splices necessary to provide such continuity shall be accomplished in conformance to printed instructions of manufacturer of the waterstops. Suitable precautions and means to support and protect the waterstops during the progress of the work and shall repair or replace at its own expense any waterstops damaged during the progress of the work shall be taken. All waterstops shall be stored so as to permit free circulation of air around the waterstop material.
B. When any waterstop is installed in the concrete on one side of a joint, while the other half or portion of the waterstop remains exposed to the atmosphere for more than two (2) days, suitable precautions shall be taken to shade and protect the exposed waterstop from direct rays of the sun during the entire exposure and until the exposed portion of the waterstop is embedded in concrete.
3.2 SPLICES IN PVC WATERSTOPS
A. When applicable, splices in waterstops shall be performed by heat-sealing the adjacent waterstop sections in accordance with the manufacturer's printed recommendations. It is essential that:
1. The material not be damaged by heat sealing.
2. The splices have a tensile strength of not less than 60 percent of the unspliced materials tensile strength.
3. The continuity of the waterstop ribs and of its tubular center axis be maintained.
B. Butt joints of the ends of two (2) identical waterstop sections may be made while the material is in the forms.
C. All joints with waterstops involving more than two (2) ends to be jointed together, and all joints which involve an angle cut, alignment change, or the joining of two (2) dissimilar waterstop sections shall be prefabricated prior to placement in the forms, allowing not less than 24-inch long strips of waterstop material beyond the joint. Upon being inspected and approved, such prefabricated waterstop joint assemblies shall be installed in the forms and the ends of the 24-inch strips shall be butt welded to the straight run portions of waterstop in place in the forms. 309
JOINTS IN CONCRETE 03 0290 - 4
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
D. Where a centerbulb waterstop intersects and is jointed with a non-centerbulb waterstop, care shall be taken to seal the end of the centerbulb, using additional PVC material if needed.
3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Setting Waterstops: In order to eliminate faulty installation that may result in joint leakage, particular care shall be taken of the correct positioning of the waterstops during installation.
Adequate provisions must be made to support and anchor the waterstops during progress and to insure the proper placement and or embedment in the concrete. The symmetrical halves of the waterstops shall be equally divided between the concrete pours at the joints. The center axis of the waterstops shall be coincident with the joint openings. Maximum density and imperviousness of the concrete shall be insured by thoroughly working it near all joints.
B. In placing flat-strip waterstops in the forms, means shall be provided to prevent them from being folded over by the concrete as it is placed. Unless otherwise shown, all waterstops shall be held in place with light wire ties on 12-inch centers, which shall be passed through the edge of the waterstop and tied to the curtain of reinforcing steel. Horizontal waterstops, with their flat face in a vertical plane, shall be held in place with continuous supports to which the top edge of the waterstop shall be tacked. In placing concrete around horizontal waterstops, with their flat face in a horizontal plane, concrete shall be worked under the waterstops by hand so, as to avoid the formation of air and rock pockets.
C. In placing centerbulb waterstops in expansion joints, the centerbulb shall be centered on the joint filler material.
D. Waterstop in vertical wall joints shall stop 6 inches from the top of the wall where such waterstop does not connect with any other waterstop and is not to be connected to for a future concrete placement.
E. Joint Location: Construction joints, and other types of joints, shall be provided where shown.
When not shown, construction joints shall be provided at 25-foot maximum spacing for all concrete construction, unless noted otherwise. Where joints are shown spaced greater than 40-feet apart, additional joints shall be provided to maintain the 25-foot maximum spacing. The location of all joints, of any type, shall be submitted for acceptance by the ENGINEER.
F. Joint Preparation: Special care shall be used in preparing concrete surfaces at joints where bonding between two (2) sections of concrete is required. Unless otherwise shown, such bonding will be required at all horizontal joints in walls. Surfaces shall be prepared in accordance with the requirements of Section 03 0300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. Except on horizontal wall construction joints, wall to slab joints or where otherwise shown or specified, at all joints where waterstops are required, the joint face of the first pour shall be coated with a bond breaker as shown on the plans.
G. Construction Joint Sealant: Construction joints in water-bearing floor slabs, and elsewhere as shown, shall be provided with tapered grooves, which shall be filled with a construction joint sealant. The material used for forming the tapered grooves shall be left in the grooves until just before the grooves are cleaned and filled with joint sealant. After removing the forms from the grooves, all laitance and fins shall be removed, and the grooves shall be sandblasted. The grooves shall be allowed to become thoroughly dry, after which they shall be blown out; immediately thereafter, install the joint sealant per Section 07 9200 – Caulking and Joint Sealant they shall be primed, bond breaker tape placed in the bottom of the groove, and filled with the construction joint sealant. The primer used shall be supplied by the same manufacturer supplying the sealant. No sealant will be permitted to be used without a primer. Care shall be used to completely fill the sealant grooves. Areas designated to receive a sealant fillet shall be thoroughly cleaned, as outlined for the tapered grooves, prior to application of the sealant.
END OF SECTION 03 0290
310
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 0300 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 03 0300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. Furnish all materials for concrete in accordance with the provisions of this Section and form, mix, place, cure, repair, finish, and do all other work as required to produce finished concrete, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
B. Soils Report: This work shall conform to the requirements of the latest Geotechnical Evaluation and or Soils Report.
C. The following types of concrete are covered in this Section:
1. Structural Concrete: Concrete to be used in all cases except where indicated otherwise in the Contract Documents.
2. Sitework Concrete: Concrete to be used for curbs, gutters, catch basins, sidewalks, pavements, fence and guard post embedment, underground duct bank encasement, and all other concrete appurtenant to electrical facilities unless otherwise indicated.
3. Lean Concrete: Concrete to be used for thrust blocks, pipe trench cut-off blocks and cradles that are detailed on the Drawings as un-reinforced. Lean concrete shall be used as protective cover for dowels intended for future connection.
D. The term "hydraulic structure" used in these specifications means environmental engineering concrete structures for the containment, treatment or transmission of water, wastewater or other fluids.
1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS
A. Commercial Standards:
ACI 117 Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials ACI 214 Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Strength Test Results of Concrete ACI 301 Structural Concrete for Buildings
ACI 306.1 Cold Weather Concreting
ACI 309 Consolidation of Concrete
ACI 315 Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete ASTM C31 Practices for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field ASTM C33 Concrete Aggregates
ASTM C39 Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens ASTM C94 Ready-Mixed Concrete
ASTM C136 Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates ASTM C143 Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete ASTM C150 Portland Cement
ASTM C156 Test Methods for Water Retention by Concrete Curing Materials ASTM C157 Test Method for Length Change of Hardened Hydraulic Cement Mortar and Concrete
ASTM C192 Practices for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Laboratory ASTM C260 Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete
ASTM C309 Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete ASTM C494 Chemical Admixtures for Concrete
311
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 0300 - 2
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
ASTM C1077 Practice for Laboratories Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for use in Construction & Criteria for Laboratory Evaluation
ASTM D175 Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types) ASTM D448 Classifications for Sizes of Aggregate for Road and Bridge Construction ASTM D2419 Test Method for Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine Aggregate ASTM E119 Method for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS
A. Performance Requirements:
1. General:
a. Except as otherwise specified, provide concrete composed of Portland cement, aggregate, and water so proportioned and mixed as to produce plastic, cohesive workable mixture in accordance with requirements as specified in this Section and suitable to specific conditions of placement.
b. Due to the possible exposure to sulfate a recommended Type II cement and a concrete mix design for foundations and building slab-on-grade that incorporates a maximum water-cement ratio of 0.5.
c. Proportion fine and coarse aggregates in a manner such as not to produce harshness in placing nor honeycombing in structures.
2. Water tightness of Concrete Work: It is the intent of this Section to secure for every part of the Work, concrete and grout of homogeneous structure, which when hardened, will have the required strength and durability.
a. It is recognized that some surface hairline cracks and crazing will develop in the concrete surfaces.
b. Construction, contraction, and expansion joints have been positioned in structures as indicated on the Drawings, and curing methods specified, for purpose of reducing number and size of these expected from specified concrete mixes. c. Repair cracks as described in this Section, which develop in walls or slabs and repair cracks.
d. If patching does not stop the leakage, then at the engineer’s discretion, the installing CONTRACTOR shall pressure inject visible cracks, other than hairline cracks and crazing, in following areas with epoxy as specified in Section 03 0931. 1) Floors and walls of water bearing structures.
2) Walls and overhead slabs of passageways or occupied spaces, outsides of which are exposed to weather or may be washed down and are not specified to receive separate waterproof membrane.
3) Other Items Not Specified to Receive Separate Waterproof Membrane: Slabs over water channels, wet walls, reservoirs, and other similar surfaces.
3. Workmanship and Methods: Provide concrete work, including detailing of reinforcing, conforming with best standard practices and as set forth in ACI 318, Manuals, and Recommended Practices.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be furnished in accordance with Section 01 3300 - Submittals.
B. Product Data: Submit data completely describing products.
C. Information on Heating Equipment to Be Used for Cold Weather Concreting: Submit information on type of equipment to be used for heating materials and/or new concrete in process of curing during excessively cold weather.
D. For conditions that promote rapid drying of freshly placed concrete such as low humidity, high 312
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 0300 - 3
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
temperature, and wind: Submit corrective measures proposed for use prior to placing concrete.
E. Copies of Tests of Concrete Aggregates: Submit certified copies in triplicate of commercial laboratory tests not more than 90 days old of all samples of concrete aggregates.
1. Fine Aggregate:
a. Clay lumps.
b. Reactivity.
c. Shale and chert.
d. Soundness.
e. Color.
f. Decantation.
2. Coarse Aggregate:
a. Clay lumps and friable particles.
b. Reactivity.
c. Shale and chert.
d. Soundness.
e. Abrasion loss.
f. Coal and lignite.
g. Materials finer than 200 sieve.
F. Sieve Analysis: Submit sieve analysis of fine and coarse aggregates being used in triplicate at least every 3 weeks and at any time there is significant change in grading of materials.
G. Concrete Mixes: Submit full details, including mix design calculations for concrete mixes proposed for use for each class of concrete.
1. Include information on correction of batching for varying moisture contents of fine aggregate.
2. Submit source quality test records with mix design submittal. a. Include calculations for f’c based on source quality test records.
H. If There is Change in Aggregate Source, Aggregate Quality from Same Source: Submit new set of design mixes covering each class of concrete.
I. If Either Fine or Coarse Aggregate Is Batched from More than One Bin: Submit analyses for each bin, and composite analysis made up from these, using proportions of materials to be used in mix.
J. Cement Mill Tests: Include alkali content, representative of each shipment of cement for verification of compliance with specified requirements.
K. Pozzolan Certificate of Compliance: Identify source of pozzolan and certify compliance with requirements of ASTM C618.
L. Information on mixing equipment.
M. Drying shrinkage test data.
N. Packing and Shipping:
1. Deliver, store, and handle concrete materials in manner as to prevent damage and inclusion of foreign substances.
2. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers until ready for use.
3. Deliver aggregate to mixing site and handle in such a manner that variations in moisture content will not interfere with steady production of concrete of specified degree of uniformity and slump.
O. Acceptance at Site: Reject material containers or materials showing evidence of water or other damage.
P. Test Batch Test Data:
1. Submit data for each test cylinder.
313
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 0300 - 4
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
2. Submit data that identifies mix and slump for each test cylinder.
Q. Sequence of Concrete Placing: Submit proposed sequence of placing concrete showing proposed beginning and ending of individual placements.
R. Ties to be used and the tie hole patching procedure and methods and materials.
S. Curing Compound Other than Specified Compound: Submit complete data on proposed compound.
T. Repair of Defective Concrete: Submit mix design for grout or product data if mixed onsite.
U. Acceptance of Method of Concrete Repair: Make no repair until the ENGINEER has accepted method.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. General
1. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment.
2. Tests for compressive strength and shrinkage of concrete shall be performed as indicated herein.
Test for determining slump will be in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C143.
3. The cost of all laboratory tests on concrete will be borne by the CONTRACTOR. The laboratory will meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM C1077.
4. Concrete for testing shall be supplied by the CONTRACTOR at no additional cost to the OWNER, and the CONTRACTOR shall assist the ENGINEER in obtaining samples, and disposal and cleanup of excess material.
B. Field Testing of Concrete:
1. During progress of construction, the CONTRACTOR will assist with preparing testing cylinders. In accordance with Specification 014000, the OWNER will have tests made to determine whether the concrete, as being produced, complies with requirements specified.
2. Tests will be performed in accordance with ASTM C31, ASTM C39, and ASTM C172.
3. The Required Number of Cylinders:
1) Not less than 3 cylinder specimens, 6 inch diameter by 12 inch long, will be tested for each 150 cubic yards of each class of concrete placed and not less than 3 specimens for each half day’s placement.
2) One cylinder will be broken at 7 days and 2 at 28 days. a. The Testing Agency shall:
1) Test slump of concrete using slump cone in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C143.
2) Furnish test equipment.
3) Do not use the concrete that does not meet specification requirements in regards to slump, but remove such concrete from project site.
4) Test slump at the beginning of each placement, as often as necessary to keep slump within the specified range, and when requested to do so by the ENGINEER.
5) Make provisions for and furnish concrete for test specimens, and provide manual assistance to the ENGINEER in preparing said specimens. 6) Assume responsibility for care of and providing of curing conditions for test specimens in accordance with ASTM C31.
C. Enforcement of Strength Requirement:
1. Concrete is expected to reach higher compressive strength than that which is indicated on the drawings and herein as specified compressive strength f’c.
2. Strength Level of Concrete: Will be considered acceptable if the following conditions are satisfied.
314
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 0300 - 5
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
a. Average of all sets of 3 consecutive test results is greater or equal to specified compressive strength f’c.
b. No individual strength test (average of 2 cylinders) falls below specified compressive strength f’c by more than 500 pounds per square inch.
c. Whenever one, or both, of 2 conditions stated above is not satisfied, provide additional curing of affected portion followed by cores taken in accordance with ASTM C42 and ACI 318 and comply with the following requirements.
1) If additional curing does not bring average of 3 cores taken in affected area to at least specified compressive strength f’c, designate such concrete in affected area as defective.
2) The ENGINEER may require the CONTRACTOR to strengthen defective concrete by means of additional concrete, all at the CONTRACTOR’s expense.
D. Construction Tolerances: The CONTRACTOR shall set and maintain concrete forms and perform finishing operations to ensure that the completed WORK is within tolerances. Surface defects and irregularities are defined as finishes and are to be distinguished from tolerances. Tolerance is the permissible variation from lines, grades, or dimensions indicated on the Drawings. Where tolerances are not stated in the specifications, permissible deviations will be in accordance with ACI 117.
1. The following construction tolerances apply to finished walls and slab unless otherwise indicated:
Item Tolerance
Variation of the constructed linear outline
from the established position in plan.
In 10 feet: ¼ inch;
In 20 feet or more: ½ inch
Variation from the level or from the grades
shown.
In 10 feet: ¼ inch;
In 20 feet or more: ½ inch
Variation from the plumb. In 10 feet: ¼ inch;
In 20 feet or more: ½ inch
Variation in the thickness of slabs and walls. Minus ¼ inch; Plus ½ inch
Variation in the locations and sizes of slabs
and wall openings.
Plus or minus ¼ inch
Variation in weirs hydraulic control
structures.
Max deviation in elevation ¼ inch (total)
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements:
1. Hot weather concreting:
a. When Ambient Air Temperature Is Above 90 Degrees Fahrenheit: Prior to placing concrete, cool forms and reinforcing steel to by water cooling to below 90 degrees Fahrenheit.
b. Temperature of Concrete Mix at Time of Placement: Keep temperature below 90 degrees Fahrenheit by methods which do not impair quality of concrete.
2. Cold Weather Concreting:
a. Concrete placed below ambient air temperature of 45 degrees Fahrenheit and falling or below 40 degrees Fahrenheit: Make provision for heating water. b. If materials have been exposed to freezing temperatures to degree that any material is below 35 degrees Fahrenheit: Heat such materials.
c. Heating Water, Cement, or Aggregate Materials:
1) Do not heat in excess of 160 degrees Fahrenheit.
d. Protection of Concrete in Forms:
1) Protect by means of covering with tarpaulins, or other acceptable covering. 2) Provide means for circulating warm moist air around forms in manner to 315
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 0300 - 6
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
maintain temperature of 50 degrees Fahrenheit for at least 5 days.
3. For conditions that promote rapid drying of freshly placed concrete such as low humidity, high temperature, and wind: Take corrective measures to minimize rapid water loss from concrete.
a. Furnish and use sufficient number of maximum and minimum self-recording thermometers to adequately measure temperature around concrete.
1.7 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Schedule placing of concrete in such a manner as to complete any single placing operation to construction, contraction, or expansion joint.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Aggregate
1. General:
a. Provide concrete aggregates that are sound, uniformly graded, and free of deleterious material in excess of allowable amounts specified.
b. Grade aggregate in accordance with ASTM D75 and C136. c. Provide unit weight of fine and coarse aggregate which produces in place concrete with weight of not less than 140 pounds per cubic foot.
B. Fine Aggregate:
1. Provide fine aggregate for concrete or mortar consisting of clean, natural sand or of sand prepared from crushed stone or crushed gravel.
2. Do not provide aggregate having deleterious substances in excess of the following percentages by weight of contaminating substances. In no case shall total exceed percent listed.
Item Test Method Percent
Removed by decantation (dirt, silt, etc.) ASTM C117 3
Shale or Chert ASTM C295 1
Clay Lumps ASTM C142 1
3. Except as otherwise specified, grade fine aggregate from coarse to fine in accordance with requirements of ASTM C33.
C. Coarse Aggregate:
1. General: Provide coarse aggregate consisting of gravel or crushed stone made up of clean, hard, durable particles free from calcareous coatings, organic matter, or other foreign substances.
2. Weight: Not exceeding 15 percent, for thin or elongated pieces having length greater than 5 times average thickness.
3. Deleterious Materials: Not in excess of following percentages by weight, and in no case having total of all deleterious substances exceeding 2 percent.
Item Test Method Percent
Shale or chert ASTM C295 1
Coal and lignite ASTM C123 ¼
Clay Lumps and friable particles ASTM C142 ¼
Materials finer than Number 200 sieve ASTM C117 ½*
Note:(*) Except when material finer than Number 200 sieve consists of crusher dust, maximum amount shall be 1 percent>
4. Grading:
a. Aggregate: As specified in ASTM C33, Size Number 57, except as otherwise specified or authorized in writing by the ENGINEER.
316
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 0300 - 7
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
b. Aggregate for Concrete for Encasement of Electrical Conduits:
1) Graded as specified in ASTM C33, Size Number 8.
2) Provide concrete utilizing this aggregate equal to 2500 psi concrete in all other respects, and is designated as Class CE.
D. Portland Cement:
1. General: Conform to specifications and tests for ASTM C150, except as specified otherwise.
2. Low Alkali Portland: Have total alkali containing not more than 0.60 percent, unless specified otherwise, and or where soil conditions permit such use.
3. Exposed Concrete in Any Individual Structure: Use only one brand of Portland cement.
4. Cement for Finishes: Provide cement from the same source and of same type as concrete to be finished.
E. Admixtures:
1. General:
a. Do not use admixtures of any type, except as specified, unless written authorization has been obtained from the ENGINEER.
b. Compatible with concrete and other admixtures.
c. Do not use admixtures containing chlorides calculated as chloride ion in excess of 0.5 percent by weight.
d. Use in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and add each admixture to concrete mix separately.
2. Water Reducing Admixture:
a. May be used at the CONTRACTOR’s option.
b. Conform to ASTM C494, Type A or Type D.
c. Not contain air entraining agents.
d. Liquid form before adding to the concrete mix.
e. No decrease in cement is permitted as result of use of water reducing admixture.
3. Superplasticizers or Flyash: Are not to be used without acceptance by ENGINEER.
F. Water:
1. Water for Concrete, Washing Aggregate, and Curing Concrete: Clean and free from oil and deleterious amounts of alkali, acid, organic matter, or other substances.
2. Chlorides and Sulfate Ions:
a. Water for Conventional Reinforced Concrete: Use water not containing more than 1,000 (mg/L) of chlorides calculated as chloride ion, no more than 1,000 (mg/L) of sulfates calculated as sulfate ion.
b. Water for Pre-stressed or Post-tensioned Concrete: Use water not containing more than 650 (mg/L) milligrams per liter of chlorides calculated as chloride ion, nor more than 800 (mg/l) of sulfates calculated as sulfate ion.
G. Conduit Encasement Coloring Agent:
1. Color: Red color concrete used for encasement of electrical ducts, conduits, and similar type items.
2. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal.
a. Frank D, Davis Company, Red Oxide Number 117.
b. I. Reiss Company, Inc., equivalent product.
3. Conduit Encasement Concrete: Mix into each cubic yard of concrete 10 pounds of coloring agent.
H. Keyway Material: Lumber.
I. All curing compounds shall be white pigmented and resin based conforming to ASTM C309, Type D. Sodium silicate compounds shall not be allowed. Concrete curing compound shall be Kurez by Euclid Chemical Company; MB-429 as manufactured by Mater Builders; L&M Cure R; or 317
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 0300 - 8
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
equal. Water based resin curing compounds shall be used only where local air quality regulations prohibit the use of a solvent based compound. Water based curing compounds shall be Aqua-Cure by Euclid Chemical Company; Masterkure-W by Master Builders; L&M Cure R-2; or equal.
J. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal.
1. WR Meadows
2. CGM Incorporated
K. Plastic Membrane Curing: Use polyethylene film.
4. Color: White
5. Thickness: Minimum 6 mils.
6. Loss of Moisture: Not to exceed 0.055 grams per square centimeter of surface when tested in accordance with ASTM C156.
2.2 CONCRETE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Concrete shall be composed of cement, admixtures, aggregates, and water of the qualities indicated. The exact proportions in which these materials are to be used for different parts of the work will be determined during the trial batch. In general, the mix shall be designed to produce a concrete capable of being deposited so as to obtain maximum density and minimum shrinkage, and, where deposited in forms, to have good consolidation properties and maximum smoothness of surface. The aggregate gradations shall be formulated to provide fresh concrete that will not promote rock pockets around reinforcing steel or embedded items. The proportions shall be changed whenever necessary or desirable to meet the required results at no additional cost to the OWNER. All changes shall be subject to review by the ENGINEER.
B. Fine Aggregate Composition: In mix designs for structural concrete, the percentage of fine aggregate in total aggregate by weight, shall be as indicated in the following table.
Fine Aggregate
Fineness Modulus Maximum Percent
2.7 or less 41
2.7 to 2.8 42
2.8 to 2.9 43
2.9 to 3.0 44
For other concrete, the maximum percentage of fine aggregate of total aggregate, by weight, shall not exceed 50.
C. Water-Cement Ratio and Compressive Strength: Concrete shall have the following minimum properties unless noted otherwise on the plans:
Type of Work
Min 28-Day
Compr.
Strength* (psi)
Size
Aggregate (in)
Minimum
Cement
Per Cu Yd (lbs)
Non Air
Max W/C
Ratio (by weight)
Structural Concrete 5,000 1 564 0.45
Pea Gravel Mix 4,000 3/8 752 0.40
Sitework concrete 3,000 1 470 0.50
Lean concrete 2,000 1 376 0.60
NOTES: W/C Ratio shall be based upon the Geotechnical Evaluation and or Soils Report – Refer to the Evaluation for W/C, and other site dependent concrete recommendations. See the Structural Plan notes for strength application and location.
The CONTRACTOR is cautioned that the limiting parameters above are not a mix design.
Additional cement or water reducing agent may be required to achieve workability required by the CONTRACTOR's construction methods and aggregates. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for providing concrete with the required workability.
318
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 0300 - 9
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
*For strengths above 4500 psi (non-air) concrete proportions shall be established from either existing field data or trial mixes. This information shall be submitted by the ready mix company through the CONTRACTOR for review by the ENGINEER before it will be approved. The average compressive strength from the test record must equal or exceed the ACI 318 requirements for average compressive strength.
D. Adjustments to Mix Design: The mixes shall be changed whenever such change is necessary or desirable to secure the required strength, density, workability, and surface finish, and the CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to no additional compensation because of such changes.
2.3 CONSISTENCY
A. The quantity of water in a batch of concrete shall be just sufficient, with a normal mixing period, to produce a concrete which can be worked properly into place without segregation and which can be compacted by vibratory methods to give the desired density, impermeability, and smoothness of surface. The quantity of water shall be changed as necessary, with variations in the nature or moisture content of the aggregates, to maintain uniform production of a desired consistency. The consistency of the concrete in successive batches shall be determined by slump tests in accordance with ASTM C143. The slumps shall be as follows:
Part of Work Max Slump (in)
All concrete, unless indicated otherwise 3.5 inches plus or minus 1-inch With high range water reducer added 7 inches plus or minus 2 inches Pea gravel mix 7 inches plus or minus 2 inches
Ductbanks 5 inches plus or minus 1-inch
2.4 MIXES
A. Measurements of Materials:
1. Measure materials by weighing, except as otherwise specified or where other methods are specifically authorized in writing by the ENGINEER.
2. Furnish apparatus for weighing aggregates and cement that is suitably designed and constructed for this purpose.
3. Accuracy of Weighing Devices: Furnish devices that have capability of providing successive quantities of individual material that can be measured to within one percent of desired amount of that material.
4. Measuring or Weighing Devices: Subject to review by the ENGINEER, and bear valid seal of the Sealer of Weights and Measures having jurisdiction.
5. Weighing Cement:
a. Weigh cement separately.
b. Cement in Unbroken Standard Packages (Sacks): Need not be weighed. c. Bulk Cement and Fractional Packages: Weigh such cement.
6. Mixing Water: Measured by volume or by weight.
B. Concrete Proportions and Consistency:
1. Concrete Consistency and Composition:
a. Provide concrete that can be worked readily into corners and angles of forms and around reinforcement without excessive vibration and without permitting materials to segregate or free water to collect on surface.
b. Prevent unnecessary or haphazard changes in consistency of concrete.
2. Ratio of Coarse Aggregate to Fine Aggregate: Not less than 1.0 nor more than 2.0 for all concrete Classes, with exception of Class CE.
3. Aggregate:
a. Obtain aggregate from source which is capable of providing uniform quality, moisture 319
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 0300 - 10
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
content, and grading during any single day’s operation.
4. Concrete Mix Water to Cement Ratio, Cement Content, and Slump Range:
5. Conform to values specified in Section 2.2.C and per the Geotechnical Evaluation and or Soils Report.
6. Concrete Batch Weighs: Control and adjust so as to secure maximum yield, and at all times maintain proportions of concrete mix within specified limits.
7. Mixture Modification: If required, by the ENGINEER, modify mixture within limits set forth in this Section.
C. Concrete Mixes:
1. Proportioning of Concrete Mix: Proportion mixes on required average on compressive strength f’c as defined in the contract documents.
2. Mixes:
a. Adjusting of Water: After acceptance, do not change mixes without acceptance by ENGINEER, except that at all times adjust batching of water to compensate for free moisture content of fine aggregate.
b. Total Water Content of Each Concrete Class: Not exceed those specified in Section
2.2.C, unless noted otherwise or specified in the Geotechnical Evaluation and or Soils Report.
c. Checking Moisture Content of Fine Aggregate: Furnish satisfactory means at batching plant for checking moisture content of fine aggregate.
3. Change in Mixes: Undertake new trial batch and test program as specified in this Section.
D. Hand Mixed Concrete:
1. Hand mix concrete only when acceptable to the ENGINEER.
2. Prepare hand mixed concrete on watertight, level platform in batches not to exceed 1/3 cubic yard each.
3. Aggregate:
a. First spread required amount of coarse aggregate on platform in an even and uniform layer, and then over such aggregate spread proper proportion of fine aggregate. b. Combined Depth of Both Such Layers: Not be greater than one foot.
4. Cement:
a. First evenly spread required quantity of cement over fine aggregate. b. Then turn entire batch with shovels at least twice before adding water.
5. Water:
a. Then uniformly sprinkle or spray proper amount of water over batched materials. b. Then turn with shovels not less than three times before being removing from platform.
2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Tests:
1. Concrete Mixes:
a. After concrete mixes have been accepted by ENGINEER, have trial batches of the accepted mix designs prepared by testing laboratory acceptable to the ENGINEER. b. Prepare trial batches by using specified cement and aggregates proposed to be use for the work.
c. Trial Batches: Provide batches of sufficient quantity to determine slump, workability, consistency, and finishing characteristics, and to provide sufficient test cylinders. d. Test Cylinders: Provide cylinders having six inch diameter by 12 inch length and that are prepared in accordance with ASTM C31 for tests specified in this Section. e. Determine slump in accordance with ASTM C143.
f. Test Cylinders from Trial Batch:
1) Test 8 cylinders for compressive strength in accordance with ASTM C39. a) Test 4 cylinders at 7 days and 4 at 28 days.
320
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 0300 - 11
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
b) Establish ratio between 7 day and 28 day strength for mix. Seven day strength may be taken as satisfactory indication of 28 day strength provided effects on concrete of temperature and humidity between 7 day and 28 day are taken into account.
2) Average Compressive Strength of 4 Test Cylinders Tested at 28 Days: Equal to or greater than required average compressive strength f’c on which concrete mix design is based.
g. Drying Shrinkage:
1) Prepare 5 drying shrinkage specimens in accordance with ASTM C157, except as modified herein.
2) Remove drying shrinkage specimens from molds at age of 23 hours plus or minus 1 hour after trial batching, then immediately place them in water at 73 degrees Fahrenheit plus or minus 3 degrees for at least 30 minutes and then measure specimens within 30 minutes thereafter to determine original length.
Then submerge specimens in saturated lime water at 73 degrees Fahrenheit plus or minus three degrees for moist curing.
3) Make measurements to determine expansion expressed as percentage of original length at age 7 days. Use length at age 7 days as base length for drying shrinking calculations.
4) Immediately store specimens in humidity controlled room maintained at 73 degrees Fahrenheit plus or minus 3 degrees and 50 percent plus or minus 4 relative humidity for remainder of the test.
5) Make and report measurements to determine shrinkage expressed as percentage of base length separately for 7, 14, 21, and 28 days of drying after 7 days of moist curing.
6) Drying Shrinkage Deformation:
a) Measure drying shrinkage deformation of each specimen as difference between base length and length after drying at each test age. b) Measure average drying shrinkage deformation of specimens to nearest
0.0001 inch at each test age.
c) If drying shrinkage of any specimen departs from average of test age by more than 0.0004 inch, disregard results obtained from that specimen and test another specimen.
d) Shrinkage of trial batch concrete at 28 days drying age shall not exceed
0.045 percent maximum.
h. If trial batch tests do not meet specified requirements for slump, strength, workability, consistency, drying shrinkage, and finishing, change concrete mix design proportions and, if necessary, source of aggregate. Make additional trial batches and tests until an acceptable trial batch is produced that meets requirements of this Section. i. Perform test batches and tests required to establish trial batches and acceptability of materials without change in Contract Price.
j. Do not place concrete until the concrete mix design and trial batch have been accepted by ENGINEER.
2. Required Average Compressive Strength:
a. Determine required average compressive strength (f’c) for selection of concrete proportions for mix design, for each class of concrete, using calculated standard deviation and its corresponding specified compressive strength f’c, in accordance with ACI 318, Part 3, Chapter 5.
b. When test records of at least 30 consecutive tests that span period of not less that 45 calendar days are available, establish standard deviation as described in ACI 318, Part 3, Chapter 5 and as modified as follows herein.
c. Provide test records from which to calculate standard deviation that represent 321
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 0300 - 12
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
materials, quality control procedures, and conditions similar to materials, quality control procedures, and conditions expected to apply in preparation of concrete for the Work.
d. Provide changes in materials and proportions within test records that are more restricted than those for the Work.
e. Specified Compressive Strength (f’c) of Concrete Used in Test Records : Within 1,000 pounds per square inch of that specified for the Work.
f. When lacking adequate test records for calculation of standard deviation meeting requirements, determine required average compressive strength f’c from the following table – See ACI 318.
Specified Compressive Strength f’c
(pounds per square inch)
Required Average Compressive Strength f’c
(pounds per square inch)
Less than 3,000 f’c + 1,000
3,000 to 5,000 f’c + 1,200
Over 5,000 f’c + 1,400
3. Pozzolan:
a. Sampling and Testing:
1) Sample and test pozzolan in accordance with ASTM C311. 2) In Computing Water to Cement Ratio and Cement Content per Cubic Yard of Concrete: Consider cement weight to be weight of Portland cement plus 100 percent of weight of fly ash.
4. Aggregate:
a. Testing of concrete aggregate shall be per Specification Section 01 4000. b. Sieves:
1) Use sieves with square openings for testing grading or aggregates. 2) Sieve Analysis: If sieve analysis indicates significant change in materials, the ENGINEER may require that new mix design be submitted and accepted before further placing of concrete.
c. Sample aggregate in accordance with ASTM D75 and C136. d. Fine Aggregate:
1) Provide fine aggregate not containing strong alkali nor organic matter which gives color darker than standard color when tested in accordance with ASTM C40.
2) Provide aggregate having soundness complying with requirements of ASTM C33 when tested in accordance with ASTM C88.
3) Provide aggregate complying with reactivity requirements of ASTM C33 when tested in accordance with ASTM C289.
e. Coarse Aggregate:
1) Soundness when tested in accordance with ASTM C88: Have loss not greater than 10 percent when tested with sodium sulfate.
2) Abrasion Loss: Not exceed 45 percent after 500 revolutions when tested in accordance with ASTM C131.
3) Reactivity: Not exceed limits specified in Appendix of ASTM C33 when tested in accordance with ASTM C289.
f. Portland Cement:
1) Determination Alkali Content: Determine by method set forth in ASTM C114.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 PROPORTIONING AND MIXING
A. Proportioning: Proportioning of the mix shall conform to the requirements of Chapter 3 322
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 0300 - 13
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
"Proportioning" of ACI 301.
B. Mixing: Mixing shall conform to the requirements of Chapter 7 of said ACI 301 Specifications.
C. Slump: Slumps shall be as indicated herein.
D. Retempering: Retempering of concrete or mortar which has partially hardened shall not be permitted.
3.2 PREPARATION OF SURFACES FOR CONCRETING
A. General: Earth surfaces shall be thoroughly wetted by sprinkling prior to the placing of any concrete, and these surfaces shall be kept moist by frequent sprinkling up to the time of placing concrete thereon. The surface shall be free from standing water, mud and debris at the time of placing concrete.
B. Joints in Concrete: Concrete surfaces upon or against which concrete is to be placed, where the placement of the concrete has been stopped or interrupted so that, as determined by the ENGINEER, the new concrete cannot be incorporated integrally with that previously placed, are defined as construction joints. The surfaces of horizontal joints shall be given a compacted, roughened surface for good bonding. Except where the Drawings call for joint surfaces to be coated, the joint surfaces shall be cleaned of all laitance, loose or defective concrete, foreign material, and be roughened to a minimum ¼-inch amplitude. Such cleaning and roughening shall be accomplished by hydroblasting or sandblasting (exposing aggregate) followed by thorough washing. All pools of water shall be removed from the surface of construction joints before the new concrete is placed.
C. After the surfaces have been prepared, all approximately horizontal construction joints shall be covered with a 6-inch lift of a pea gravel mix. The mix shall be placed and spread uniformly. Wall concrete shall follow immediately and shall be placed upon the fresh pea gravel mix.
D. Placing Interruptions: When placing of concrete is to be interrupted long enough for the concrete to take a set, the working face shall be given a shape by the use of forms or other means, that will secure proper union with subsequent work; provided that construction joints shall be made only where acceptable to the ENGINEER.
E. Embedded Items: No concrete shall be placed until all formwork, installation of parts to be embedded, reinforcement steel, and preparation of surfaces involved in the placing have been completed and accepted by the ENGINEER at least 4 hours before placement of concrete. All surfaces of forms and embedded items that have become encrusted with dried grout from previous work shall be cleaned before the surrounding or adjacent concrete is placed.
F. All inserts or other embedded items shall conform to the requirements herein.
G. All reinforcement, anchor bolts, sleeves, inserts, and similar items shall be set and secured in the forms at locations indicated on the Drawings or shown by shop drawings and shall be acceptable to the ENGINEER before any concrete is placed. Accuracy of placement is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.
H. Casting New Concrete Against Old: Where concrete is to be cast against old concrete (any concrete which is greater than 180 days of age), the surface of the old concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned and roughened by hydro-blasting or sandblasting (exposing aggregate). The joint surface shall be coated with an epoxy bonding agent unless indicated otherwise by the ENGINEER.
I. No concrete shall be placed in any structure until all water entering the space to be filled with concrete has been properly cut off or has been diverted by pipes, or other means, and carried out of the forms, clear of the WORK. No concrete shall be deposited underwater nor shall the CONTRACTOR allow still water to rise on any concrete until the concrete has attained its initial set. Water shall not be permitted to flow over the surface of any concrete in such manner and at such velocity as will injure the surface finish of the concrete. Pumping or other necessary dewatering operations for removing ground water, if required, shall be subject to the review of the 323
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 0300 - 14
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
ENGINEER.
J. Corrosion Protection: Pipe, conduit, dowels, and other ferrous items required to be embedded in concrete construction shall be so positioned and supported prior to placement of concrete that there will be a minimum of 2 inches clearance between said items and any part of the concrete reinforcement. Securing such items in position by wiring or welding them to the reinforcement will not be permitted.
K. Openings for pipes, inserts for pipe hangers and brackets, and anchors shall, where practicable, be provided during the placing of concrete.
L. Anchor bolts shall be accurately set and shall be maintained in position by templates while being embedded in concrete.
M. Cleaning: The surfaces of all metalwork to be in contact with concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dirt, grease, loose scale and rust, grout, mortar, and other foreign substances immediately before the concrete is placed.
3.3 HANDLING, TRANSPORTING, AND PLACING
A. General: Placing of concrete shall conform to the applicable requirements of Chapter 8 of ACI 301 and the requirements of this Section. No aluminum materials shall be used in conveying any concrete.
B. Non-Conforming Work or Materials: Concrete which during or before placing is found not to conform to the requirements indicated herein shall be rejected and immediately removed from the work. Concrete which is not placed in accordance with these Specifications, or which is of inferior quality, shall be removed and replaced by the CONTRACTOR at no additional cost to the OWNER.
C. Unauthorized Placement: No concrete shall be placed except in the presence of a duly authorized representative of the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER in writing at least 24 hours in advance of placement of any concrete.
D. Placement in Wall and Column Forms: Concrete shall not be dropped through reinforcement steel or into any deep form, nor shall concrete be placed in any form in such a manner as to leave accumulation of mortar on the form surfaces above the placed concrete. In such cases, means such as hoppers and, if necessary, vertical ducts of canvas, rubber, or metal shall be used for placing concrete in the forms in a manner that it may reach the place of final deposit without separation.
In no case shall the free fall of concrete exceed 4-feet in walls and 8-feet in columns below the ends of ducts, chutes or buggies. Concrete shall be uniformly distributed during the process of depositing and in no case after depositing shall any portion be displaced in the forms more than 6- feet in horizontal direction. Concrete in wall forms shall be deposited in uniform horizontal layers not deeper than 2-feet; and care shall be taken to avoid inclined layers or inclined construction joints except where such are required for sloping members. Each layer shall be placed while the previous layer is still soft. The rate of placing concrete in wall forms shall not exceed 5-feet of vertical rise per hour. Sufficient illumination shall be provided in the interior of all forms so that the concrete at the places of deposit is visible from the deck or runway.
E. Casting New Concrete Against Old: Epoxy adhesive bonding agent shall be applied to the old surfaces according to the manufacturer's written recommendations. This provision shall not apply to joints where waterstop is provided. See Section 03 0290 - Joints in Concrete.
F. Conveyor Belts and Chutes: All ends of chutes, hopper gates, and all other points of concrete discharge throughout the CONTRACTOR'S conveying, hoisting, and placing system shall be designed and arranged so that concrete passing from them will not fall separated into whatever receptacle immediately receives it. Conveyor belts, if used, shall be of a type acceptable to the ENGINEER. Chutes longer than 50-feet will not be permitted. Minimum slopes of chutes shall be such that concrete of the indicated consistency will readily flow in them. If a conveyor belt is used, it shall be wiped clean by a device operated in such a manner that none of the mortar adhering to the belt will be wasted. All conveyor belts and chutes shall be covered. 324
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 0300 - 15
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
G. Placement in Slabs: Concrete placed in sloping slabs shall proceed uniformly from the bottom of the slab to the top, for the full width of the placement. As the work progresses, the concrete shall be vibrated and carefully worked around the slab reinforcement, and the surface of the slab shall be screeded in an up-slope direction.
H. Temperature of Concrete: The temperature of concrete when it is being placed shall be not more than 90 degrees F nor less than 55 degrees F for sections less than 12 inches thick nor less than 50 degrees for all other sections. Concrete ingredients shall not be heated to a temperature higher than that necessary to keep the temperature of the mixed concrete, as placed, from falling below the minimum temperature. When the temperature of the concrete is 85 degrees F or above, the time between the introduction of the cement to the aggregates and discharge shall not exceed 45 minutes.
If concrete is placed when the weather is such that the temperature of the concrete would exceed 90 degrees F, the CONTRACTOR shall employ effective means, such as pre-cooling of aggregates and mixing water using ice or placing at night, as necessary to maintain the temperature of the concrete, as it is placed, below 90 degrees F. The CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any additional compensation on account of the foregoing requirements.
I. Cold Weather Placement:
1. Placement of concrete shall conform to ACI 306.1 - Cold Weather Concreting, and the following.
2. Remove all snow, ice, and frost from the surfaces, including reinforcement, against which concrete is to be placed. Before beginning concrete placement, thaw the subgrade to a minimum depth of 6 inches. All reinforcement and embedded items shall be warmed to above 32 degrees F prior to concrete placement.
3. Maintain the concrete temperature above 50 degrees F for at least 5 days after placement.
3.4 PUMPING OF CONCRETE
A. General: If the pumped concrete does not produce satisfactory end results, the CONTRACTOR shall discontinue the pumping operation and proceed with the placing of concrete using conventional methods.
B. Pumping Equipment: The pumping equipment shall have two (2) cylinders and be designed to operate with one cylinder in case the other one is not functioning. In lieu of this requirement, the CONTRACTOR may have a standby pump on the site during pumping.
C. The minimum diameter of the hose conduits shall be in accordance with ACI 304.2R.
D. Pumping equipment and hose conduits that are not functioning properly shall be replaced.
E. Aluminum conduits for conveying the concrete shall not be permitted.
F. Field Control: Concrete samples for slump and test cylinders will be taken at the placement end of the hose.
3.5 ORDER OF PLACING CONCRETE
A. The order of placing concrete in all parts of the WORK shall be acceptable to the ENGINEER. In order to minimize the effects of shrinkage, the concrete shall be placed in units as bounded by construction joints at the indicated locations. The placing of units shall be done by placing alternate units in a manner such that each unit placed shall have cured at least 5-days for hydraulic structures and 2-days for all other structures before the contiguous unit or units are placed, except that the corner sections of vertical walls shall not be placed until the two (2) adjacent wall panels have cured at least 10 days for hydraulic structures and 4-days for all other structures.
B. The surface of the concrete shall be level whenever a run of concrete is stopped. To insure a level, straight joint on the exposed surface of walls, a wood strip at least ¾-inch thick shall be tacked to the forms on these surfaces. The concrete shall be carried about ½-inch above the underside of the strip. About one hour after the concrete is placed, the strip shall be removed and any irregularities in the edge formed by the strip shall be leveled with a trowel and all laitance shall be removed. 325
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 0300 - 16
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
3.6 TAMPING AND VIBRATING
A. As concrete is placed in the forms or in excavations, it shall be thoroughly settled and compacted, throughout the entire depth of the layer which is being consolidated, into a dense, homogeneous mass, filling all corners and angles, thoroughly embedding the reinforcement, eliminating rock pockets, and bringing only a slight excess of water to the exposed surface of concrete. Vibrators shall be Group 3 per ACI 309, high speed power vibrators (8,000 to 12,000 rpm) of an immersion type in sufficient number and with at least one standby unit as required. Group 2 vibrators may be used only at specific locations when accepted by the ENGINEER.
B. Care shall be used in placing concrete around waterstops. The concrete shall be carefully worked by rodding and vibrating to make sure that all air and rock pockets have been eliminated. Where flat-strip type waterstops are placed horizontally, the concrete shall be worked under the waterstops by hand, making sure that all air and rock pockets have been eliminated. Concrete surrounding the waterstops shall be given additional vibration over and above that used for adjacent concrete placement to assure complete embedment of the waterstops in the concrete.
C. Concrete in walls shall be internally vibrated and at the same time rammed, stirred or worked with suitable appliances, tamping bars, shovels or forked tools until it completely fills the forms or excavations and closes snugly against all surfaces. Subsequent layers of concrete shall not be placed until the layers previously placed have been worked thoroughly. Vibrators shall be provided in sufficient numbers, with standby units as required, to accomplish the required results within 15 minutes after concrete of the prescribed consistency is placed in the forms. The vibrating head shall not contact the surfaces of the forms. Care shall be taken not to vibrate concrete excessively or to work it in any manner that causes segregation of its constituents.
3.7 FINISHING CONCRETE SURFACES
A. General: Surfaces shall be free from fins, bulges, ridges, offsets, honeycombing or roughness of any kind, and shall present a finished, smooth, continuous hard surface. Allowable deviations from plumb or level and from the alignment, profiles and dimensions shown are defined as tolerances and are indicated in Part 1, above. These tolerances are to be distinguished from irregularities in finish as described herein. Aluminum finishing tools shall not be used.
B. Formed Surfaces: No treatment is required after form removal except for curing, repair of defective concrete, and treatment of surface defects. Where architectural finish is required, it shall be as indicated. Surface holes larger than ½-inch in diameter or deeper than ¼-inch are defined as surface defects in basins and exposed walls and shall be patched per Section 3.11 Treatment of Surface Defects.
C. Unformed Surfaces: After proper and adequate vibration and tamping, all unformed top surfaces of slabs, floors, walls and curbs shall be brought to a uniform surface with suitable tools. Immediately after the concrete has been screeded, it shall be treated with a liquid evaporation retardant. The retardant shall be used again after each work operation as necessary to prevent drying shrinkage cracks. The classes of finish specified for unformed concrete surfaces are designated and defined as follows:
1. Finish U1 - Sufficient leveling and screeding to produce an even, uniform surface with surface irregularities not to exceed 3/8-inch. No further special finish is required.
2. Finish U2 - After sufficient stiffening of the screeded concrete, surfaces shall be float finished with wood or metal floats or with a finishing machine using float blades. Excessive floating of surfaces while the concrete is plastic and dusting of dry cement and sand on the concrete surface to absorb excess moisture will not be permitted. Floating shall be the minimum necessary to produce a surface that is free from screed marks and is uniform in texture.
Surface irregularities shall not exceed 1/4-inch. Joints and edges shall be tooled where indicated or as determined by the ENGINEER.
326
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 0300 - 17
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
3. Finish U3 - After the finish U2 surface has hardened sufficiently to prevent excess of fine material from being drawn to the surface, steel troweling shall be performed with firm pressure such as will flatten the sandy texture of the floated surface and produce a dense, uniform surface free from blemishes, ripples, and trowel marks. The finish shall be smooth and free of all irregularities.
4. Finish U4 - Trowel the Finish U3 surface to remove local depressions or high points. In addition, the surface shall be given a light hairbroom finish with brooming perpendicular to drainage unless otherwise indicated. The resulting surface shall be rough enough to provide a nonskid finish.
D. Unformed surfaces shall be finished according to the following schedule:
UNFORMED SURFACE FINISH SCHEDULE
Area Finish
Grade slabs and foundations to be covered with concrete or fill material U1 Water bearing slabs with slopes 10 percent and less U3
Water bearing slabs with slopes greater than 10 percent U4 Slabs not water bearing U4
Top surface of walls U3
E. Concrete slabs and walls to be constructed below the design groundwater elevation will have to be waterproofed. Waterproofing should be designed by a consultant that specializes in permanent waterproofing construction.
3.8 CURING
A. General: All concrete shall be cured for not less than 7 days after placing, in accordance with the methods indicated below for the different parts of the WORK.
Surface to be Cured or Damp proofed Method
Wall sections with forms removed 1
Construction joints between footings and walls, and between floor slab and columns 2 Encasement concrete and thrust blocks 1 or 2
All concrete surfaces not specifically indicated in this paragraph 1 Floor slabs on grade in hydraulic structures 1 or 2
Slabs not on grade 1 or 2
B. Method 1: The surface shall be sprayed with a liquid white pigmented curing compound.
1. It shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions at a maximum coverage rate of 200 square feet per gallon and in such a manner as to cover the surface with a uniform film which will seal thoroughly.
2. Where the curing compound method is used, care shall be exercised to avoid damage to the seal during the 7-day curing period. If the seal is damaged or broken before the expiration of the curing period, the break shall be repaired immediately by the application of additional curing compound over the damaged portion.
3. Wherever curing compound has been applied by mistake to surfaces against which concrete subsequently is to be placed and to which it is to adhere, compound shall be entirely removed by wet sandblasting just prior to the placing of new concrete.
4. Curing compound shall be applied as soon as the concrete has hardened enough to prevent marring on unformed surfaces and within 2 hours after removal of forms. Repairs to formed surfaces shall be made within the 2-hour period; provided, however, that any such repairs which cannot be made within the said 2-hour period shall be delayed until after the curing compound has been applied. When repairs are to be made to an area on which curing compound has been applied, the area involved shall first be wet-sandblasted to remove the 327
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 0300 - 18
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
curing compound.
5. At all locations where concrete is placed adjacent to a panel which has been coated with curing compound, the panel shall have curing compound
C. Method 2: This method applies to both walls and slabs.
1. The concrete shall be kept continuously wet by the application of water for a minimum period of at least seven (7) consecutive days beginning immediately after the concrete has reached final set or forms have been removed.
2. Until the concrete surface is covered with the curing medium, the entire surface shall be kept damp by applying water using nozzles that atomize the flow so that the surface is not marred or washed.
3. Curing blankets shall be used as a curing medium to retain the moisture during the curing period. The curing medium shall be weighted or otherwise held substantially in contact with the concrete surface to prevent being dislodged by wind or any other causes. All edges shall be continuously held in place.
4. The curing blankets and concrete shall be kept continuously wet by the use of sprinklers or other means both during and after normal working hours.
5. Immediately after the application of water has terminated at the end of the curing period, the curing medium shall be removed, any dry spots shall be rewetted and curing compound shall be immediately applied in accordance with Method 4 above.
6. The CONTRACTOR shall dispose of excess water from the curing operation to avoid damage to the work.
3.9 PROTECTION
A. The CONTRACTOR shall protect all concrete against injury until final acceptance at the CONTRACTOR’s own expense and at no additional cost to the OWNER.
B. Fresh concrete shall be protected from damage due to rain, hail, sleet or snow. The CONTRACTOR shall provide such protection while the concrete is still plastic and whenever precipitation is imminent or occurring.
3.10 CURING IN COLD WEATHER
A. The CONTRACTOR shall protect all concrete against injury from cold weather until final acceptance at the CONTRACTOR’s own expense and at no additional cost to the OWNER.
B. Concrete cured by an application of curing compound will require no additional protection from freezing if the protection at 50 degrees F for 72 hours is obtained by means of approved insulation in contact with the forms or concrete surfaces; otherwise the concrete shall be protected against freezing temperatures for 72 hours immediately following 5 days protection at 50 degrees F.
Concrete cured by water shall be protected against freezing temperatures for 3 days immediately following the 72 hours of protection at 50 degrees F.
C. Discontinuance of protection against freezing temperatures shall be such that the drop in temperature of any portion of the concrete will be gradual and will not exceed 40 degrees F in 24 hours. In the spring, when the mean daily temperature rises above 40 degrees F for more than three (3) successive days, the specified 72-hour protection at a temperature not lower than 50 degrees F may be discontinued for as long as the mean daily temperature remains above 40 degrees F; provided, that the concrete shall be protected against freezing temperatures for not less than 48 hours after placement.
D. Where artificial heat is employed, special care shall be taken to prevent the concrete from drying.
Use of un-vented heaters will be permitted only when unformed surfaces of concrete adjacent to the heaters are protected for the first 24 hours from an excessive carbon dioxide atmosphere by application of curing compound; provided, that the use of curing compound for such surfaces is otherwise permitted by these Specifications.
328
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 0300 - 19
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
3.11 TREATMENT OF SURFACE DEFECTS
A. As soon as forms are removed, all exposed surfaces shall be carefully examined and any irregularities shall be immediately patched or ground in a satisfactory manner in order to secure a smooth, uniform and continuous surface. Plastering or coating of surfaces to be smoothed will not be permitted. No repairs shall be made until after inspection by the ENGINEER. In no case will extensive patching of honeycombed concrete be permitted. Concrete containing minor voids, holes, honeycombing, or similar depression defects shall be repaired as indicated below. Concrete containing extensive voids, holes, honeycombing, or similar depression defects shall be completely removed and replaced. All repairs and replacements herein required shall be promptly executed at no increased cost to the OWNER.
B. Defective surfaces to be repaired shall be cut back from true line a minimum depth of ½-inch over the entire area. Feathered edges will not be permitted. Where chipping or cutting tools are not required in order to deepen the area properly, the surface shall be prepared for bonding by the removal of all laitance or soft material, plus not less than 1/32-inch depth of the surface film from all hard portions by means of an efficient sandblast. After cutting and sandblasting, the surface shall be wetted sufficiently in advance of shooting with shotcrete or with cement mortar so that while the repair material is being applied, the surfaces underneath will remain moist but not so wet as to overcome the suction upon which a good bond depends. The material used for repair proposed shall consist of a mixture of one sack of cement to 3-cubic feet of sand. For exposed walls, the cement shall contain such a proportion of Atlas white Portland cement as is required to make the color of the patch match the color of the surrounding concrete. In hydraulic structures the material used for repair shall be hydraulic cement as defined in this Section under Products.
C. Holes left by tie-rod cones shall be rubber stopped and grouted. Holes then shall be repaired in an approved manner with dry-packed cement grout. Holes left by form-tying devices having a rectangular cross-section and other imperfections having a depth greater than their least surface dimension shall not be reamed but shall be repaired in an approved manner with dry-packed cement grout.
D. All repairs shall be built up and shaped in such a manner that the completed work will conform to the requirements of this Section, as applicable, using approved methods which will not disturb the bond, cause sagging, or cause horizontal fractures. Surfaces of repairs shall receive the same kind and amount of curing treatment as required for the concrete in the repaired section.
E. Prior to filling any structure with water, all cracks that may have developed shall be "vee'd" as indicated in specs or in the field and filled with sealant conforming to the requirements of Section 03 0290 - Joints in Concrete. This repair method shall be done on the water bearing face of members. Prior to backfilling, faces of members in contact with fill, which are not covered with a waterproofing membrane shall also have cracks repaired as indicated herein.
3.12 PATCHING HOLES IN CONCRETE
A. Patching Small Holes:
1. Holes which are less than 12 inches in the least dimension and extend completely through concrete members shall be filled.
2. Small holes in members which are water-bearing or in contact with soil or other fill material shall be filled with non-shrink grout or hydraulic cement in wet tanks. Where a face of the member is exposed to view, the non-shrink grout shall be held back 2 inches from the finished surface. The remaining 2 inches shall then be patched according to the Paragraph entitled "Treatment of Surface Defects."
3. Small holes through all other concrete members shall be filled with non-shrink grout or hydraulic cement, with exposed faces treated as above.
B. Patching Large Holes:
1. Holes which are larger than 12 inches in the least dimension shall have a keyway chipped into the edge of the opening all around, unless a formed keyway exists. The holes shall then 329
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 0300 - 20
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
be filled with concrete as indicated herein.
2. Holes which are larger than 24 inches in the least dimension and which do not have reinforcing steel extending from the existing concrete, shall have reinforcing steel set in grout in drilled holes. The reinforcing added shall match the reinforcing in the existing wall unless indicated otherwise.
3. Large holes in members which are water bearing or in contact with soil or other fill shall have a bentonite type waterstop material placed around the perimeter of the hole in accordance with Section 03 0290 - Joints in Concrete, unless there is an existing waterstop in place.
3.13 CARE AND REPAIR OF CONCRETE
A. The CONTRACTOR shall protect all concrete against injury or damage from excessive heat, lack of moisture, overstress or any other cause until final acceptance. Particular care shall be taken to prevent the drying of concrete and to avoid roughening or otherwise damaging the surface. Any concrete found to be damaged, or which may have been originally defective, or which becomes defective at any time prior to the final acceptance of the completed WORK, or which departs from the established line or grade, or which, for any other reason, does not conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, shall be satisfactorily repaired or removed and replaced with acceptable concrete at no additional cost to the OWNER.
END OF SECTION 03 0300
330
GROUT 03 0315 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 03 0315 – GROUT
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. Provide and place grout in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. Section Includes:
1. Concrete Mortar
2. Grout
3. Drypack Mortar
4. Non-shrink Grout.
5. Epoxy grout.
6. Non-shrink epoxy grout.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1. C109 – Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (using 2 inch or 50 millimeter cube specimens).
2. C230 – Standard Specification for Flow Table for Use in Tests of Hydraulic Cement.
3. C531 – Test Method for Liner Shrinkage and Coefficient of Thermal Expansion of ChemicalResistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacing and Polymer Concretes.
4. C579 – Test Method for Compressive Strength of Chemical-Resistant Mortars and Monolithic Surfacing.
5. C827 – Test Method for Change in Height at Early Ages of Cylindrical Specimens from Cementitious Mixtures.
6. C939 – Test Method for Flow of Grout for Preplaced-Aggregate Concrete (Flow Cone Method).
7. C1090 – Test Method for Measuring Change in Height of Cylindrical Specimens from Hydraulic-Cement Grout.
8. C1107 – Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (non-shrink).
9. C1181 – Test Methods for Compressive Creep of Chemical-Resistant Polymer Machinery Grouts.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01 3300 - Submittals.
B. Grout: Submit manufacturer’s Literature and certified test data prior to installation of any grout mixes.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. All materials shall be delivered to the jobsite in their original, unopened packages or containers, clearly labeled with the manufacturer’s product identification and printed instructions.
B. All materials shall be stored in a cool dry place and in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
C. All materials shall be handled in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
1.5 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS
A. Refer to manufacturer’s literature or contact the manufacturer for any special physical or environmental limitations that may be required for use of products. 331
GROUT 03 0315 - 2
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
1.6 WARRANTIES
A. Non-shrink Grout: The manufacturer shall warranty that the non-shrink grout will never go below its initial placement volume when tested in accordance with ASTM C1107.
B. Non-shrink Epoxy Grout: The manufacturer shall warranty that the non-shrink epoxy grout will show negligible shrinkage or expansion when tested in accordance with ASTM C531.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Concrete Mortar:
1. General: Consist of concrete mixture with coarse aggregate removed and water quantity adjusted as required.
2. At Exposed Concrete Surfaces Not to Be Painted or Submerged in Water: White Cement.
B. Grout: Consist of mixture of Portland cement and sand.
C. Dry-pack:
1. Mortar consists of mixture of Portland cement and sand.
2. Hydraulic Cement Manufacturers
a. Aqua Plug
b. Unitex Hydraulic Cement
c. Thoro Water Plug
D. Non-shrink Grout:
1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal:
a. Five Star Products, Inc., Fairfield, CT, Five Star Grout. b. Master Builders, Inc., Cleveland, OH, Masterflow 928. c. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc., Omaha, NE, CRYSTEX
2. Non-shrink grout shall be a proportioned and prepackaged cement-based mixture. It shall contain no metallic particles such as aluminum powder and no metallic aggregate such as iron filings. It shall require only the addition of potable water.
3. Potable water for pre-soaking, mixing, and curing shall be clean and free of oils, acids, alkalies, organics, and any other deleterious matter.
4. Bleeding: Non-shrink grout shall be free from the emergence of mixing water from within or the presence of water on its surface.
5. Non-shrink grout shall be in accordance with ASTM C1107.
6. Consistency: Non-shrink grout shall remain at a minimum flowable consistency for at least 45 minutes after mixing at 45 degrees Fahrenheit to 90 degrees Fahrenheit when tested in accordance with ASTM C230. If at a fluid consistency, it shall be verified in accordance with ASTM C939.
7. Dimensional Stability (height change): Non-shrink grout shall be in accordance with ASTM C1107, volume-adjusting Grade B or C at 45 degrees to 90 degrees. It shall show 90 percent or greater bearing area under bases or baseplates.
8. Compressive Strength: Non-shrink grout shall show minimum compressive strengths at 45 degrees Fahrenheit to 90°F in accordance with ASTM C1107 for various periods from the time of placement, including 5,000 pounds per square inch at 28 days when tested in accordance with ASTM C109 as modified by C1107.
E. Epoxy Grout:
1. Consist of mixture of epoxy and sand.
2. Sand: Clean, bagged, graded, and kiln dried silica sand.
F. Non-shrink Epoxy Grout:
1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal:
332
GROUT 03 0315 - 3
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
a. Five Star Products, Inc., Fairfield, CT, Five Star Epoxy Grout. b. Master Builders, Inc., Cleveland, OH, Masterflow 648 CP Plus. c. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc., Omaha, NE, EPOGROUT.
2. Non-shrink epoxy grout shall be a 100 percent solids, pre-measured, prepackaged system containing a two-component thermosetting epoxy resin and inert aggregate
3. Consistency: Non-shrink epoxy grout shall maintain a flowable consistency for at least 45 minutes at 70 degrees Fahrenheit.
4. Dimensional Stability (height change):
a. Non-shrink epoxy grout shall have negligible shrinkage or expansion (less than 0.0006 in/in) when tested in accordance with ASTM C531.
5. Compressive Strength: Non-shrink epoxy grout shall show a minimum compressive strength of 10,000 pounds per square inch at 24 hours and 14,000 pounds per square inch at 7 days when tested in accordance with ASTM C579, Method B.
6. Compressive Creep: The compressive creep for non-shrink epoxy grout shall not exceed
0.0027 in/in when tested under a 400 pounds per square inch constant load at 140 degrees Fahrenheit in accordance with ASTM C1181.
7. Thermal Capability: The coefficient of thermal expansion for non-shrink epoxy grout shall not exceed 0.000018 inches per inch per degree Fahrenheit when tested under ASTM C531, Method B.
2.2 MIXES
A. Concrete Mortar Mix:
1. Use water-cement ratio that is no more than that specified for concrete being repaired.
2. At Exposed Concrete Surfaces Not to Be Painted or Submerged in Water: Use sufficient white cement to make color of finished patch match that of surrounding concrete.
B. Grout Mix:
1. For Concrete Repair: Mix in same proportions used for concrete being repaired, with only sufficient water to give required consistency for spreading.
2. For Spreading over the Surfaces of Construction or Cold Joints: Mix with no more water used than allowed by water-cement ratio specified for concrete.
3. For Other Applications: Mix in proportions by weight of one-part cement to four-parts of concrete sand.
C. Dry-pack Mortar and Hydraulic Cement Mix: Use only enough water so that resulting mortar will crumble to touch after being formed into a ball by hand.
D. Non-shrink Grout: Mix in accordance with manufacturer’s installation instructions such that resulting mix has semi fluid consistency and is suitable for placing by pouring.
E. Epoxy grout: Mix in accordance with manufacturer’s installation instructions for mixing.
F. Non-shrink Epoxy Grout: Mix in accordance with manufacturer’s installation instructions.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Inspect concrete surfaces to receive grout or mortar and verify that they are free of ice, frost, dirt, grease, oil, curing compounds, paints, impregnations and all loose material or foreign matter likely to affect the bond or performance of grout or mortar.
B. Inspect baseplate and anchor systems for rust, oil, and other deleterious substances that may affect the bond or performance of grout.
C. Confirm that newly placed concrete has been cured sufficiently to attain its design strength and limit further shrinkage.
333
GROUT 03 0315 - 4
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
D. Verify that temperature of cementitious or epoxy grout does not exceed manufacturer’s recommendations.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Surface Preparation:
1. Roughen all concrete surfaces by heavy sandblasting, chipping, or other mechanical means to assure bond. Loose or broken concrete shall be removed.
2. All grease, oil, dirt, curing compounds, laitance, and other deleterious materials that may affect bond that were identified in the inspection process shall be completely removed from concrete and bottoms of baseplates. All metal surfaces should have a 2- to 3-mil peak-tovalley profile for epoxy grouts.
3. For cementitious mortars and grouts, concrete surfaces shall be saturated surface dry. Any standing water shall be removed prior to placing grouts.
4. For epoxy grouts, do not wet concrete surfaces with water. Instead, where required, wet surfaces with epoxy for horizontal work or epoxy gel for vertical or overhead work prior to placing epoxy grouts.
B. Forms and Headboxes for Grouts (Cementitious or Epoxy):
1. Forms for grouts shall be built of material with adequate strength to withstand the placement of grouts.
2. Forms must be rigid and liquid tight. All cracks and joints shall be caulked with an elastomeric sealant. All forms shall be lined with polyethylene for easy grout release. Forms carefully waxed with two coats of heavy-duty paste wax shall also be acceptable.
3. Forms shall be 4 to 6 inches higher than the baseplate on one side of the baseplate configuration when using head pressure for placement.
4. A sufficient number of headboxes shall be built to facilitate placement of grouts.
5. Air relief holes a minimum 1/8 inch in diameter shall be provided when required by a baseplate configuration to avoid entrapping air underneath.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Cement Mortar and Grout:
1. For Defective Concrete Repair:
a. Filling: Filling of voids around items through the concrete. b. Grout Spreading: Spread over construction joints, cold joints, and similar type items.
2. Concrete Surfaces: Apply epoxy bonding agent to clean, roughened, and dry surfaces before placing mortar or grout.
3. Placing:
a. Exercise particular care in placing Portland cement mortar or grout since they are both required to furnish structural strength or impermeable water seal or both. b. Do not use cement mortar or grout that has not been placed within 30 minutes after mixing.
B. Epoxy Grout:
1. Apply in accordance with manufacturer’s installation instructions.
2. Use where specified herein or where indicated on the Drawings.
3.4 PLACEMENT
A. The CONTRACTOR shall make arrangements to have a grout manufacturer’s representative present for a preconstruction meeting and during the initial grout placement. Grout shall only be installed after the final equipment alignment is correct and accepted by the ENGINEER.
1. Grouts shall be mixed in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
2. A mortar mixer with moving paddles shall be used for mixing grouts. For cementitious grouts, pre-wet the mixer and empty out excess water before beginning mixing.
3. Cementitious Grouts:
334
GROUT 03 0315 - 5
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
a. Non-shrink cementitious grout shall be added to a pre-measured amount of water that does not exceed the manufacturer’s maximum recommended water content. b. Mix cementitious grouts per manufacturer’s instructions for uniform consistency. c. Grouts may be dry-packed, flowed, or pumped into place. All baseplate grouting shall take place from one side of a baseplate to the other to avoid trapping air. Do not overwork grouts.
d. Do not retemper grout by adding more water after stiffening. e. Hydrostatic head pressure shall be maintained by keeping the level of the grout in the headbox above the bottom of the baseplate. The headbox should be filled to maximum level and the grout worked down to top of baseplate.
4. Epoxy Grouts:
a. Epoxy grouts shall be mixed in complete units. Do not vary the ratio if components or add solvent to change the consistency of the mix.
b. Pour the hardener into the resin and mix for at least one minute and until each mixture is uniform in color. Pour the chemical components into the mortar mixer wheelbarrow and add the aggregate. Mix until aggregate is uniformly wetted. Overmixing will cause air entrapment in the mix.
c. All epoxy grout shall be flowed into place using a headbox. All grouting shall take place from one side of a baseplate to the other in a continuous flow to avoid trapping air. d. Hydrostatic head pressure shall be maintained by keeping the level of grout in headboxes above the bottom of baseplates. Headboxes shall be filled to the maximum level and grout worked down to the bottom of the baseplates.
e. Epoxy grouts shall not be cut back after setting. The final level of grout will be as installed with all chamfer edges built into the formwork.
3.5 CURING
A. Cementitious Grouts:
1. Grouts must be cut back to the lower edge of baseplates after reaching initial set. Provide a 45-degree angle cut back.
2. Clean equipment and tools as recommended by the grout manufacturer.
3. Cure Grouts in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications and recommendations.
Keep grout moist for a minimum of 3 days. The method needed to protect grouts will depend on temperature, humidity, and wind. Wet burlap, a soaker hose, sun shading, ponding and in extreme conditions, a combination of methods shall be employed.
4. Grouts shall be maintained above 40°F until they have attained a compressive strength of 3,000 pounds per square inch or above 70°F for a minimum of 24 hours to avoid damage from subsequent freezing.
B. Epoxy Grouts:
1. Cure grouts in accordance with manufacturer’s specifications and recommendations. Do not wet cure epoxy grouts.
2. Consult the manufacturer for appropriate cure schedule. In no case should any surface in contact with grout be allowed to fall below 50°F for a minimum of 48 hours after placement.
3. Equipment and tools shall be cleaned immediately with a strong liquid detergent and water solution before grout hardens.
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Non-shrink grouts shall be tested for 84-hour compressive strength in accordance with ASTM C109.
B. Non-shrink grouts shall be tested for 24-hour compressive strength in accordance with ASTM C579 (Method B).
END OF SECTION 03 0315
335
FINISHED SURFACE GROUTING 03 0604 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 03 0604 – FINISHED SURFACE GROUTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The work of this section consists of placing a layer of grout over finished concrete surfaces.
1.2 REFERENCE
A. Section 03 0315 – Grout
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit grout mix design in accordance with Section 01 3300.
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. The work under this section shall not be performed until the finished concrete surfaces have been completed and met design strength.
B. The finished surfaces shall be cleaned of all loose concrete and other debris prior to the grouting.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.1 GROUT
A. General: Materials shall conform to Specification Section 03 0315 – Grout.
B. Water: Water for washing aggregates and for mixing and curing concrete shall be clean, free from oil, acid, alkalies, vegetable matter, or other deleterious substances. No salt or sea water or water containing excessive amount of sodium sulphate, magnesium sulphate or magnesium chloride shall be used.
2.2 CURING MATERIALS
A. Sheet Materials: ASTM C171, 4 mil polyethylene film or waterproof paper.
B. Spray Applied White Pigment Membrane Forming Liquids: ASTM C309.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GROUT MIX COMPOSITION
A. Grout Composition: Grout shall contain a minimum of seven sacks (658 pounds) of Portland cement per cubic yard. Maximum slump shall be two (2) inches.
B. Approval of Mix:
1. The proposed mix, with samples of rock aggregate and any admixtures to be used, shall be submitted for approval at least 14 days prior to pouring grout.
2. The grading or proportioning of the fine and coarse aggregates in the mix shall be changed whenever necessary or desirable, in the opinion of the Engineer, to secure the required economy, workability, density, impermeability or strength and no additional compensation because of such changes shall be allowed.
3.2 GROUT PLACEMENT AND FINISHING PLACEMENT
A. Surface Preparation: The base slab receiving the grout finish shall be thoroughly cleaned of all debris, dirt, grease and other foreign matter by brooming with a clean broom and shall be flushed with a strong jet of water. Before placing the grout, all pools of water left by the cleaning operation shall be removed and a thin (1/16-inch to 1/8-inch) coat of thick creamy neat cement slurry shall be broomed into the surface a short distance ahead of the grout-placing operation. The grout shall be applied immediately, before the slurry has dried or hardened. 336
FINISHED SURFACE GROUTING 03 0604 - 2
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
B. Placement/Finish:
1. Place, consolidate, strike off, and level concrete, but do not work it further until ready for floating. Begin floating when water sheen has disappeared and when the surface has stiffened sufficiently.
2. During or after the first floating, check surface with the screed and then cut down all high spots and fill all low spots to achieve a true surface within ¼-inch.
3. Slope finished surfaces as indicated in the plans.
C. Troweled Finish: After floating, steel trowel the grout by machine or by hand. Final troweling shall produce a ringing sound from the trowel and the finished surface shall be free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance, and shall be to the tolerance specified under Floated Finish.
3.3 CURING AND PROTECTION
A. General: Beginning immediately after placement, protect grout from drying, excessively hot and cold temperatures and mechanical injury. Keep moisture loss to a minimum until cement has hydrated and is hard. Keep the grout constantly moist during the curing period.
B. Curing: Immediately after finishing, apply one of the materials specified in Section 030300.
Duration of curing shall be 7 days minimum.
C. Protection:
1. In cold weather, maintain the moisture conditions and also, by heating or covering, maintain the temperature of the concrete between 50°F and 70°F for entire curing period, and above freezing for an additional 12 days.
2. In hot weather take immediate steps to protect newly finished concrete from drying effects of wind and sun, and maintain temperature of the air surrounding the concrete uniform within 5 degrees F in any one hour or 60°F in any 24 hour period.
3. During curing period, protect concrete from mechanical damage, loading, shock and vibration.
3.4 DAMAGED OR DEFECTIVE GROUT
A. Remove damaged or defective grout, as determined by the Engineer, before completion and acceptance of the work and replace with acceptable grout.
END OF SECTION 03 0604
337
CONCRETE SAW-CUTTING AND CORE-DRILLING 03 0700 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 03 0700 – CONCRETE SAW-CUTTING AND CORE-DRILLING PART 1 – GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. The work of this Section consists of saw-cutting and/or core-drilling new openings in existing concrete.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this section.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01 3300.
B. Submit drawings and commentary showing and describing the proposed cutting procedures and proposed equipment for each type of cut.
PART 2 - MATERIALS (Not used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 SAFETY REGULATIONS
A. Comply with all applicable safety regulations including the requirements of the construction safety orders of the State of Arizona and OSHA.
B. Provide equipment in good and safe working order, adequate to perform the work.
C. Provide necessary scaffolding, lighting, access, debris removal equipment and devices, and appropriate safety measures.
3.02 CONCRETE CUTTING
A. Perform concrete cutting as shown on the drawings and as specified herein and in accordance with the approved submittals.
B. Openings shall be cut to the dimensions shown on the drawings and shall not be over-cut.
C. In straight-cut openings, the face opposite the saw shall be chipped to achieve the opening dimension.
3.03 PATCHING
A. Where existing reinforcing bars are cut at new opening, countersink by means of drilling or backgouging the reinforcing bars a minimum of 1-inch below adjacent concrete.
B. Patch the resulting void at existing reinforcing bars and the surface of chipped opening surfaces with an approved polymer – modified Portland cement mortar in accordance with Section 03 0300, to achieve a smooth, uniform surface.
C. Paint the patch exposed surfaces with Epoxy Paint per Section 09 9600.
3.04 DISPOSAL
A. Remove cut material and dispose off-site in a safe and orderly manner. Do not allow debris to accumulate on the site exposed to view.
B. Inside structures, cuttings, chippings and patching grout droppings must be removed completely.
No debris shall be washed into the plant's process system. 338
CONCRETE SAW-CUTTING AND CORE-DRILLING 03 0700 - 2
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
C. Upon completion of the work of this section, the surfaces of all structures shall be clean and free of cuttings, slurry, and debris.
END OF SECTION 03 0700
339
EPOXY INJECTION SYSTEM 03 0931 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 03 0931 – EPOXY INJECTION SYSTEM
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Epoxy injection system.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1. D638 - Text Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics.
2. D695 - Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics.
3. D790 - Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01 3300 - Submittals.
B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data completely describing epoxy injection system materials.
C. Quality Control Submittals:
1. Certificates of Compliance.
2. Manufacturer's Instructions.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal:
1. Master Builders, Inc., Concressive Standard LVI.
2. Sika Chemical Corp.'s, Sikadur 35, Hi-Mod LV.
B. Epoxy: Provide epoxy materials that are new and use them within shelf life limitations set forth by manufacturer. Water-insensitive two part type low viscosity epoxy adhesive material containing 100 percent solids and meeting or exceeding following characteristics when tested in accordance with standards specified:
Physical Characteristic Test Method Required Results
Tensile Strength ASTM D638 8,000 pounds per square inch at 14 days and 77F° cure.
Flexure Strength ASTM D790 11,000 pounds per square inch at 14 days and 77F° cure.
Compressive Strength ASTM D695 16,000 pounds per square inch at 24 hours and 77F°cure.
Bond Strength -- Concrete shall fail before failure of epoxy.
Gel Time In 5-Mil Film -- Four hours maximum at 77F°.
Elongation ASTM D638 1 percent minimum at 14 days and 77F°.
2.2 EQUIPMENT
A. Pump Unit:
1. Furnish unit to be used for injection that is positive displacement type with interlock to provide in-line mixing and metering system for 2-component epoxy.
2. Furnish pressure hoses and injection nozzle of such design as to allow proper mixing of 2 components of epoxy.
3. Presence of standby injection unit may be required.
340
EPOXY INJECTION SYSTEM 03 0931 - 2
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
2.3 MIXES
A. Epoxy Injection System Materials:
1. Mix epoxy in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions.
2. Do not use solvents to thin epoxy system materials introduced into cracks or joints.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Surface Preparation:
1. Epoxy Injection System:
a. General: Before processing, sweep or clean area in vicinity of crack location to receive epoxy and leave in generally clean condition.
b. Joints to Receive Epoxy: Clean in manner such that joints are free from dirt, laitance, and other loose matter.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install and cure epoxy materials in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions.
B. Perform and conduct work of this Section in neat orderly manner.
C. Epoxy Injection System:
1. Apply adequate surface seal to crack or joint to prevent escape of epoxy.
2. Establish entry points at distance along seal not less than thickness of cracked member.
3. Force epoxy into crack at first port with sufficient pressure to advance epoxy to adjacent port.
4. Seal original port and shift entry to port at which epoxy appears.
5. Continue this manner of port-to-port injection until each joint has been injected for its entire length.
6. For small amounts, or where excessive grout pressure developed by pump unit might further damage structure, premixed material and hand caulking gun may be used if acceptable to the ENGINEER.
7. Seal ports, including adjacent locations where epoxy seepage occurs, as necessary to prevent drips or run out.
END OF SECTION 03 0931
341
CORROSION RESISTANT MORTAR 03 0932 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 03 0932 – CORROSION RESISTANT MORTAR
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. Provide for the waterproofing, sealing, structural reinforcement and corrosion protection of existing manholes, pipe, wet wells and similar underground concrete structures by the safe, quick and economical application of a uniform cementitious layer of special mortar that cures in place to form an interior hardened liner. For coating of existing concrete lift stations (and headworks areas), refer to Section 09 9600.
B. ULTRA HIGH STRENGTH, CORROSION RESISTANT MORTAR based on Micro Silica and Portland Cement Designed for Renewal of Underground Concrete Sewer Structures in Severely Corrosive (MIC) Environments.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01 3300 - Submittals.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. This specification establishes the minimum standard for material and method of application for restoring and sealing leaking and deteriorated manholes by centrifugally casting a special mortar, PERMACAST MS-10,000 or approved equal, onto its interior in one application at a specified thickness.
342
CORROSION RESISTANT MORTAR 03 0932 - 2
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
B. Mortar shall be an ultra-high strength, high build, corrosion-resistant mortar, based on silica modified Portland cement and other special additives. The material is designed for use where bacterial corrosion can low concrete pH to < 3. When mixed with the appropriate amount of water, a paste-like material will develop which may be sprayed, cast, pumped, or gravity-flowed into any area ¼ inch and larger. This mortar will harden quickly without any need for special curing.
C. The hardened binder shall be dense and highly resistant to water migration. Graded quartz sands shall be used to enhance particle packing and further improve the fluidity and hardened density.
The composition shall possess excellent thin-section toughness, high modulus of elasticity and selfbonding. Fibers shall be added as an aid to casting, for increased cohesion and to enhance flexural strength.
D. The water content may be adjusted to achieve cossssssssssssssnsistencies ranging from thin motor oil to modeling clay. Despite its high fluidity, the mortar shall have a good wet adhesion and shall not sag or run after placement. The mortar may be cast against soil, metals (including aluminum and lead), wood, plastic, cardboard or other normal construction material.
E. Mortar shall be fortified with an anti-bacteria agent (ConShield or approved equal) to prevent MIC corrosion by creating an environment incompatible to the growth of Thiobacillus bacteria. Antibacteria agent shall permeate the mortar during the mixing phase.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 APPLICATION AND PERFORMANCE
A. All work shall be performed by factory certified applicators per the manufacturer’s requirements.
Mortar cube test samples for material strengths may be taken randomly as directed by the inspector for testing at the owner’s expense. Thickness can be verified with a wet gage at any random point of the new interior surface. Any areas found to be thinner than minimum tolerances shall immediately receive additional material. Visual inspection should verify a leak-free, uniform appearance.
3.2 SAFETY
A. Personnel entry is not required to rebuild the interior wall. If personnel entry is necessary for any reason, OSHA standards for confined space entry will be strictly observed.
END OF SECTION 03 0932
343
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 1200 - 1
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
SECTION 05 1200 - STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Structural steel framing members, support members, suspension cables, sag rods, and struts.
B. Base plates, shear stud connectors and expansion joint plates.
1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. AISC (MAN) - Steel Construction Manual; American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc.; 2005.
B. AISC S303 - Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges; American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc.; 2005.
C. AISC S348 - Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts; 2004.
D. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2008.
E. ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless; 2010.
F. ASTM A108 - Standard Specification for Steel Bar, Carbon and Alloy, Cold Finished; 2007.
G. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products; 2009.
H. ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2009.
I. ASTM A242/A242M - Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel; 2004 (Reapproved 2009).
J. ASTM A307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength; 2010.
K. ASTM A325 - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength; 2009a.
L. ASTM A449 - Standard Specification for Hex Cap Screws, Bolts and Studs, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105/90 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength, General Use; 2010.
M. ASTM A490 - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Alloy Steel, Heat-Treated, 150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength; 2010a.
N. ASTM A500/A500M - Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes; 2010a.
O. ASTM A501 - Standard Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing; 2007.
P. ASTM A514/A514M - Standard Specification for High-Yield Strength, Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Plate, Suitable for Welding; 2005 (Reapproved 2009).
Q. ASTM A529/A529M - Standard Specification for High-Strength Carbon-Manganese Steel of Structural Quality; 2005 (Reapproved 2009).
R. ASTM A563 - Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts; 2007a.
S. ASTM A563M - Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts [Metric]; 2007.
T. ASTM A572/A572M - Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy ColumbiumVanadium Structural Steel; 2007. 344
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 1200 - 2
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
U. ASTM A588/A588M - Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel with 50 ksi (345 MPa) Minimum Yield Point with Atmospheric Corrosion Resistance; 2010.
V. ASTM A992/A992M - Standard Specification for Structural Steel Shapes; 2006a.
W. ASTM A1008/A1008M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength, Low Alloy, and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable; 2011
X. ASTM A1011/A1011M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability; 2010.
Y. ASTM E94 - Standard Guide for Radiographic Examination; 2004 (Reapproved 2010).
Z. ASTM E164 - Standard Practice for Ultrasonic Contact Examination of Weldments; 2008.
AA. ASTM E165 - Standard Test Method for Liquid Penetrant Examination; 2009.
AB. ASTM E709 - Standard Guide for Magnetic Particle Testing; 2008.
AC. ASTM F436 - Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers; 2010.
AD. ASTM F959 - Standard Specification for Compressible-Washer-Type Direct Tension Indicators for Use with Structural Fasteners; 2009.
AE. ASTM F1554 - Standard Specification for Anchor Bolts, Steel, 36, 55, and 105-ksi Yield Strength; 2007a.
AF. AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination; American Welding Society; 2007.
AG. AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code - Steel; American Welding Society; 2010.
AH. SSPC-Paint 15 - Steel Joist Shop Primer; Society for Protective Coatings; 1999 (Ed. 2004).
AI. SSPC-Paint 20 - Zinc-Rich Primers (Type I, "Inorganic," and Type II, "Organic"); Society for Protective Coatings; 2002 (Ed. 2004).
AJ. UL (FRD) - Fire Resistance Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Complete shop drawings, erection diagrams, detailed piece drawings including erection, bracing, and guying, and sequence descriptions. Include the following:
a. Profiles, sizes, spacing, and locations of structural members. b. Openings, attachments, and fasteners.
c. Connections, including calculations, not detailed on Drawings: Shop drawings, connection design, and calculations shall be performed by a licensed professional engineer in the state where the project is located and in accord with the latest edition of the AISC Manual of Steel Construction. Shop drawings, calculations, and details for connections shall bear the engineer's seal and signature. d. Camber
e. Temporary and permanent bracing and guying for each stage of construction, including all connections.
2. Indicate shop and field welds by AWS A2.4, including net and effective lengths.
3. Revise original approved shop and erection drawings to correspond with changes made in the field and submit as part of record documents.
345
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 1200 - 3
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
C. Product data:
1. Manufacturer's detailed technical materials and engineering data for structural bearing pad assemblies, including technical bulletins, drawings, guides, and manuals, as applicable to the work on this project.
2. Project specific design and engineering of structural bearing pad assemblies, including calculations, shall be performed by a licensed professional engineer in the State the project is located in. Project specific engineering calculations, and design details shall bear the engineer's seal and signature.
D. Proof of qualification: Satisfactory evidence that steel fabricator and steel erector are qualified for work in accord with requirements of this Section.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabricate structural steel members in accordance with AISC "Steel Construction Manual." B. Steel exposed to guest view shall comply with Section 10 of AISC "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" for architecturally exposed structural steel (AESS), addition to steel specifically identified on the drawings as AESS.
C. Maintain one copy of each document on site.
D. Fabricator: Company specializing in performing the work of this Section with minimum [5] years of documented experience.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Steel Angles and Plates: ASTM A36/A36M.
B. Steel W Shapes and Tees: ASTM A992/A992M.
C. Steel Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A242/A242M high-strength, corrosion-resistant structural steel.
D. Steel Plates and Bars: ASTM A572/A572M, Grade 50 (345) high-strength, columbium-vanadium steel.
E. Cold-Formed Structural Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B.
F. Hot-Formed Structural Tubing: ASTM A501, seamless or welded.
G. Steel Bars: ASTM A108.
H. Steel Plate: ASTM A514/A514M.
I. Steel Sheet: ASTM A1011/A1011M, Designation SS, Grade 30 hot-rolled, or ASTM A1008/A1008M, Designation SS, Grade 30 cold-rolled.
J. Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Grade B, Finish black.
K. Shear Stud Connectors: Made from ASTM A 108 Grade 1015 bars.
L. Sag Rods: ASTM A36/A36M.
M. Welding electrodes: Types in accord with AWS D1.1, Table 4.1, for specific types and grades of steel to be welded.
N. Shear connector studs: Forged steel, headed and uncoated, granular flux-filled carbon steel studs, AWS D1.1, Type B (60 ksi tensile strength) manufactured from bar stock conforming to ASTM A108, Grades 1010 through 1020.
1. Types S3L and H4L by Nelson Stud Welding Co.
2. OWNER-approved equivalent.
346
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 1200 - 4
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
O. Unheaded Anchor Rods: ASTM F1554, Grade 36, plain, with matching ASTM A563 or A 563M nuts and ASTM F436 Type 1 washers.
P. Headed Anchor Rods: ASTM A307, Grade C.
Q. Load Indicator Washers: Provide washers complying with ASTM F959 at all connections requiring high-strength bolts.
R. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded.
2.2 FABRICATION
A. Workmanship: In addition to requirements set forth herein, conform to AISC Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings.
B. Cleaning and straightening: Thoroughly clean and straighten materials before fabrication. After working component parts, remove twists and bends before assembly.
C. Tolerances: Do not exceed tolerances set forth in AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges.
D. Cambering: Where indicated, camber members by applying heat, not to exceed 1200°F. Strictly monitor temperature using indicating crayons or similar means.
E. Splicing: Do not splice members unless indicated on Drawings or detailed on approved shop drawings.
F. Curved radius members: Roll accurately to true required radius, using cold-rolling equipment and procedures normally employed for such.
G. Shop welding: To the maximum extent practical, do welding in the shop. Minimize field welding.
Shop welding shall conform to requirements specified.
H. Shear connector studs: End weld studs in accord with manufacturer's recommendations in such a manner as to achieve complete fusion between end of stud and plate, without porosity or evidence of lack of fusion.
1. Clean studs of rust, rust pits, scale, oil, moisture, or other deleterious matter that would adversely affect welding operations.
2. Do not paint stud base or galvanized or cadmium-plated surfaces prior to welding.
3. Clean areas, to which studs are to be welded, of scale, rust, moisture, or other injurious material to the extent necessary to obtain satisfactory welds. Clean areas by wire brushing, scaling, prick-punching, or grinding.
4. Keep arc shields or ferrules dry. Oven dry arc shields which show signs of surface moisture from dew or rain, at 250°F (120°C) for 2 hr. before use. Use proper ferrules when welding through zinc-coated decking.
5. Maintain longitudinal and lateral spacings of stud shear connectors with respect to each other and to edges of beam or girder flanges to 1 in. from the location indicated on Drawings.
Provide minimum distance from edge of a stud base to edge of a flange the diameter. of the stud +1/8 in. but not less than 1-1/2 in.
6. Break free arc shields from studs after welding.
7. Weld studs with automatically-timed stud welding equipment connected to a source of direct current straight polarity power. Set welding voltage, current, time, and gun settings for lift and plunge, at optimum settings, based on past practice, recommendations of stud and equipment manufacturer, or both. Comply with AWS D5.4.
8. If two or more stud welding guns are to be operated from the same power source, interlock so that only one gun can operate at a time, and so that the power source has fully recovered from making one weld before another weld is started.
9. Do not weld when the base metal surface is wet or exposed to falling rain. 347
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 1200 - 5
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
10. At Contractor's option and where specifically approved during testing of stud welds, missing flash may be repaired by additional welding with minimum 5/16 in. fillet weld extending a minimum 3/8 in. beyond ends of discontinuity.
11. During welding, studs are permitted to shorten approximately 1/8 in. for studs 1/2 in. diameter. and smaller, and 3/16 in. for studs 5/8 in. and larger.
I. Shop practice: Because of shop practice or availability of stock, Contractor may offer substitute shapes, which Owner may approve, provided properties are equivalent and aesthetics are not adversely affected.
J. Field measurements: Accurately take measurements as required to supplement and verify Drawings dimensions.
K. Cooperation: Structural steel work is, of necessity, closely allied to work of other trades, and shall be closely coordinated to provide complete and accurate work.
L. Shop coating:
1. Minimum cleaning requirements:
a. Remove all loose mill scale, rust, grease, dirt, slag, and spatter. b. For normal above grade applications:
1) For concealed spaces: Provide surfaces equivalent to SSPC SP 3, minimum.
Method used is Contractor's option.
2) For exposed spaces: Provide surfaces equivalent to SSPC SP 6, minimum.
Method used is Contractor's option.
3) For severe above grade and below grade applications: Provide surfaces equivalent to SSPC SP 10, minimum. Method used is Contractor's option. c. Do not apply shop coating to areas of steel intended to be embedded in concrete or masonry; surfaces that will receive spray-on fireproofing; surfaces at or adjacent to locations of intended field welding; and faying surfaces of high-strength bolted connections. Surface preparation, as specified, shall be performed on all such described areas, even though they will not be shop-coated. d. Shop painting:
1) Apply specified primer, after cleaning and shop assembly, and after welds have been inspected and approved.
2) Apply primer by spray or brush unless recommended otherwise by manufacturer.
Thoroughly work into joints and corners and apply evenly over surfaces. Do not apply paint to wet or damp surfaces. Film shall be dry when material is loaded for delivery to site.
M. Identification: Apply a unique distinguishing mark or symbol corresponding to identical unique mark or symbol on shop drawings.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that conditions are appropriate for erection of structural steel and that the work may properly proceed.
3.2 ERECTION
A. Erect all structural steel in accord with AISC Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings.
B. Erection tolerances:
1. In accord with AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges.
2. Tolerance survey:
348
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 1200 - 6
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
a. Immediately upon completion of structural steel erection, provide precise survey locations of steel columns, beams, girders, and trusses. b. Indicate conditions of displacement and nonconforming conditions of plumb, level, camber, sweep, alignment, and centerline which deviate from allowable tolerances as described in AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges.
3. Correct all nonconforming conditions to satisfaction of Owner.
C. Field assembly:
1. Members and sections of sizes, weights, shapes, and true arrangements indicated; closely fitted, and finished true to line and in precise position necessary to allow accurate erection and proper joining of parts in field.
2. Provide temporary bracing and guying to support loads to which structure may be subjected.
Maintain erected structure in a safe and stable condition during every stage of construction and remove after completion of work in accord with requirements specified.
3. Drifting to enlarge unfair holes shall not be allowed except where specifically approved, and then only in secondary bracing members.
4. Do not heat rolled sections, except for minor details, without prior approval.
D. Contact:
1. Maintain component parts of built-up members in close contact during welding.
2. Remove burrs that interfere with proper fit-up.
E. Gas cutting:
1. Use of a cutting torch is allowed where metal being cut is not carrying load, and stresses will not be transmitted through a flame-cut surface. Flame-cut ends used for bearing shall be ground or planed to true uniform surface.
2. Make gas cuts smooth and regular in contour. To determine effective width of members so cut, deduct 1/8 in. from width of gas cut edges.
3. Make radius of reentrant gas cut copes or fillets as large as practicable, but in no case less than 1 in.
F. Punching, drilling, and reaming:
1. Material may be punched 1/16 in. larger than nominal bolt diameter. when thickness of metal is equal to or less than diameter. of bolt, +1/8 in.
2. Where metal is thicker than nominal bolt dia., +1/8 in., drill or subpunch and ream holes.
3. Make hole diameter. of subdrilled and subpunched holes 1/16 in. smaller than nominal diameter. of bolt to be used and ream holes to proper size.
4. Precisely locate finished holes to ensure passage of bolts through assembled pieces without drifting.
5. With Owner's approval, when necessary to enlarge holes to receive bolts, ream to 1/4 in. oversize, and use hardened washers under heads and nuts.
6. Reject poorly-matching holes.
G. High-strength bolting:
1. Provide high-strength, friction-type bolted connections at locations indicated on Drawings.
Install in accord with AISC Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts.
2. Install tension-set bolts or standard bolts using load indicator washers under head or nut as appropriate for installation and inspection.
3. When load indicator washer is used at end of bolt which will be turned for tightening, provide a hardened steel washer between load indicator washer and head or nut being turned.
4. If shop coat application of primer restricts holding of tension on high-strength bolted connections during erection, remove primer before connections are made. a. Make connections following procedures specified herein. b. Clean and touch up connections with specified primer after erection has been completed.
349
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 1200 - 7
B810 ADELANTO WWTP IMPROVEMENT PLAN
5. Use the following procedures when tightening joints:
a. Fair up holes with enough bolts to maintain dimensions and trueness of structure, and run up nuts to snug condition. Do not use erection bolts. Provide hardened washers under element of fastener being turned to make the connection. b. Install bolts in remainder of holes and tighten to snug in a pattern similar to riveting.
Make sure that connected parts are properly fitted.
c. Use an impact wrench to spin each connection from snug condition (snug is indicated when wrench starts to impact). Continue to tighten nut until required bolt tension is reached. Proceed systematically from the most rigid part of the connection to its free edges. Remove and replace over-tensioned bolts. At weather-exposed locations, torque fasteners to completely flatten load indicator washers. d. Retighten first tightened bolts that may have become loosened by tightening subsequent bolts until all connectors have been tightened to the precise tension. e. Follow recommendations of manufacturer of bolting systems. f. Minimize final tightening as much as practical to allow proper alignment of subsequent installed members.
6. Distinctly and visibly mark connections after final tightening has been performed.
H. Machine bolts: Provide ASTM A307 machine bolts at all connections not indicated on Drawings as high-strength bolting.
I. Use experienced riggers to erect structural steel. Carefully plan and lay out work so that a minimum of cutting and removal of undamaged material will be necessary.
1. Erect work plumb, square, true to line and level, and in precise positions as indicated.
2. Provide temporary bracing and guying to plumb steel work, and temporarily bolt, clamp, or weld to maintain work plumb and true until final connections have been made.
3. Remove temporary bracing and guying after final connections have been made.
J. Set column base plates to exact alignment, level, and elevation.
1. Set center of each base true to the column center within 1/16 in. and its elevation adjusted to ±1/32 in.
2. Level plates exactly on both axes.
K. Sequence: Erect structural steel work in proper sequence with work of other trades, and in accord with detailed drawings and approved setting diagrams.
3.3 WELDING
A. Welding and welded joints: Detail and execute in accord with requirements of AWS D1.1 or as detailed and indicated on Drawings.
1. In the event of conflict, notes and details on Drawings shall take precedence.
2. Perform structural welding using methods in accord with AWS D1.1 for specific types and grades of steel to be welded.